2004 hyundai tiburon owners manual

169
D R I V I N G IS B E L I E V I N G 2004

Upload: splasheroutrun

Post on 26-Oct-2014

139 views

Category:

Documents


2 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

D R I V I N G IS B E L I E V I N G

2004

Page 2: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

A010A02A-AAT

WARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAI VEHICLE

o New Vehicle 60 Months/60,000 Miles Limited Warrantyo New Vehicle 120 Months/100,000 Miles Limited Powertrain Warranty (first owner only)o Anti-Perforation Limited Warrantyo Emission Defect Warranty - Federal Vehicleo California Emission Control System Warranty (if applicable)o Emission Performance Warranty - Federal Vehicleo Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warranty

NOTE:Detailed warranty information is provided in your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.

A020A01A-AAT

RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCE

The maintenance requirements for your new Hyundai are found in Section 5. As theowner, it is your responsibility to see that all maintenance operations specified by themanufacturer are carried out at the appropriate intervals. When the vehicle is used insevere driving conditions, more frequent maintenance is required for some operations.Maintenance requirements for severe operating conditions are also included in Section5.

Page 3: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

OWNER’S MANUAL

A030A05F-AAT

OperationMaintenanceSpecifications

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, Hyundai reserves the right to makechanges at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.

This manual applies to all Hyundai Tiburon models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well asstandard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.

HGK037

Page 4: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

A040A01A-AAT

FOREWORD

Thank you for choosing Hyundai. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminatingpeople who drive Hyundais. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Hyundai webuild is something of which we're very proud.

Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai. It is suggestedthat you read it carefully since the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction youreceive from your new car.

The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by anauthorized Hyundai dealer. Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance andany other assistance that may be required.

A050A04A-AAT

HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY

Note: Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell thisHyundai, please leave the manual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.

CAUTION: Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels andlubricants that do not meet Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuels andlubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 9-3 in the Vehicle Specifications section ofthe Owner's Manual and which also appear in the Service Station Information on the back coverof the Owner's Manual.

Copyright 2002 Hyundai Motor Company. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may bereproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the priorwritten permission of Hyundai Motor Company.

Page 5: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

A070A01A-AAT

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI

Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adverselyaffect the performance, safety or durability of your Hyundai and may, in addition, violateconditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may alsobe in violation of regulations established by the U.S. Department of Transportation andother federal or state agencies.

A080A01S-AAT

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION

Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components.It is possible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone toadversely affect electronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefullyfollow the radio manufacturer's instructions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precau-tionary measures or special instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.

Page 6: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

A090A01A-AAT

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTE.These titles indicate the following:

WARNING:This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you orother persons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with thewarning.

CAUTION:This indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipmentif the caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.

NOTE:This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.

Page 7: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

A100A03A-AAT

GUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINEPARTS1. What are Hyundai Genuine Parts?

Hyundai Genuine Parts are the sameparts used by Hyundai Motor Compa-ny to manufacture vehicles. They aredesigned and tested for the optimumsafety, performance, and reliability toour customers.

2. Why should you use genuine parts?Hyundai Genuine Parts are engineeredand built to meet rigid original manu-facturing requirements. Using imita-tion, counterfeit or used salvage partsis not covered under the HyundaiNew Vehicle Limited Warranty or any

other Hyundai warranty. In addition,any damage to or failure of GenuineHyundai Parts caused by the installa-tion or failure of an imitation, counter-feit or used salvage part is not cov-ered by any Hyundai Warranty.

3. How can you tell if you are pur-chasing Hyundai Genuine Parts?Look for the Hyundai Genuine PartsLogo on the package (see below).

Hyndai Genuine Parts exported to theUnited States are packaged with la-bels written only in English.

Hyundai Genuine Parts are only soldthrough authorized HyundaiDealerships.

" To find the closest authorizeddealer call 1-800-826-CARS "

A100A01L A100A02L A100A04L

A100A03L

Page 8: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION PAGE

1. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI .......................................................................... 1-1

2. DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI .................................................................................... 2-1

3. WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY ...................................................................... 3-1

4. CORROSION PREVENTION & APPEARANCE CARE .......................................... 4-1

5. VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS ........................................................ 5-1

6. DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE ...................................................................... 6-1

7. EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS ......................................................................... 7-1

8. CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS ........................ 8-1

9. VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................. 9-1

10. INDEX ................................................................................................................. 10-1

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Page 9: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 1

1. FEATURES OFYOUR HYUNDAI

B010A03A-AAT

FUEL RECOMMENDATIONSUse Unleaded Gasoline

vice stations cannot be inserted into the fueltank opening of your Hyundai.

WARNING:o Do not "TOP-OFF" after the first nozzle

shut off when refueling.o The fuel cap must be tightened at least 3

clicks, otherwise " " light may illumi-nate.

Unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Rat-ing of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) orhigher must be used in your Hyundai.

If leaded gasoline is used, it will cause thecatalytic converter to become ineffective andthe emission control system to malfunction.This can also result in increased maintenanceexpense.

To avoid accidental use of leaded fuel, thelarger nozzle used with leaded gasoline at ser-

UNLEADEDFUEL ONLY

B010B01A-AAT

What About Gasohol?Gasohol (a mixture of 90% unleaded gasolineand 10% ethanol or grain alcohol) may be usedin your Hyundai. However, if your engine devel-ops driveability problems, the use of 100%unleaded gasoline is recommended. Fuels withunspecified quantities of alcohol, or alcoholsother than ethanol, should not be used.

B010D01A-AAT

Do Not Use MethanolFuels containing methanol (wood alcohol) shouldnot be used in your Hyundai. This type of fuelcan reduce vehicle performance and damagecomponents of the fuel system.

CAUTION:Your Hyundai's New Vehicle Limited War-ranty may not cover damage to the fuelsystem and any performance problems thatare caused by the use of fuels containingmethanol or fuels containing MTBE (Methyl

B010F01A-AAT

Operation in Foreign CountriesIf you are going to drive your Hyundai in anothercountry, be sure to:

o Observe all regulations regarding registra-tion and insurance.

o Determine that acceptable fuel is available.

B010E01A-AAT

Gasolines for Cleaner AirTo help contribute to cleaner air, Hyundai rec-ommends that you use gasolines treated withdetergent additives, which help prevent depositformation in the engine. These gasolines willhelp the engine run cleaner and the EmissionControl System performance.

B010A02GK

Tertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxy-gen Content 2.7% weight.)

B010C01A-AAT

Use of MTBEHyundai recommends that fuels containingMTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.0%vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) should notbe used in your Hyundai.Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol. (OxygenContent 2.7% weight) may reduce vehicle per-formance and produce vapor lock or hard start-ing.

1

Page 10: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 2

B020A01S-AAT

BREAKING IN YOUR NEW HYUNDAIDuring the First 1,200 Miles (2,000Km)No formal “break-in” procedure is required withyour new Hyundai. However, you can contrib-ute to the economical operation and durability ofyour Hyundai by observing the following recom-mendations during the first 1,200 miles (2,000km).

o Don't drive faster than 55 MPH (88 km/h).o While driving, keep your engine speed (rpm,

or revolutions per minute) between 2,000rpm and 4,000 rpm.

o Use moderate acceleration. Don't start quick-ly or depress the accelerator pedal fully.

o For the first 200 miles (300 km), try to avoidhard stops.

o Don't lug the engine (in other words, don'tdrive so slowly in too high a gear that theengine "bucks"-shift to a lower gear).

o Whether going fast or slow, vary your speedfrom time to time.

o Don't let the engine idle longer than 3 min-utes at one time.

o Don't tow a trailer during the first 1,200 miles(2,000 km) of operation.

B030B01S-AAT

Record Your Key Number

A code number is stamped on the key numberplate that came with the keys to your Hyundai.This key number plate should be kept in a safeplace, not in the vehicle. The key number shouldalso be recorded in a place where it can be foundin an emergency.

If you need additional keys, or if you should loseyour keys, your authorized Hyundai dealer canmake new keys if you can supply the key num-ber.

B040A01A-AAT

DOOR LOCKS

WARNING:o Unlocked doors can be dangerous. Be-

fore you drive away (especially if thereare children in the car), be sure that allthe doors are securely closed and lockedso that the doors cannot be inadvertentlyopened from the inside. This helps as-sure that doors will not be opened acci-dentally. Also, when combined with theproper use of seat belts, locking the doorshelps keep occupants from being ejectedfrom the car in case of an accident.

o Before opening the door, always look forand avoid oncoming traffic.

B030A01A-AAT

KEYS

SSA1030A

For greater convenience, the same key oper-ates all the locks in your Hyundai. However,because the doors can be locked without a key,carrying a spare key is recommended in caseyou accidentally lock one key inside the car.

FUA1030B

T0420

Page 11: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 3

B040B01A-AAT

Locking and unlocking front doorswith a key

o The door can be locked or unlocked with akey.

o Lock the door by turning the key toward thefront of the vehicle and unlock it by turningthe key toward the rear.

HGK101

UNLOCKLOCK

HGK099

B040C01S-AAT

Locking From the Outside

The doors can be locked without a key.To lock the doors from the outside, first pushthe inside lock switch to the “LOCK” position,so that the red mark on the switch is not visible,then close the door.

NOTE:o When locking the door this way, be care-

ful not to lock the door with the ignitionkey left in the vehicle.

o To protect against theft, always removethe ignition key, close all windows, andlock all doors when leaving your vehicleunattended.

B040D01GK-AAT

Locking From the Inside

o To lock the doors from the inside, simplyclose the door and push the lock switch tothe "LOCK" position. When this is done,neither the outside nor the inside door handlecan be used.

o The driver's door can be opened by pullingthe inside door handle even if the lock switchis depressed.

NOTE:When the door is locked, the red mark on theswitch is not visible.

HGK208

UNLOCK

LOCK

Page 12: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 4

B070A01A-AAT

THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (If Installed)THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (If Installed)THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (If Installed)THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (If Installed)THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (If Installed)This system is designed to provide protectionfrom unauthorized entry into the car. This sys-tem is operated in three stages: the first is the"Armed" stage, the second is the "Alarm" stage,and the third is the "Disarmed" stage. If trig-gered, the system provides an audible alarmwith blinking of the turn signal light.

HGK099 B070C01GK-AAT

Alarm StageThe alarm will be activated if any of the follow-ing occur while the car is parked and the sys-tem is armed.

1) A front door is opened without using the keyor the transmitter.

2) The tail gate is opened without using thekey.

3) The engine hood is opened.

The siren will sound and the turn signal lampwill blink continuously for 30 seconds. (Thishappens 3 times). To turn off the system, un-lock the door with the transmitter.

CAUTION:Avoid trying to start the engine while thesystem is armed.

B070B02GK-AAT

Armed StagePark the car and stop the engine. Arm thesystem as described below.

1) Remove the ignition key from the ignitionswitch.

2) Make sure that the engine hood and tail gateare locked.

3) Lock the doors using the transmitter of thekeyless entry system.

After completion of the steps above, the turnsignal lamp will blink once to indicate that thesystem is armed.

NOTE:1) If any door, tail gate or engine hood

remains open, the system will not bearmed.

2) If this happens, rearm the system asdescribed above.

3) Once the system is armed, only the tailgate may be unlocked using the key with-out disarming the system.

4) When unlocking all doors by the trans-mitter, if you don't open any doors within30 seconds after all doors are unlockedby the transmitter, all doors are relockedand the system is rearmed automatically.

CAUTION:Do not arm the system until all passengershave left the car. If the system is armedwhile a passenger(s) remains in the car, thealarm may be activated when the remainingpassenger(s) leaves the car.

B040G01GK-GAT

Central Door Lock

The central door locking is operated by pushingthe driver's door lock switch toward the front orrear of the vehicle. If the passenger door isopen when the switch is pushed, the door willremain locked when closed.

NOTE:o When pushing the switch toward the rear,

all doors will unlock.When pushing the switch toward thefront, all doors will lock.

o When the door is unlocked, the red markon the switch is visible.

o The central door locking is operated byturning the key (driver's door only) to-ward the front or rear of the vehicle.

Page 13: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 5

B070D02GK-AAT

Disarmed Stage

The system will be disarmed when either of thefollowing steps are taken:

1) The driver's or passenger's door is unlockedby depressing the "UNLOCK" button on thetransmitter.

2) In the middle of arming or after being armed,it disarms after 30 seconds if the key isturned to and kept in the "ON" position.

After completing the steps above, the turn sig-nal lamp will blink twice to indicate that thesystem is disarmed.

NOTE:Once the system has been disarmed, it cannot be rearmed except by repeating thearming procedures.

HGK102

B070E02GK-GAT

Replacing the batteryWhen the transmitter's battery begins to getweak, it may take several pushes on the buttonto lock or unlock the doors, and the LED will notlight. Replace the battery as soon as possible.

Battery type : CR2032

Replacement instructions:

1. Separate the case with a blade screwdriveras shown in the illustration.

HGK122

Screwdriver

HGK121

Battery

2. Remove the old battery from the case andnote the polarity. Make sure the polarity ofthe new battery is the same(+side facingdown), then insert it in the transmitter.

NOTE:Install a new battery within 30 seconds afterremoving the old one. If installing a newbattery takes more than 30 seconds, take thefollowing steps.

1) Turn the ignition key to the "ACC" posi-tion.

2) Make sure that the turn signal lampsblink once by pushing the "LOCK" or"UNLOCK" button on the transmitter.

Page 14: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 6

B080A01A-AAT

ADJUSTABLE FRONT SEATS

WARNING:Never attempt to adjust the seat while thevehicle is moving. This could result in lossof control, or an accident which may causedeath, serious injury, or property damage.

B050A01GK-AAT

WINDOW GLASSPower Window

HGK096

(1)

The power windows operate only when theignition key is in the "ON" position. The mainswitches are located on the driver's arm restand control the front windows on the respectivesides of the vehicle. The windows may beopened by depressing the front portion of theswitch. To stop at the desired opening, releasethe switch. The window may be closed bypulling the front portion of the switch. In order toprevent operation of the passenger front win-dow by the passenger, a window lock switch (1)is provided on the arm rest of the driver's door.To disable the passenger's power window, pushthe window lock switch. To revert to normaloperation, push in on the window lock switchagain.

B050A02GK

CAUTION:Never try to operate the main switch andsub-switch in opposing directions at thesame time. If this is done, the window willstop and cannot be opened or closed.

Auto-Down Window (Driver's Side)(If Installed)The Auto-Down window is moved to its fullyopen position by pushing the switch. To stop atthe desired position push in on the switch again.

WARNING:o Be careful that head, hands and body are

not trapped by a closing window.o If passengers remain in the car when you

leave, especially if a child remains alone,always remove the ignition key for theirsafety.

HGK097

Page 15: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 7

B080B01A-AAT

Adjusting Seat Forward and RearwardAdjusting Seat Forward and RearwardAdjusting Seat Forward and RearwardAdjusting Seat Forward and RearwardAdjusting Seat Forward and Rearward

To move the seat toward the front or rear, pullthe lock release lever upward. This will releasethe seat on its track so you can move it forwardor rearward to the desired position. When youfind the position you want, release the lever andslide the seat forward or rearward on its trackuntil it locks into the desired position and cannotbe moved further.

HGK054

B080C01A-AAT

Adjusting Seatback Angle

To recline the seatback, lean forward to takeyour weight off it, then pull up on the reclinercontrol lever at the outside edge of the seat.Now lean back until the desired seatback angleis achieved. To lock the seatback into position,release the recliner control lever.

WARNING:To minimize risk of severe injury in theevent of a collision or a sudden stop, boththe driver and passenger seatbacks shouldalways be in an upright position while thevehicle is in motion. The protection provid-ed by the seat belts and airbags may bereduced significantly when the seatbacksare reclined. There is greater risk that thedriver and passenger will slide under theseatbelt which may result in serious injury ifa crash occurs when the seatbacks are re-

HGK051

clined. The seat belt cannot provide fullprotection to an occupant if the seat back isreclined.

B080D02A-AAT

Adjustable Headrests

Headrests are designed to help reduce the riskof neck injuries.To raise the headrest, pull it up. To lower it,push it down while pressing the lock knob.

WARNING:o For maximum effectiveness in case of an

accident, the headrest should be adjustedso the top of the headrest is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant's ears.The use of a cushion that holds the bodyaway from the seatback is not recom-mended.

HGK049

Lock Knob

Page 16: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 8

B080F01F-AAT

Seat Cushion Height Adjustment(Driver's Seat Only) (If Installed)

To raise or lower the front part of the seatcushion, turn the knob forward or rearward.

HGK050

B129A01F-AAT

REAR SEAT POSITIONS

B129A01GK

WARNING:This vehicle contains two rear seating posi-tions only and a seat belt for each seatingposition. Thus, never permit more than twooccupants to ride in the rear seat becausean unrestrained occupant could be seri-ously injured or killed in the event of avehicle crash.

o Do not operate the vehicle with the head-rests removed as severe injury to anoccupant may occur in the event of anaccident. Headrests may provide protec-tion against severe neck injuries whenproperly adjusted.

B080E01F-AAT

Lumbar Support Control(Driver's seat only)

The driver's seat is equipped with adjustablelumbar support.To increase the amount of lumbar support, pullthe lever forward.To decrease it, push the lever toward the rear.

HGK052

SOFT

FIRM

Page 17: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 9

By pulling up the walk in device lever (1) at theright-upper side of the passenger side seatback,the seatback will tilt forward. Then push theseat forward to allow the occupants to enter.

Recliner MemoryBy pulling up the walk in device lever (1) theseatback is reclined and returned to the originalposition.

WARNING:Don't drive with the passenger side seatbackreclined. It is dangerous to move it whiledriving. Be sure the seatback is latched firmlybefore driving.

B130A02GK-GAT

REAR SEAT ENTRY (Walk in device)The driver and front passenger's seatbacksshould be tilted to enter the rear seat.

HGK053(2)

(1)

By pulling up the walk in device lever (1) at theleft-upper side of the driver side seatback, theseatback will tilt forward. Then pull the lock re-lease lever (2) up to move the seat forward.

HGK240

(1)

B099A02F-AAT

BEFORE FOLDING THE REAR SEATS

B099A01GK

B110A02S-AAT

FOLDING REAR SEATBACKS

The rear seatbacks may be folded to facilitatecarrying long items or to increase the luggagecapacity of the vehicle.

o To unlock the seatback, push the seatbacklocking button, then pull forward on theseatback panel.

o When you return the seatback to its uprightposition, always be sure it has locked intoposition by pulling and pushing on the top ofthe seatback.

HGK108

In order to prevent the shoulder belt from beingdamaged while folding the rear seat, the shoul-der belt must be passed through the hanger tokeep it out of the way.

CAUTION:Seat belts must be removed from the hangerwhen in use.

Page 18: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 10

B150C02A-AAT

Larger ChildrenChildren who are too large for child restraintsystems should occupy the rear seat and usethe available lap/shoulder belts. The lap portionshould be fastened snug on the hips and as lowas possible. Check belt fit periodically. A child'ssquirming could put the belt out of position.Children are afforded the most safety in theevent of an accident when they are restrainedby a proper restraint system in the rear seat. Ifa larger child (over age 13) must be seated inthe front seat, the child should be securelyrestrained by the available lap/shoulder beltand the seat should be placed in the rearmostposition. Children under the age of 13 should berestrained securely in the rear seat. NEVERplace a rear facing child seat in the front seat ofa vehicle.

B150D01A-AAT

Pregnant WomenThe use of a seat belt is recommended forpregnant women to lessen the chance of injuryin an accident. When a seat belt is used, the lapbelt portion should be placed as low and snuglyas possible on the hips, not across the abdo-men. For specific recommendations, consult aphysician.

B150B01F-AAT

Infant or Small ChildAll 50 states have child restraint laws. Youshould be aware of the specific requirements inyour state. Child and/or infant safety seats mustbe properly placed and installed in the rearseat . Information about the use of these re-straints begins on page 1-14.

WARNING:Every person in your vehicle needs to beproperly restrained at all times, includinginfants and children. In a collision, an unre-strained child can become a "missile" in-side the car. The force required to hold achild on your lap could be so great that youcould not hold the child. Any child riding inthe vehicle should always be in a properrestraint in the rear seat of the vehicle.

NOTE:Small children are best protected from in-jury in an accident when properly restrainedin the rear seat by a child restraint systemthat meets the requirements of the FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards. Before buy-ing any child restraint system, make surethat it has a label certifying that it meetsMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213. The re-straint must be appropriate for your child'sheight and weight. Check the label on thechild restraint for this information. See page1-14.

WARNING:The purpose of the fold-down rear seatbacksis to allow you to carry longer objects thancould otherwise be accommodated. Do notallow passengers to sit on top of the foldeddown seat back while the car is moving asthis is not a proper seating position and noseat belts are available for use. This couldresult in injury in case of an accident orsudden stop. Objects carried on the foldeddown seatback should not extend higherthan the top of the front seats. This couldallow cargo to slide forward and cause in-jury or damage during sudden stops.

B150A01F-AAT

SEAT BELT PRECAUTIONS

WARNING:All occupants of the vehicle must wear theirseat belts at all times. Note that this vehicleis equipped with a Supplemental Restraint(Airbag) System as discussed beginning onpage 1-18. The seat belts must be used inconjunction with the supplemental airbagsystem. State laws may require that some orall occupants of the vehicle use seat belts.The possibility of increased injury or sever-ity of injury in an accident will be increasedif this elementary safety precaution is notobserved. In addition, the following recom-mendations are made:

Page 19: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 11

B150E01A-AAT

Injured PersonA seat belt should be used when an injuredperson is being transported. When this is nec-essary, you should consult a physician forrecommendations.

B150F01A-AAT

One Person Per BeltTwo people (including children) should neverattempt to use a single seat belt. This couldincrease the severity of injuries in case of anaccident.

B150G01A-AAT

Do Not Lie DownTo reduce the chance of injuries in the event ofan accident, and to achieve maximum effec-tiveness of the restraint system, all passengersshould be sitting up and the front seats shouldbe in an upright position when the car is mov-ing. A seat belt cannot provide proper protec-tion if the person is lying down in the rear seator if the front seat is in a reclined position.

WARNING:Sitting in a reclined position or lying downwhen your vehicle is in motion can be dan-gerous. Even if you buckle up, your seatbelts can't do their job when you're reclined.The shoulder belt can't do its job because itwon't be against your body.Instead, it will be in front of you. In a crashyou could go into it with great force, receiv-

ing serious neck or other injuries.The lap belt can't do its job either. In a crashthe belt could go up over your abdomen.The belt forces would be applied there, notat your pelvic bones.This could cause serious internal injuries.For proper protection when the vehicle is inmotion, have the seatback upright.Then sit back in the seat and wear your seatbelt properly. See page 1-12.

B160A01A-AAT

CARE OF SEAT BELTSSeat belt systems should never be disassem-bled or modified. In addition, care should betaken to assure that seat belts and belt hard-ware are not damaged by seat hinges, doors orother abuse.

WARNING:When you return the rear seatback to itsupright position after the rear seatback wasfolded down, be careful not to damage theseat belt webbing or buckle. Be sure that thewebbing or buckle does not get caught orpinched in the rear seat.

B160B01A-AAT

Periodic InspectionIt is recommended that all seat belts be inspectedperiodically for wear or damage of any kind.Parts of the system that are damaged should bereplaced as soon as possible.

B160C01A-AAT

Keep Belts Clean and DrySeat belts should be kept clean and dry. If beltsbecome dirty, they can be cleaned by using amild soap solution and warm water. Bleach, dye,strong detergents or abrasives should not beused because they may damage and weaken thefabric.

B160D01A-AAT

When to Replace Seat BeltsEntire in-use seat belt assembly or assembliesshould be replaced if the vehicle has been in-volved in an accident. This should be done evenif no damage is visible. Additional questionsconcerning seat belt operation should be direct-ed to your Hyundai Dealer.

B170A04A-AAT

HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE FRONT SEATSHOULDER BELT (If installed)

HGK109

Page 20: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 12

B190A01GK-AAT

SEAT BELTS Rear Seat 3-Point Sys-tem with Combination Locking Re-tractorTo Fasten Your BeltCombination retractor type seat belts are in-stalled in the rear seat positions to help accom-modate the installation of child restraint sys-tems. Although a combination retractor is alsoinstalled in the front passenger seat position,Hyundai strongly recommends that children al-ways be seated in the rear seat . NEVER placeany infant restraint system in the front seat ofthe vehicle.This type of seat belt combines the features ofboth an emergency locking retractor seat beltand an automatic locking retractor seat belt. Tofasten your seat belt, pull it out of the retractorand insert the metal tab into the buckle. Therewill be an audible "click" when the tab locks intothe buckle. When not securing a child restraint,the seat belt operates in the same way asdriver's seat belt (Emergency Locking Retrac-tor Type). It automatically adjusts to the properlength only after the lap belt portion of the seat

FUA1090P

B180A01GK-AAT

SEAT BELT-Driver's and front pas-sengers 3-Point System with Emer-gency Locking RetractorTo Fasten Your Belt

You can adjust the height of the shoulder beltanchor to one of the 4 positions.If the height of the adjusting seat belt is too nearyour neck, you will not be getting the mosteffective protection. The shoulder portion shouldbe adjusted so that it lies across your chest andmidway over your shoulder nearest the doorand not your neck.To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor,lower or raise the height adjuster into an appro-priate position. To raise the height adjuster, pullit up. To lower it, push it down while pressingthe height adjuster button.Release the button to lock the anchor intoposition. Try sliding the release button to makesure that it has locked into the position.

WARNING:o The height adjuster must be in the locked

position when the vehicle is moving.o The misadjustment of height of the shoul-

der belt could reduce the effectivenessof the seat belt in a crash.

To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab into the buckle.There will be an audible "click" when the tablocks into the buckle.The seat belt automatically adjusts to the properlength only after the lap belt portion is adjustedmanually so that it fits snugly around your hips.If you lean forward in a slow, easy motion, thebelt will extend and let you move around. Ifthere is a sudden stop or impact, the belt willlock into position. It will also lock if you try tolean forward too quickly. Check to make surethat the belt is properly locked and that the beltis not twisted.

NOTE:If the driver's seat belt is not fastened whenthe ignition key is in the "ON" position, theseat belt warning light will flash and thewarning chime will sound for approximatelysix seconds.

Page 21: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 13

belt is adjusted manually so that it fits snuglyaround your hips. When the seat belt is fullyextended from the retractor to allow the instal-lation of a child restraint system, the seat beltoperation changes to allow the belt to retract,but not to extend. (Automatic Locking RetractorType)

NOTE:Although the combination retractor providesthe same level of protection for seated pas-sengers in either emergency or automaticlocking modes, it is recommended thatseated passengers use the emergency lock-ing feature for improved convenience. Theautomatic locking function is intended tofacilitate child restraint installation. To con-vert from the automatic locking feature tothe emergency locking operation mode, al-low the unbuckled seat belt to fully retract.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:ooooo For maximum restraint system protec-For maximum restraint system protec-For maximum restraint system protec-For maximum restraint system protec-For maximum restraint system protec-

tion, seat belts must always be usedtion, seat belts must always be usedtion, seat belts must always be usedtion, seat belts must always be usedtion, seat belts must always be usedwhenever the car is moving.whenever the car is moving.whenever the car is moving.whenever the car is moving.whenever the car is moving.

ooooo Seat belts are most effective whenSeat belts are most effective whenSeat belts are most effective whenSeat belts are most effective whenSeat belts are most effective whenseatbacks are in the upright position.seatbacks are in the upright position.seatbacks are in the upright position.seatbacks are in the upright position.seatbacks are in the upright position.

ooooo Children must always be seatbelted inChildren must always be seatbelted inChildren must always be seatbelted inChildren must always be seatbelted inChildren must always be seatbelted inthe rear seats. Never allow children tothe rear seats. Never allow children tothe rear seats. Never allow children tothe rear seats. Never allow children tothe rear seats. Never allow children toride in the front passenger seat.ride in the front passenger seat.ride in the front passenger seat.ride in the front passenger seat.ride in the front passenger seat.

ooooo The shoulder belt should be positionedThe shoulder belt should be positionedThe shoulder belt should be positionedThe shoulder belt should be positionedThe shoulder belt should be positionedmidway over the shoulder nearest themidway over the shoulder nearest themidway over the shoulder nearest themidway over the shoulder nearest themidway over the shoulder nearest thedoor for the most effective protection.door for the most effective protection.door for the most effective protection.door for the most effective protection.door for the most effective protection.Never wear the seat belt under the armNever wear the seat belt under the armNever wear the seat belt under the armNever wear the seat belt under the armNever wear the seat belt under the arm

nearest the door. Wearing the belt undernearest the door. Wearing the belt undernearest the door. Wearing the belt undernearest the door. Wearing the belt undernearest the door. Wearing the belt underthe arm nearest the door could causethe arm nearest the door could causethe arm nearest the door could causethe arm nearest the door could causethe arm nearest the door could causeserious or fatal injuries in an accident.serious or fatal injuries in an accident.serious or fatal injuries in an accident.serious or fatal injuries in an accident.serious or fatal injuries in an accident.

ooooo Avoid wearing twisted seat belts. A twist-Avoid wearing twisted seat belts. A twist-Avoid wearing twisted seat belts. A twist-Avoid wearing twisted seat belts. A twist-Avoid wearing twisted seat belts. A twist-ed belt can't do its job as well. In aed belt can't do its job as well. In aed belt can't do its job as well. In aed belt can't do its job as well. In aed belt can't do its job as well. In acollision, it could even cut into you. Becollision, it could even cut into you. Becollision, it could even cut into you. Becollision, it could even cut into you. Becollision, it could even cut into you. Besure the belt is straight and not twisted.sure the belt is straight and not twisted.sure the belt is straight and not twisted.sure the belt is straight and not twisted.sure the belt is straight and not twisted.

ooooo Be careful not to damage the belt web-Be careful not to damage the belt web-Be careful not to damage the belt web-Be careful not to damage the belt web-Be careful not to damage the belt web-bing or hardware. If the belt webbing orbing or hardware. If the belt webbing orbing or hardware. If the belt webbing orbing or hardware. If the belt webbing orbing or hardware. If the belt webbing orhardware is damaged, replace it.hardware is damaged, replace it.hardware is damaged, replace it.hardware is damaged, replace it.hardware is damaged, replace it.

WARNING:You should place the lap belt portion as lowas possible and snugly across your hips,not on your waist. If the lap belt is locatedtoo high on your waist, it may increase thechance of injury in the event of a collision.Both arms should not be under or over the

B200A01A-AAT

Adjusting Your Seat Belt

FUA1090Q

B210A01A-AAT

To Release the Seat Belt

The seat belt is released by pressing the releasebutton in the locking buckle. When it is released,the belt should automatically draw back into theretractor.If this does not happen, check the belt to be sureit is not twisted, then try again.

FUA1090R

belt. Rather, one should be over and theother under, as shown in the illustration.Never wear the seat belt under the armnearest the door.

Page 22: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 14

WARNING:o A child restraint system must be placed

in the rear seat. Never install a child orinfant seat on the front passenger's seat.Should an accident occur and cause thepassenger side airbag to deploy, it couldseverely injure or kill an infant or childseated in an infant or child seat. Thus,only use a child restraint in the rear seatof your vehicle.

o Since a safety belt or child restraint sys-tem can become very hot if it is left in aclosed vehicle, be sure to check the seatcover and buckles before placing a childthere.

o When the child restraint system is not inuse, store it in the trunk or fasten it witha safety belt so that it will not be thrownforward in the case of a sudden stop oran accident.

o Children who are too large to be in achild restraint should still sit in the rearseat and be restrained with the availablelap/shoulder belts. Never allow childrento ride in the front passenger seat.

o Always make sure that the shoulder beltportion of the lap/shoulder belt is posi-tioned midway over the shoulder, neveracross the neck or behind the back. Mov-ing the child closer to the center of thevehicle may help provide a good shoul-der belt fit. The lap belt portion of the lap/shoulder belt or the center seat lap belt

must always be positioned as low aspossible on the child's hips and as snugas possible.

o If the seat belt will not properly fit thechild, we recommend the use of an ap-proved booster seat in the rear seat inorder to raise the child's seating heightso that the seat belt will properly fit thechild. Before purchasing a booster seat,make sure that it meets applicable Feder-al Motor Vehicle Safety Standards(FMVSS) and that it is satisfactory foruse with this vehicle.

o Never allow a child to stand up or kneelon the seat.

o Never use an infant carrier or child safetyseat that "hooks" over a seatback; it maynot provide adequate security in an acci-dent.

o Never allow a child to be held in a per-son's arms while they are in a movingvehicle, as this could result in seriousinjury to the child in the event of anaccident or a sudden stop. Holding achild in a moving vehicle does not pro-vide the child with any means of protec-tion during an accident, even if the per-son holding the child is wearing a seatbelt.

B230A02A-AAT

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMCHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMCHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMCHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMCHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMChildren riding in the car should sit in the rearseat and must always be properly restrained tominimize the risk of injury in an accident, sud-den stop or sudden maneuver. According toaccident statistics provided by the National High-way Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA),children are safer when properly restrained inthe rear seats than in the front seat. Largerchildren should use one of the seat belts pro-vided.All 50 states have child restraint laws. Youshould be aware of the specific requirements inyour state. Child and/or infant safety seats mustbe properly placed and installed in the rearseat . You must use a commercially availablechild restraint system that meets the require-ments of the Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards (FMVSS).Children could be injured or killed in a crash iftheir restraints are not properly secured. Forsmall children and babies, a child seat or infantseat must be used. Before buying a particularchild restraint system, make sure it fits your carand seat belts, and fits your child. Follow all theinstructions provided by the manufacturer wheninstalling the child restraint system.

Page 23: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 15

B230B01GK-GAT

Using a Child Restraint System

For small children and babies, the use of a childseat or infant seat is strongly recommended.This child seat or infant seat should be ofappropriate size for the child and should beinstalled in accordance with the manufacturer'sinstructions. It is further recommended that theseat be placed in the vehicle's rear seat sincethis can make an important contribution to safety.Your vehicle is provided with two child restrainthook holders for installing the child seat orinfant seat.

B230B01Y

Cover, Child RestraintHook Holder (4 door only)

Bolt, Holder (5/16"-30 mm)

Washer, Conical Spring

Holder, Child Restraint Hook

Spacer (10 mm), Child RestraintHook HolderRetainer Washer

Spacer, Hook Holder Cover

B230C02F-AAT

Installing a child Restraint Seat

Two child restraint hook holders are located onthe vertical back panel.To install the child restraint seat, remove theblanking covers on the covering shelf.And, connect the child restraint tether straphook to the child restraint hook holder throughthe hole on the covering shelf.

B230E01GK

Covering shelf

Back panel

Front of Vehicle

Tetherstrap hook

Blanking covers

To install a child restraint system in the out-board rear seats, extend the shoulder/lap beltentirely from its retractor until a "click" is felt.This will engage the seat belt retractor auto-matic locking feature, which allows the seat beltto retract but not extend. Install the child re-straint system, buckle the seat belt and allowthe seat belt to take up any slack. Make surethat the lap portion of the belt is tight around thechild restraint system and the shoulder portionof the belt is positioned so that it can notinterfere with the child's head or neck. Also,double check to be sure that the retractor hasengaged the automatic locking feature by tryingto extend webbing out of the retractor. If theretractor is in the automatic locking mode, thebelt will be locked. After installation of the childrestraint system, try to move it in all directionsto be sure the child restraint system is securely

B230G01GK-AAT

Installation on outboard Rear Seats

B230G01GK

On outboard rear seats

Page 24: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 16

B230D01GK-AAT

Securing the Child Restraint Seat withthe "ISOFIX" System

B230F01GK

Some child seat manufacturers make child re-straint seats that are labeled as ISOFIX orISOFIX-compatible child restraint seats. Theseseats include two rigid or webbing mountedattachments that connect to two ISOFIX an-chors at specific seating positions in your ve-hicle. This type of child restraint seat eliminatesthe need to use seat belts to attach the childseat for forward-facing child restraint seats.ISOFIX anchors have been provided in yourvehicle. The ISOFIX anchors are located in theleft and right outboard rear seating positions.Their locations are shown in the illustration.There is no center rear seating position.

WARNING:o There is no center rear seat position.o Do not install a child restraint seat at the

center of the rear seat using the vehicle'sISOFIX anchors. The ISOFIX anchors areonly provided for the left and right out-board of the rear seat. Do not misuse theISOFIX anchors by attempting to attach achild restraint seat in the middle of rearseat position to the ISOFIX anchors. In acrash, the child restraint seat ISOFIX at-tachments may not be strong enough tosecure the child restraint seat properly inthe center of the rear seat and may break,causing serious injury or death.

o Do not mount more than one child re-straint to a single tether or to a childrestraint lower anchorage point. The im-proper increased load may cause theanchorage points or tether anchor tobreak, causing serious injury or death.

o Attach the ISOFIX or ISOFIX-compatiblechild restraint seat only to the appropri-ate locations shown in the illustration.

o Always follow the installation and useinstructions provided by the manufac-turer of the child restraint.

installed. If you need to tighten the belt, pullmore webbing toward the retractor. When youunbuckle the seat belt and allow it to retract, theretractor will automatically revert back to itsnormal seated passenger emergency lockingusage condition.

NOTE:o Before installing the child restraint sys-

tem in any seating position, read theinstructions supplied by the child restraintsystem manufacturer.

o If the seat belt does not operate as de-scribed, have the system checked imme-diately by your authorized Hyundai deal-er.

WARNING:o If the retractor is not in the Automatic

Locking mode, the child restraint systemcan move when your vehicle turns orstops abruptly.

o Do not install a child restraint system inthe front passenger seat. Should an acci-dent occur and cause the passenger sidesupplemental airbag to deploy, it couldseverely injure or kill an infant or childseated in an infant or child seat. There-fore, only use a child restraint system inthe rear seat of your vehicle.

Page 25: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 17

The ISOFIX anchors are located between theseatback and the seat cushion of the rear seatleft and right outboard seating positions.Follow the child seat manufacturer's instruc-tions to properly install child restraint seats withISOFIX or ISOFIX-compatible attachments.

Once you have installed the ISOFIX child re-straint, assure that the seat is properly attachedto the ISOFIX and tether anchors. Also, test thechild restraint seat before you place the child init. Tilt the seat from side to side. Also try to tugthe seat forward. Check to see if the anchorshold the seat in place.

WARNING:If the child restraint is not anchored prop-erly, the risk of a child being seriously in-jured or killed in a collision greatly increases.

B230D02GK

B180B01GK-GAT

Pre-tensioner Seat Belt (If Installed)Pre-tensioner Seat Belt (If Installed)Pre-tensioner Seat Belt (If Installed)Pre-tensioner Seat Belt (If Installed)Pre-tensioner Seat Belt (If Installed)Your Hyundai vehicle is equipped with driver'sand front passenger's pre-tensioner seat belts.The purpose of the pre-tensioner is to makesure that the seat belts fit tightly against theoccupant's body in certain frontal collisions.The pre-tensioner seat belts can be activatedalone or, where the frontal collision is severeenough, together with the airbags.

B180B01S

The pre-tensioner seat belt operates in thesame way as an Emergency Locking Retractor(ELR) type of seat belt. When the vehicle stopssuddenly, or if the occupant tries to lean for-ward too quickly, the seat belt retractor will lockinto position. However, in certain frontal colli-sions, the pre-tensioner will activate and pullthe seat belt into tighter contact against theoccupant's body.

B180B01GK

Driver's airbag11111

2222233333

Passenger'sairbag

The seat belt pre-tensioner system consistsmainly of the following components.

Their locations are shown in the illustration.

1. SRS airbag warning light2. Seat belt pre-tensioner assembly3. SRS control module

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:To obtain maximum benefit from a pre-To obtain maximum benefit from a pre-To obtain maximum benefit from a pre-To obtain maximum benefit from a pre-To obtain maximum benefit from a pre-tensioner seat belt:tensioner seat belt:tensioner seat belt:tensioner seat belt:tensioner seat belt:

1. The seat belt must be worn correctly.2. The seat belt must be adjusted to the

correct position.

ISOFIXAnchor

ISOFIXAnchor PositionIndicator

Page 26: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 18

B240A01GK-GAT

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT(AIRBAG) SYSTEM (SRS) (If Installed)

Your Hyundai is equipped with a SupplementalRestraint (Airbag) System. The indications ofthe system's presence are the letters "SRS AIRBAG" embossed on the ornament in the steer-ing wheel and the passenger's side front panelpad above the glove box.

The Hyundai SRS consists of airbags installedunder the pad covers in the center of thesteering wheel and the passenger's side frontpanel above the glove box. The purpose of theSRS is to provide the vehicle's driver and/or thefront passenger with additional protection thanthat offered by the seat belt system alone, incase of a frontal impact of sufficient severity.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:o Both the driver's and front passenger's

pre-tensioner seat belts will be activatedin certain frontal collisions. The pre-tensioner seat belts can be activated aloneor, where the frontal collision is severeenough, together with the airbags.

o When the pre-tensioner seat belts areactivated, a loud noise may be heard andfine dust, which may appear to be smoke,may be visible in the passenger compart-ment. These are normal operating condi-tions and are not hazardous.

o Although it is harmless, the fine dustmay cause skin irritation and should notbe breathed for prolonged periods. Washyour hands and face thoroughly after anaccident in which the pre-tensioner seatbelts were activated.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:o The control module that activates the

SRS airbag controls the pre-tensionerseat belt also.

o If there is some malfunction in the pre-tensioner seat belt circuit, the warninglight will illuminate even if there is nomalfunction in the SRS airbag system. Ifthe SRS airbag warning light does notilluminate or illuminates continuouslywhen the ignition key is turned to "ON",or if it remains illuminated after blinkingfor approximately 6 seconds, or if it illu-minates while the vehicle is being driven,

please have an authorized Hyundai deal-er inspect the pre-tensioner seat belt orSRS airbag system as soon as possible.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:o Pre-tensioners are designed to operate

only one time. After activation, pre-tensioner seat belts must be replaced.All seat belts, of any type, should alwaysbe replaced after they have been wornduring a collision.

o The pre-tensioner seat belt assemblymechanisms become hot during activa-tion. Do not touch the pre-tensioner seatbelt assemblies for several minutes afterthey have been activated.

o Do not attempt to inspect or replace thepre-tensioner seat belts yourself. Thismust be done by an authorized Hyundaidealer.

o Do not strike the pre-tensioner seat beltassemblies.

o Do not attempt to service or repair thepre-tensioner seat belt system in anymanner.

o Improper handling of the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies, and failure to heedthe warnings to not strike, modify, in-spect, replace, service or repair the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies may leadto improper operation or inadvertent ac-tivation and serious injury.

o Always wear the seat belts when drivingor riding in a motor vehicle.

B240A01GK

Page 27: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 19

NOTE:Be sure to read information about the SRSon the labels provided on the backside ofthe sun visor and in the glove box.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:ooooo As its name implies, the SRS is designedAs its name implies, the SRS is designedAs its name implies, the SRS is designedAs its name implies, the SRS is designedAs its name implies, the SRS is designed

to work with, and be supplemental to, theto work with, and be supplemental to, theto work with, and be supplemental to, theto work with, and be supplemental to, theto work with, and be supplemental to, thedriver's and the passenger's three pointdriver's and the passenger's three pointdriver's and the passenger's three pointdriver's and the passenger's three pointdriver's and the passenger's three pointseat belt systems and is not a substituteseat belt systems and is not a substituteseat belt systems and is not a substituteseat belt systems and is not a substituteseat belt systems and is not a substitutefor them. Therefore, your seat belts mustfor them. Therefore, your seat belts mustfor them. Therefore, your seat belts mustfor them. Therefore, your seat belts mustfor them. Therefore, your seat belts mustbe worn at all times while the vehicle is inbe worn at all times while the vehicle is inbe worn at all times while the vehicle is inbe worn at all times while the vehicle is inbe worn at all times while the vehicle is inmotion. The airbags deploy only in cer-motion. The airbags deploy only in cer-motion. The airbags deploy only in cer-motion. The airbags deploy only in cer-motion. The airbags deploy only in cer-tain frontal impact conditions severetain frontal impact conditions severetain frontal impact conditions severetain frontal impact conditions severetain frontal impact conditions severeenough to cause significant injury to theenough to cause significant injury to theenough to cause significant injury to theenough to cause significant injury to theenough to cause significant injury to thevehicle occupants.vehicle occupants.vehicle occupants.vehicle occupants.vehicle occupants.

ooooo The SRS is designed to deploy the airbagsThe SRS is designed to deploy the airbagsThe SRS is designed to deploy the airbagsThe SRS is designed to deploy the airbagsThe SRS is designed to deploy the airbagsonly when an impact is sufficiently severeonly when an impact is sufficiently severeonly when an impact is sufficiently severeonly when an impact is sufficiently severeonly when an impact is sufficiently severeand when the impact angle is less thanand when the impact angle is less thanand when the impact angle is less thanand when the impact angle is less thanand when the impact angle is less than30° from the forward longitudinal axis of30° from the forward longitudinal axis of30° from the forward longitudinal axis of30° from the forward longitudinal axis of30° from the forward longitudinal axis ofthe vehicle and will not deploy in side,the vehicle and will not deploy in side,the vehicle and will not deploy in side,the vehicle and will not deploy in side,the vehicle and will not deploy in side,rear or rollover impacts. Additionally, therear or rollover impacts. Additionally, therear or rollover impacts. Additionally, therear or rollover impacts. Additionally, therear or rollover impacts. Additionally, theairbags will only deploy once. Thus, seatairbags will only deploy once. Thus, seatairbags will only deploy once. Thus, seatairbags will only deploy once. Thus, seatairbags will only deploy once. Thus, seatbelts must be worn at all times.belts must be worn at all times.belts must be worn at all times.belts must be worn at all times.belts must be worn at all times.

o Front airbags are not intended deploy inlight collisions in which protection canbe provided by the seat belt.

o Front airbags are not intended to deployin side-impact, rear-impact or rollovercrashes. In addition, airbags will not de-ploy in frontal crashes below the deploy-ment threshold speed.

ooooo The driver should sit back as far as pos-The driver should sit back as far as pos-The driver should sit back as far as pos-The driver should sit back as far as pos-The driver should sit back as far as pos-sible while still maintaining control of thesible while still maintaining control of thesible while still maintaining control of thesible while still maintaining control of thesible while still maintaining control of thevehicle. If you are sitting too close to thevehicle. If you are sitting too close to thevehicle. If you are sitting too close to thevehicle. If you are sitting too close to thevehicle. If you are sitting too close to theairbag, it can cause death or seriousairbag, it can cause death or seriousairbag, it can cause death or seriousairbag, it can cause death or seriousairbag, it can cause death or seriousinjury when it inflates.injury when it inflates.injury when it inflates.injury when it inflates.injury when it inflates.

ooooo No objects should be placed over or nearNo objects should be placed over or nearNo objects should be placed over or nearNo objects should be placed over or nearNo objects should be placed over or nearthe airbag modules on the steering wheel,the airbag modules on the steering wheel,the airbag modules on the steering wheel,the airbag modules on the steering wheel,the airbag modules on the steering wheel,instrument panel, and the frontinstrument panel, and the frontinstrument panel, and the frontinstrument panel, and the frontinstrument panel, and the frontpassenger's panel above the glovepassenger's panel above the glovepassenger's panel above the glovepassenger's panel above the glovepassenger's panel above the glovebox, because any such object couldbox, because any such object couldbox, because any such object couldbox, because any such object couldbox, because any such object couldcause harm if the vehicle is in a crashcause harm if the vehicle is in a crashcause harm if the vehicle is in a crashcause harm if the vehicle is in a crashcause harm if the vehicle is in a crashsevere enough to cause the airbags tosevere enough to cause the airbags tosevere enough to cause the airbags tosevere enough to cause the airbags tosevere enough to cause the airbags todeploy.deploy.deploy.deploy.deploy.

ooooo If the airbags deploy, they must be re-If the airbags deploy, they must be re-If the airbags deploy, they must be re-If the airbags deploy, they must be re-If the airbags deploy, they must be re-placed by an authorized Hyundai dealer.placed by an authorized Hyundai dealer.placed by an authorized Hyundai dealer.placed by an authorized Hyundai dealer.placed by an authorized Hyundai dealer.

B240A02GK

Rear impact

Side ImpactRollover

ooooo Do not tamper with or disconnect SRSDo not tamper with or disconnect SRSDo not tamper with or disconnect SRSDo not tamper with or disconnect SRSDo not tamper with or disconnect SRSwiring, or other components of the SRSwiring, or other components of the SRSwiring, or other components of the SRSwiring, or other components of the SRSwiring, or other components of the SRSsystem. Doing so could result in injury,system. Doing so could result in injury,system. Doing so could result in injury,system. Doing so could result in injury,system. Doing so could result in injury,due to accidental firing of the airbags ordue to accidental firing of the airbags ordue to accidental firing of the airbags ordue to accidental firing of the airbags ordue to accidental firing of the airbags orby rendering the SRS inoperative.by rendering the SRS inoperative.by rendering the SRS inoperative.by rendering the SRS inoperative.by rendering the SRS inoperative.

ooooo Do not install a child restraint system inDo not install a child restraint system inDo not install a child restraint system inDo not install a child restraint system inDo not install a child restraint system inthe front passenger seat position. A childthe front passenger seat position. A childthe front passenger seat position. A childthe front passenger seat position. A childthe front passenger seat position. A childrestraint system must never be placed inrestraint system must never be placed inrestraint system must never be placed inrestraint system must never be placed inrestraint system must never be placed inthe front seat. The infant or child could bethe front seat. The infant or child could bethe front seat. The infant or child could bethe front seat. The infant or child could bethe front seat. The infant or child could beseverely injured or killed by an airbagseverely injured or killed by an airbagseverely injured or killed by an airbagseverely injured or killed by an airbagseverely injured or killed by an airbagdeployment in case of an accident.deployment in case of an accident.deployment in case of an accident.deployment in case of an accident.deployment in case of an accident.

ooooo Do not allow children to ride in the frontDo not allow children to ride in the frontDo not allow children to ride in the frontDo not allow children to ride in the frontDo not allow children to ride in the frontpassenger seat. If older children (teenag-passenger seat. If older children (teenag-passenger seat. If older children (teenag-passenger seat. If older children (teenag-passenger seat. If older children (teenag-ers and older) must ride in the front seat,ers and older) must ride in the front seat,ers and older) must ride in the front seat,ers and older) must ride in the front seat,ers and older) must ride in the front seat,make sure they are always properly beltedmake sure they are always properly beltedmake sure they are always properly beltedmake sure they are always properly beltedmake sure they are always properly beltedand that the seat is moved back as far asand that the seat is moved back as far asand that the seat is moved back as far asand that the seat is moved back as far asand that the seat is moved back as far aspossible.possible.possible.possible.possible.

ooooo For maximum safety protection in allFor maximum safety protection in allFor maximum safety protection in allFor maximum safety protection in allFor maximum safety protection in alltypes of crashes, all occupants includingtypes of crashes, all occupants includingtypes of crashes, all occupants includingtypes of crashes, all occupants includingtypes of crashes, all occupants includingthe driver should always wear their seatthe driver should always wear their seatthe driver should always wear their seatthe driver should always wear their seatthe driver should always wear their seatbelts whether or not an airbag is alsobelts whether or not an airbag is alsobelts whether or not an airbag is alsobelts whether or not an airbag is alsobelts whether or not an airbag is alsoprovided at their seating position to mini-provided at their seating position to mini-provided at their seating position to mini-provided at their seating position to mini-provided at their seating position to mini-mize the risk of severe injury or death inmize the risk of severe injury or death inmize the risk of severe injury or death inmize the risk of severe injury or death inmize the risk of severe injury or death inthe event of a crash. Do not sit or leanthe event of a crash. Do not sit or leanthe event of a crash. Do not sit or leanthe event of a crash. Do not sit or leanthe event of a crash. Do not sit or leanunnecessarily close to the airbag whileunnecessarily close to the airbag whileunnecessarily close to the airbag whileunnecessarily close to the airbag whileunnecessarily close to the airbag whilethe vehicle is in motion.the vehicle is in motion.the vehicle is in motion.the vehicle is in motion.the vehicle is in motion.

ooooo The SRS airbag system must deploy veryThe SRS airbag system must deploy veryThe SRS airbag system must deploy veryThe SRS airbag system must deploy veryThe SRS airbag system must deploy veryrapidly to provide protection in a crash. Ifrapidly to provide protection in a crash. Ifrapidly to provide protection in a crash. Ifrapidly to provide protection in a crash. Ifrapidly to provide protection in a crash. Ifan occupant is out of position because ofan occupant is out of position because ofan occupant is out of position because ofan occupant is out of position because ofan occupant is out of position because ofnot wearing a seat belt, the airbag maynot wearing a seat belt, the airbag maynot wearing a seat belt, the airbag maynot wearing a seat belt, the airbag maynot wearing a seat belt, the airbag mayforcefully contact the occupant causingforcefully contact the occupant causingforcefully contact the occupant causingforcefully contact the occupant causingforcefully contact the occupant causingserious or fatal injuries.serious or fatal injuries.serious or fatal injuries.serious or fatal injuries.serious or fatal injuries.

Page 28: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 20

The airbag modules are located both in thecenter of the steering wheel and in the frontpassenger's panel above the glove box. Whenthe SRSCM detects a considerable impact tothe front of the vehicle, it will automaticallydeploy the airbags.

Passanger's Airbag

B240B01GK

CAUTION:Do not install or place any accessories (drinkholder, cassette holder, sticker, etc) on thefront passenger's panel above the glove boxin a vehicle with a passenger's air bag. Suchobjects may become dangerous projectilesand cause injury if the passenger's air baginflates.

Upon deployment, tear seams molded directlyinto the pad covers will separate under pres-sure from the expansion of the airbags. Furtheropening of the covers then allows full inflation ofthe airbags.

The SRS service reminder indicator (SRI) onthe instrument panel will blink for about 6 sec-onds after the ignition key is turned to the "ON"position or after the engine is started, afterwhich the SRI should go out.

B240B02L

B240B03L

B240B02GK-AAT

SRS Components and Functions

The SRS consists of the following components:

- Driver's Airbag Module- Passenger's Airbag Module- Knee Bolster- SRS Service Reminder Indicator (SRI)- SRS Control Module (SRSCM)

The SRSCM continually monitors all elementswhile the ignition is "ON" to determine if afrontal or near-frontal impact is severe enoughto require airbag deployment.

B240B01L

Page 29: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 21

WARNING:o When the SRS is activated, there may be

a loud noise and fine dust will be re-leased throughout the vehicle. Theseconditions are normal and are not haz-ardous. However, the fine dust generat-ed during airbag deployment may causeskin irritation. Be sure to wash your handsand face thoroughly with lukewarm wa-ter and a mild soap after an accident inwhich the airbags were deployed.

o The SRS can function only when theignition key is in the "ON" position. If theSRS SRI does not come on or illumi-nates continuously when the ignition keyis turned to "ON", or continuously re-mains on after flashing for about 6 sec-onds when the ignition key is turned tothe "ON" position, or after the engine isstarted, or comes on while driving, theSRS is not working properly. If this oc-curs, have your vehicle immediately in-spected by your Hyundai dealer.

o Before you replace a fuse or disconnecta battery terminal, turn the ignition key tothe "LOCK" position or remove the igni-tion key. Never remove or replace the airbag related fuse(s) when the ignition keyis in the "ON" position. Failure to heedthis warning will cause the SRS SRI toilluminate.

FUA1115A

A fully inflated airbag in combination with aproperly worn seat belt slows the driver's or thepassenger's forward motion, thus reducing therisk of head and chest injury.After complete inflation, the airbag immediatelystarts deflating, enabling the driver to maintainforward visibility.

CAUTION:When installing a container of liquid airfreshener inside a vehicle, do not place itnear the instrument cluster nor on the in-strument panel pad surface. If there is anyleakage from the air freshener onto theseareas (instrument cluster, instrument panelpad or air ventilator), it may damage theseparts. If the liquid from the air freshenerdoes leak onto these areas, wash them withwater immediately.

Your Hyundai is equipped with a side impactairbag in each front seat. The purpose of theairbag is to provide the vehicle's driver and/orthe front passenger with additional protectionthan that offered by the seat belt alone. Theside impact airbags are designed to deploy onlyduring certain side-impact collisions, dependingon the crash severity, angle, speed and point ofimpact. The side impact airbags are not de-signed to deploy in all side impact situations.

WARNING:o For best protection from the side impact

airbag system and to avoid being injuredby the deploying side impact airbag, bothfront seat occupants should sit in anupright position with the seat belt prop-erly fastened. The driver's hands shouldbe placed on the steering wheel at the

B990B03Y-AAT

Side Impact Airbag (If installed)

B990B02Y

Page 30: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 22

WARNING:o Do not install a child restraint system in

the front passenger seat position. Achild restraint system must never beplaced in the front seat. The infant orchild could be severely injured or killedby an airbag deployment in case of anaccident.

o Modification to SRS components or wir-ing, including the addition of any kind ofbadges to the pad covers or modifica-tions to the body structure, can adverselyaffect SRS performance and lead to pos-sible injury.

o For cleaning the airbag pad covers, useonly a soft, dry cloth or one which hasbeen moistened with plain water. Sol-vents or cleaners could adversely affectthe airbag covers and proper deploy-ment of the system.

o No objects should be placed over or nearthe airbag modules on the steering wheel,instrument panel, and the front passen-ger’s panel above the glove box, becauseany such object could cause harm if thevehicle is in a crash severe enough tocause the airbags to inflate.

o If the airbags inflate, they must be re-placed by an authorized Hyundai dealer.

o Do not tamper with or disconnect SRSwiring, or other components of the SRSsystem. Doing so could result in injury,due to accidental firing of the airbags orby rendering the SRS inoperative.

B240C02A-AAT

SRS Careo The SRS is virtually maintenance free and

there are no parts you can safely service byyourself. The entire SRS system must beinspected by an authorized Hyundai dealer in10 years after the date that the vehicle wasmanufactured.

o Any work on the SRS system, such as re-moving, installing, repairing, or any work onthe steering wheel must be performed by aqualified Hyundai technician. Improper han-dling of the airbag system may result inserious personal injury.

B240C01A

9:00 and 3:00 o'clock positions. Thepassenger's arms and hands should beplaced in their laps.

o Do not use any accessory seat covers.o Use of seat covers could prevent or re-

duce the effectiveness of the system.o Do not install any accessories on the

side or near the side impact airbag.o Do not use excessive force on the side of

the seat.o Do not place any objects over the airbag

or between the airbag and yourself.o Do not place any objects (an umbrella,

bag, etc.) between the front door and thefront seat. Such objects may becomedangerous projectiles and cause injury ifthe supplemental side impact airbag in-flates.

o To prevent unexpected deployment ofthe side impact airbag that may result inpersonal injury,avoid impact to the sideairbag sensor when the ignition key ison.

Page 31: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 23

o If components of the airbag system mustbe discarded, or if the vehicle must bescrapped, certain safety precautionsmust be observed. Your Hyundai dealerknows these precautions and can giveyou the necessary information. Failure tofollow these precautions and procedurescould increase the risk of personal in-jury.

o If you sell your vehicle, be sure to informthe new owner of these important pointsand make certain that this manual istransferred to the new owner.

o If your car was flooded and has soakedcarpeting or water on the floor, youshouldn't try to start the engine; have thecar towed to an authorized Hyundai deal-er.

Page 32: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 24

B250A01GK-AAT

INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS 1. Traction Control System (If installed) 2. Panel Brightness Control Knob

(Rheostat Switch) 3. Multi-Function Light 4. Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch 5. Front Fog Light Switch (If installed) 6. Hazard Warning Switch 7. Digital Clock 8. Passenger Air Bag 9. Hood Release Lever10. Fuse Box Relay11. Steering Wheel Tilt Lever (If installed)12. Horn and Driver Airbag13. Cruise Control Switch (If installed)14. Heating and Cooling Controls15. Ashtray16. Cigarette Lighter17. Shift Lever18. Audio System19. Parking Brake Lever20. Glove Box21. Center Console

CAUTION:When installing a container of liquid air freshener inside a vehicle, do not place it near theinstrument cluster nor on the instrument panel pad surface. If there is any leakage from theair freshener onto these areas (Instrument cluster, instrument panel pad or air ventilator), itmay damage these parts. If the liquid from the air freshener does leak onto these areas, washthem with water immediately.

HGK001B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13141516 17 18 19 20 21

Page 33: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 25

HGK026B

B260A01GK-AAT

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND INDICATOR LIGHTS1 2 34 5 6 7 8

9 10 11 12 13

14

151617 18 19 20 21

1. Speedometer 2. Turn Signal Indicator Light 3. Odometer 4. Automatic Transaxle Position Indicator Light

(If installed) 5. Coolant Temperature Gauge 6. Trip Odometer 7. Fuel Gauge

8. Tachometer 9. Traction Control Indicator Light (If installed)10.Door Ajar Warning Light11.Odometer/Trip Odometer Reset Knob12.Charging System Warning Light13.SRS (Airbag) Warning Light14.Seat Belt Warning Light15.High Beam Indicator Light

16.Oil Pressure Warning Light17.Malfunction Indicator Light18.Low Fuel Warning Light19.Parking Brake/Brake Fluid Level Warning

Light20.Cruise Indicator (If installed)21.Tailgate Open Warning Light22.Anti-Lock Brake Warning Light (If installed)

2

22

Page 34: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 26

B260G01A-AAT

Oil Pressure Warning Light

CAUTION:If the oil pressure warning light stays onwhile the engine is running, serious enginedamage may result. The oil pressure warn-ing light comes on whenever there is insuf-ficient oil pressure. In normal operation, itshould come on when the ignition switch isturned on, then go out when the engine isstarted. If the oil pressure warning lightstays on while the engine is running, thereis a serious malfunction.If this happens, stop the car as soon as it issafe to do so, turn off the engine and checkthe oil level. If the oil level is low, fill theengine oil to the proper level and start theengine again. If the light stays on with theengine running, turn the engine off immedi-ately. In any instance where the oil lightstays on when the engine is running, theengine should be checked by a Hyundaidealer before the car is driven again.B260F01A-AAT

High Beam Indicator Light

The high beam indicator light comes on when-ever the headlights are switched to the highbeam or flash position.

B260D01A-AAT

Turn Signal Indicator Lights

The blinking green arrows on the instrumentpanel show the direction indicated by the turnsignals. If the arrow comes on but does notblink, blinks more rapidly than normal, or doesnot illuminate at all, a malfunction in the turnsignal system is indicated. Your dealer shouldbe consulted for repairs.

B260P02Y-GAT

ABS Service Reminder Indica-tor (SRI) (If Installed)

When the key is turned to the "ON" position, theAnti-Lock Brake System SRI will come on andthen go off in a few seconds. If the ABS SRIremains on, comes on while driving, or does notcome on when the key is turned to the "ON"position, this indicates that there may be aproblem with the ABS.If this occurs, have your vehicle checked byyour Hyundai dealer as soon as possible. Thenormal braking system will still be operational,but without the assistance of the anti-lock brakesystem.

CAUTION:If the both ABS SRI and Parking Brake/Brake fluid level warning lights remain "ON"or come on while driving, there may be aproblem with E.B.D (Electronic Brake ForceDistribution).If this occurs, avoid sudden stops and haveyour vehicle checked by your Hyundai dealeras soon as possible.

B260B01GK-GAT

SRS (Airbag) ServiceReminder Indicator (SRI)

The SRS service reminder indicator (SRI) comeson and flashes for about 6 seconds after theignition key is turned to the "ON" position orafter the engine is started, after which it will goout.

This light also comes on when the SRS is notworking properly. If the SRI does not come onor illuminates continuously when the ignitionkey is turned to "ON", or continuously remainson after flashing for about 6 seconds when youturned the ignition key to the "ON" position orstarted the engine, or if it comes on whiledriving, have the SRS inspected by an autho-rized Hyundai Dealer.

Page 35: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 27

B260M01A-AAT

Low Fuel Level Warning Light

The low fuel level warning light comes on whenthe fuel tank is approaching empty. When itcomes on, you should add fuel as soon aspossible. Driving with the fuel level warning lighton or with the fuel level below "E" can cause theengine to misfire and damage the catalyticconverter.

B260J01A-AAT

Charging System Warning Light

The charging system warning light should comeon when the ignition is turned on, then go outwhen the engine is running. If the light stays onwhile the engine is running, there is a malfunc-tion in the electrical charging system. If the lightcomes on while you are driving, stop, turn offthe engine and check under the hood. First,make certain the generator drive belt is inplace. If it is, check the tension of the belt. Dothis as shown on page 6-13 by pushing downon the center of the belt. And then have thesystem checked by your Hyundai dealer.

B260K01F-AAT

Tail Gate Open Warning Light

This light remains on unless the tail gate iscompletely closed.

B260L01Y-AAT

Door Ajar Warning Lightand Chime

The door ajar warning light warns you that adoor is not completely closed and the chimewarns you that driver's side front door is notcompletely closed.

NOTE:To remind you not to lock the key inside thecar, the warning light comes on wheneverthe key is in the "LOCK" position and a dooris open. The warning chime only soundswhenever the key is in the "LOCK" positionand the driver's side front door is open. Thechime sounds and the light remains on untilthe key is removed from the ignition.

B260H01GK-AAT

Parking Brake/Brake FluidLevel Warning Light

WARNING:If you suspect brake trouble, have yourbrakes checked by a Hyundai dealer as soonas possible. Driving your car with a problemin either the brake electrical system or brakehydraulic system is dangerous, and couldresult in a serious injury or death.

Warning Light OperationThe parking brake/brake fluid level warning lightshould come on when the parking brake is ap-plied and the ignition switch is turned to "ON" or"START". After the engine is started, the lightshould go out in three seconds.If the parking brake is not applied, the warninglight should come on when the ignition switch isturned to "ON" or "START", then go out in threeseconds. If the light comes on at any other time,you should slow the vehicle and bring it to acomplete stop in a safe location off the roadway.The brake warning light indicates that the brakefluid level in the brake master cylinder is low andhydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 orDOT 4 specifications should be added. Afteradding fluid, if no other trouble is found, the carshould be immediately and carefully driven to aHyundai dealer for inspection. If further trouble isexperienced, the vehicle should not be driven atall but taken to a dealer by a professional towingservice or some other safe method.

Your Hyundai is equipped with dual-diagonalbraking systems. This means you still have brak-ing on two wheels even if one of the dual systemsshould fail. With only one of the dual systemsworking, more than normal pedal travel andgreater pedal pressure are required to stop thecar. Also, the car will not stop in as short adistance with only half of the brake system work-ing. If the brakes fail while you are driving, shift toa lower gear for additional engine braking andstop the car as soon as it is safe to do so.

Page 36: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 28

B260E01A-AAT

Seat Belt Reminder LightAnd Chime

The seat belt reminder light comes on for about6 seconds when the ignition key is turned fromthe "OFF" position to "ON" or "START". If thedriver's seat belt is not fastened, the warningchime will sound at the same time.

B270A01A-AAT

BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNINGSOUNDThe front disc brake pads have wear indicatorsthat should make a high-pitched squealing orscraping noise when new pads are needed.The sound may come and go or be heard all thetime when the vehicle is moving. It may also beheard when the brake pedal is pushed downfirmly. Excessive rotor damage will result if theworn pads are not replaced. See your Hyundaidealer immediately.

B260Q01E-GAT

Cruise Indicator (If Installed)

The cruise indicator light in the instrument clus-ter is illuminated when the cruise control mainswitch on the end of the barrel is pushed.The indicator light does not illuminate when thecruise control main switch is pushed a secondtime.Information about the use of cruise control isbeginning on page 1-44.

B280A01A-AAT

FUEL GAUGE

The needle on the gauge indicates the approx-imate fuel level in the fuel tank. The fuel capac-ity is given in Section 9.

HGK133

B290A02A-AAT

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREGAUGE

HGK132

B260C01GK-GAT

Traction Control IndicatorLights(If installed)

The traction control indicators change opera-tion according to the ignition switch position andwhether the system is in operation or not.They will illuminate when the ignition key isturned to the "ON" position, but should go outafter three seconds. If the TCS-OFF indicatorblinks or stays on, take your car to your autho-rized Hyundai dealer and have the systemchecked. See section 2 for more informationabout the TCS system.

B260N01GK-AAT

Malfunction Indicator Light

This light illuminates when there is a malfunc-tion of an exhaust gas related component, andthe system is not functioning properly so thatthe exhaust gas regulation values are not sat-isfied. This light will also illuminate when theignition key is turned to the "ON" position, andwill go out after engine starting. If it illuminateswhile driving, or does not illuminate when theignition key is turned to the "ON" position, takeyour car to your nearest authorized Hyundaidealer and have the system checked.

Page 37: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 29

B300A01A-AAT

SPEEDOMETER

HGK130B

Your Hyundai's speedometer is calibrated inmiles per hour (on the outer scale) and kilome-ters per hour (on the inner scale).

B330A01F-AAT

TACHOMETER

The tachometer registers the speed of yourengine in revolutions per minute (rpm). It isuseful to help you shift at the appropriate enginespeed to avoid lugging or over-reving the en-gine.

CAUTION:The engine should not be raced to such aspeed that the needle enters the red zone onthe tachometer face. This can cause severeengine damage and may void your warranty.

HGK131

WARNING:Never remove the radiator cap when theengine is hot. The engine coolant is underpressure and could erupt and cause severeburns. Wait until the engine is cool beforeremoving the radiator cap.

The needle on the engine coolant temperaturegauge should stay in the normal range. If itmoves across the dial to "H" (Hot), pull overand stop as soon as possible and turn off theengine. Then open the hood and check thecoolant reservoir level and the water pumpdrive belt. If you suspect cooling system trou-ble, have your cooling system checked by aHyundai dealer as soon as possible.

B310B01GK-GAT

ODOMETER/TRIP ODOMETER

HGK028B

Function of digital odometer/tripodometerPushing in the reset switch on the right side ofspeedometer when the ignition switch is turned"ON" will display the following sequence:

HGK055A

1

3

2

A Type

B Type

A Type

Page 38: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 30

B340A01A-AAT

COMBINATION TURN SIGNAL,HEADLIGHT AND HIGH-BEAMSWITCHTurn Signal OperationPulling down on the lever causes the turnsignals on the left side of the car to blink.Pushing upwards on the lever causes the turnsignals on the right side of the car to blink. Asthe turn is completed, the lever will automati-cally return to the center position and turn offthe turn signals at the same time. If either turnsignal indicator light blinks more rapidly thanusual, goes on but does not blink, or does notgo on at all, there is a malfunction in the system.Check for a burned-out fuse or bulb or see yourHyundai dealer.

B340B01A-AAT

Lane Change Signal

HGK038

1. OdometerThe odometer records the total driving distancein kilometers or miles, and is useful for keepinga record for maintenance intervals.

NOTE:Any alteration of the odometer may void yourwarranty coverage.

2,3 Trip odometerRecords the distance of 2 trips in kilometers ormiles.TRIP A: First distance you have traveled fromyour origination point to a first destination.TRIP B: Second distance from the first destina-tion to the final destination.

To shift from TRIP A to TRIP B, press the resetswitch. When pressed for 1 second, it will resetto 0.

To indicate a lane change, move the lever up ordown to a point where it begins flashing.The lever will automatically return to the centerposition when released.

To operate the headlights, turn the barrel on theend of the multi-function switch. The first posi-tion turns on the parking lights, sidelights, taillights and instrument panel lights. The secondposition turns on the headlights.

Parking light auto cutIf you do not turn the parking lights "OFF" afterdriving, the parking light will automatically shut"OFF" when the driver's door is opened.To turn them "ON" again you must simply turnthe ignition key to the "ON" position.

B340C02E-AAT

Headlight Switch

HGK039

HGK055C

B Type

Page 39: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 31

B340E01A-AAT

Headlight Flasher

To flash the headlights, pull the switch levertoward you, then release it. The headlights canbe flashed even though the headlight switch isin the "OFF" position.

B350A01GK-AAT

WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHERSWITCH

The windshield wiper switch has three posi-tions:

(1) Intermittent wiper operation(2) Low-speed operation(3) High-speed operation

NOTE:To prevent damage to the wiper system, donot attempt to wipe away heavy accumula-tions of snow or ice. Accumulated snow andice should be removed manually. If there isonly a light layer of snow or ice, operate theheater in the defrost mode to melt the snowor ice before using the wiper.

HGK233

To operate the auto light, turn the barrel on theend of the multi-function switch. If you set themulti-function switch to "AUTO", the tail lightsand headlights will be turned automatically onor off according to external illumination.

B340F01L-GAT

Auto Light (If installed)

HGK041

B340D01A-AAT

High-beam SwitchTo turn on the headlight high beams, push thelever forward (away from you). The high beamindicator light will come on at the same time.For low beams, pull the lever back toward you.

HGK042

(1)

(3)

(2)

Page 40: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 32

B350C01S-AAT

Adjustable Intermittent Wiper Opera-tion

To use the intermittent wiper feature, place thewiper switch in the "INT" position. With theswitch in this position, the interval betweenwipes can be varied from 2 to 10 seconds byturning the interval adjuster barrel.

HGK043

B350B01A-AAT

Windshield Washer Operation

To use the windshield washer, pull the wiper/washer lever toward the steering wheel. Whenthe washer lever is operated, the wipers auto-matically make two passes across the wind-shield. The washer continues to operate untilthe lever is released.

NOTE:o Do not operate the washer more than 15

seconds at a time or when the fluid res-ervoir is empty.

HGK044

Mist Wiper Operation

HGK045

If a single wipe is desired in mist, move thewindshield wiper and washer control lever up.

o In icy or freezing weather, be sure thewiper blades are not frozen to the glassprior to operating the wipers.

o In areas where water freezes in winter,use windshield washer antifreeze.

HGK046

B350A01O-AAT

Tailgate Wiper And Washer Switch

1. :The washer fluid will be sprayed ontothe rear window and the wiper operateswhile the rear window wiper barrel isplaced in this position.

2.OFF3.INT :To use the intermittent wiper feature,

place the rear window wiper barrel in the"INT" position.

4.ON :When the point indicates the "ON", therear window wiper operates continu-ously.

Page 41: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 33

B380A01A-AAT

REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER SWITCH

The rear window defroster is turned on bypushing in on the switch. To turn the defrosteroff, push in on the switch a second time. Therear window defroster automatically turns itselfoff after about 15 minutes. To restart the de-froster cycle, push in on the switch again afterit has turned itself off.

CAUTION:Do not clean the inner side of the rearwindow glass with an abrasive type of glasscleaner or use a scraper to remove foreigndeposits from the inner surface of the glassas this may cause damage to the defrosterelements.

NOTE:The engine must be running for the rearwindow defroster to operate.

B400A01F-AAT

DIGITAL CLOCK

There are three control buttons for the digitalclock. Their functions are:

HOUR - Push "H" to advance the hour indicat-ed.

MIN - Push "M" to advance the minute indicat-ed.

RESET - Push "R" to reset minutes to ":00" tofacilitate resetting the clock to thecorrect time. When this is done:

Pressing "R" between 10 : 30 and 11 : 29changes the readout to 11 : 00.Pressing "R" between 11 : 30 and 12 : 29changes the readout to 12 : 00.

B380A01GK HGK143A

B370A01A-AAT

HAZARD WARNING SYSTEM

The hazard warning system should be usedwhenever you find it necessary to stop the carin a hazardous location. When you must makesuch an emergency stop, always pull off theroad as far as possible.The hazard warning lights are turned on bypushing in on the hazard switch. This causes allturn signal lights to blink. The hazard warninglights will operate even though the key is not inthe ignition.To turn the hazard warning lights off, push in onthe switch a second time.

HGK140A

A Type

B Type

Page 42: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 34

B420A02A-AAT

CIGARETTE LIGHTER

HGK144

B410A01A-AAT

INSTRUMENT PANEL LIGHT CON-TROL (RHEOSTAT)

The instrument panel lights can be made bright-er or dimmer by turning the instrument panellight control knob.

HGK134A

For the cigarette lighter to work, the key mustbe in the "ACC" position or the "ON" position.To use the cigarette lighter, push it all the wayinto its socket. When the element has heated,the lighter will pop out to the "ready" position.Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressed in. Thiscan damage the heating element and create afire hazard.If it is necessary to replace the cigarette lighter,use only a genuine Hyundai replacement or itsapproved equivalent.

CAUTION:Do not use electric accessories or equipmentother than the Hyundai genuine parts in thesocket.

B450A01GK-AAT

DRINK HOLDER (If Installed)

HGK149A

The drink holder is used for holding cups orcans.

WARNING:Do not place objects other than cups or cansin the drink holder. Such objects can bethrown out in the event of a sudden stop or anaccident, possibly injuring the passengers inthe vehicle.

B430A01GK-AAT

FRONT ASHTRAY

The front ashtray may be opened by pushingand releasing the ashtray door at its top edge.

HGK146

To remove the ashtray in order to clean it, themetal ash receptacle should be lifted out fromthe ashtray door. Do not attempt to remove theentire ashtray door assembly or damage willresult. To reinstall it, place it in the properposition and press it down in the ashtray door.The ashtray lamp will only illuminate when theexterior body lights are switched on.

Page 43: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 35

B460A01Y-AAT

SUNROOF (If installed)Sun Shade

HGK029

Your HYUNDAI is equipped with a sliding sun-shade which you can manually adjust to let inlight with the sunroof closed, or to block sun-light.

WARNING:Never adjust the sunshade while driving.

B460B01GK-GAT

Opening the Sunroof System

HGK030

The sunroof can be electrically opened or closedwith the ignition key in the "ON" position. Thesunroof is moved to its fully open position bypushing the "OPEN" switch, and to stop at thedesired position, push in any switches (Open,Close, Up, Down). To close, press and hold the"CLOSE" button.Release the button when the sunroof reachesthe desired position.

WARNING:o Do not close a sunroof if anyone’s hands,

arms or body are between the slidingglass and the sunroof sash, as this couldresult in injury.

o Do not place your head or arms out ofthe sunroof opening at any time.

CAUTION:o Do not open the sunroof in severely cold

temperature or when it is covered withice or snow.

o Periodically remove any dirt that mayhave accumulated on the guide rails.

B460C01GK-GAT

Tilting the Sunroof System

HGK031

The sunroof is moved to its fully tilt up positionby pushing the "UP" switch, and to stop at thedesired position, push in any switches (Open,Close, Up, Down).To tilt down, press and hold the "DOWN" but-ton. Release the button when the sunroofreaches the desired position.

NOTE:After washing the car or after there is rain,be sure to wipe off any water that is on thesunroof before operating it.

Page 44: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 36

B460D03GK-AAT

Manual Operation of SunroofIf the sunroof does not electrically operate:

HGK032

1. Remove the cap located in the rear roofpanel by using a coin or screw driver.

2. Insert the hexagonal head wrench providedwith the vehicle into the socket. This wrenchcan be found in the vehicle’s trunk or glovebox.

HGK033

3. Push and turn the wrench clockwise to closeor counterclockwise to open the sunroof.

B480A01GK-GAT

MAP LIGHT

HGK034

(1) Push in the map light switch to turn on thedriver side light.

(2) In the "DOOR" position, the interior courte-sy light comes on when any door is openedregardless of the ignition key position. Thelight goes out gradually 6 seconds after thedoor is closed.

(3) Push in the map light switch to turn on thepassenger side light.

(1) (2) (3)

B460E02GK-GAT

Resetting the Sunroof SystemIf the battery has been recharged, disconnectedor is manually with operating the hexagonalhead wrench, you may need to reset the sunroof.

To do this;1. Turn the ignition switch "OFF".2. With pressing "OPEN" "UP" button at the

same time, turn the ignition switch "ON".

The resetting is failed when the ignitionkey to the "OFF" within 1.5 seconds.

3. If the sunroof is set like this, the sunroof isreset with tilting up/down automatically oncefor all.

CAUTION:If the sunroof is not reset, it may not beoperated normally.

Page 45: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 37

B510B01A-AAT

OUTSIDE REAR VIEW MIRRORElectric Type (If installed)

The outside rearview mirrors can be adjusted toyour preferred rear vision, both directly behindthe vehicle, and to the rear of the left and rightsides.The remote control outside rearview mirrorswitch controls the adjustments for both theright and left outside mirror.

To adjust the position of eithermirror:1. Move the selecting switch to the right or left

to activate the adjustable mechanism for thecorresponding door mirror.

2. Next, adjust the mirror angle by depressingthe appropriate perimeter switch as illus-trated.

HGK128

B500A01A-AAT

GLOVE BOX

WARNING:To avoid the possibility of injury in case ofan accident or a sudden stop, the glove boxdoor should be kept closed when the car isin motion.

o To open the glove box, pull on the glove boxrelease lever.

HGK147

B491A02F-AAT

SPECTACLE CASE

HGK036

The spectacle case is located on the frontoverhead console.Push the end of the cover to open or close thespectacle case.

WARNING:Do not open the spectacle case while thevehicle is moving.The rear view mirror of the vehicle can beblocked by an open spectacle case.

Page 46: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 38

B520A01A-AAT

DAY/NIGHT INSIDE REAR VIEW MIR-ROR

Your Hyundai is equipped with a day/nightinside rear view mirror. The "night" position isselected by flipping the tab at the bottom of themirror toward you. In the "night" position, theglare of headlights of cars behind you is re-duced.

The outside rearview mirror heater is actuatedin connection with the rear window defroster.To heat the outside rearview mirror glass, pushin the switch for the rear window defroster. Therearview mirror glass will be heated for defrost-ing or defogging and will give you improved rearvision in inclement weather conditions. Pushthe switch again to turn the heater off. Theoutside rearview mirror heater automaticallyturns itself off after 15 minutes.

B510C01A-AAT

FOLDING THE OUTSIDE REAR VIEWMIRRORS

To fold the outside rear view mirrors, push themtoward the rear.The outside rear view mirrors can be foldedrearward for parking in narrow areas.

B510C01GK

WARNING:Do not adjust or fold the outside rear viewmirrors while the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control, and an acci-dent which could cause death, serious inju-ry or property damage.

B520A01GK

CAUTION:o Do not operate the switch continuously

for an unnecessary length of time.o Scraping ice from the mirror face could

cause permanent damage. To remove anyice, use a sponge, soft cloth or approveddeicer.

WARNING:Be careful when judging the size or distanceof any object seen in the passenger siderear view mirror. It is a convex mirror with acurved surface. Any objects seen in thismirror are closer than they appear.

B510D01Y-AAT

OUTSIDE REARVIEW MIRRORHEATER (If Installed)

B380A01GK

A Type

B Type

Page 47: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 39

B550A01S-GAT

HIGH-MOUNTED REAR STOP LIGHT

B550A01GK

B360A01F-AAT

FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH(If Installed)

HGK142A

To turn on the front fog lights, push the switch.They will light when the headlights are turnedon.

B530A01A-AAT

PARKING BRAKE

Always engage the parking brake before leav-ing the car. This also turns on the parking brakeindicator light when the key is in the "ON" or"START" position. Before driving away, be surethat the parking brake is fully released and theindicator light is off.

o To engage the parking brake, pull the leverup as far as possible.

o To release the parking brake, pull up thelever and press the thumb button. Then,while holding the button in, lower the brakelever.

HGK178

B520B01O-GAT

DAY/NIGHT REAR VIEW MIRROR(Electric type) (If installed)

The electric type day/night inside rearview mir-ror automatically controls the glare of head-lights of the car behind you. Adjust the rearviewmirror to the desired position.

B520B01GK

Sensor

A Type B Type C Type

Page 48: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 40

B620A01S-AAT

FRONT DOOR EDGE WARNING LIGHT

B620A01GK

A red light comes on when the front door isopened. The purpose of this light is to assistwhen you get in or out and also to warn passingvehicles.

B560A02S-AAT

REMOTE FUEL-FILLER LID RELEASE

The fuel-filler lid may be opened from inside thevehicle by pulling up on the fuel-filler lid openerlocated on the front floor area on the left side ofthe car.

HGK105

WARNING:o Always double check to be sure that the

hood is firmly latched before drivingaway. If it is not latched, the hood couldfly open while the vehicle is being driven,causing a total loss of visibility, whichmight result in an accident.

o Do not move the vehicle with the hood inthe raised position, as vision is obstructedand the hood could fall or be damaged.

B570A01GK-GAT

HOOD RELEASE

1. Pull the release knob to unlatch the hood.2. Press the safety hook lever up and lift the

hood.3. Raise the hood by hand.

When closing the hood, slowly close the hoodand make sure it locks into place.

HGK106Hood Release Lever

HGK098

In addition to the lower-mounted rear stoplightson either side of the car, the high mounted rearstoplight in the center of the rear window orinserted in the rear spoiler also lights when thebrakes are applied.

Page 49: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 41

B540A01F-AAT

TAIL GATERemote Tail Gate Release

To open the tail gate without using the key, pullup the lid release lever.To close, lower the tail gate, then press downon it until it locks. To be sure the tail gate issecurely fastened, always try to pull it up again.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The tail gate should always be kept com-The tail gate should always be kept com-The tail gate should always be kept com-The tail gate should always be kept com-The tail gate should always be kept com-pletely closed while the vehicle is in motion.pletely closed while the vehicle is in motion.pletely closed while the vehicle is in motion.pletely closed while the vehicle is in motion.pletely closed while the vehicle is in motion.If it is left open or ajar, poisonous exhaustIf it is left open or ajar, poisonous exhaustIf it is left open or ajar, poisonous exhaustIf it is left open or ajar, poisonous exhaustIf it is left open or ajar, poisonous exhaustgases may enter the car resulting in seriousgases may enter the car resulting in seriousgases may enter the car resulting in seriousgases may enter the car resulting in seriousgases may enter the car resulting in seriousillness or death to the occupants. See addi-illness or death to the occupants. See addi-illness or death to the occupants. See addi-illness or death to the occupants. See addi-illness or death to the occupants. See addi-tional warnings concerning exhaust gasestional warnings concerning exhaust gasestional warnings concerning exhaust gasestional warnings concerning exhaust gasestional warnings concerning exhaust gaseson page 2-1.on page 2-1.on page 2-1.on page 2-1.on page 2-1.

HGK103

B540C01F-AAT

To Unlock Using the Key

To open the tail gate, insert the key and turn itclockwise to unlock. The tail gate compartmentlight illuminates when the tail gate is opened.

B540C02GK

NOTE:If the fuel-filler lid will not open because icehas formed around it, tap lightly or push onthe lid to break the ice and release the lid.Do not pry on the lid. If necessary, sprayaround the lid with an approved deicer fluid(do not use radiator anti-freeze) or move thevehicle to a warm place and allow the ice tomelt.

HGK124

WARNING:o The fuel cap must be tightened at least 3

clicks, otherwise " " light will illumi-nate.

o Gasoline vapors are dangerous. Beforerefueling, always stop the engine andnever allow sparks or open flames nearthe filler area. If you need to replace thefiller cap, use a genuine Hyundai replace-ment part.

o If you open the fuel filler cap during highambient temperatures, a slight "pressuresound" may be heard. This is normal andnot a cause for concern.Whenever you open the fuel filler cap,turn it slowly.

o Make sure the fuel filler cap is replacedand securely seated after fueling. Failureto replace or fully seat the fuel filler capwill result in fuel vapors escaping intothe atmosphere and the MIL indicatorilluminating.

o Do not "TOP-OFF" after the first nozzleshut off when refueling.

Page 50: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 42

B140A01GK

B140A01S-AAT

REAR SEAT WARNING

HGK227

WARNING:Do not close an open tailgate (rear hatch)while a person(s) is sitting upright on the rearseat. The tailgate or tailgate glass may contactthe head of a person sitting upright on the rearseat. Closing the tailgate onto a person's headmay cause serious injuries, including death.

B540D01GK-GAT

When you close the tailgate

HGK226

For the safety of all passengers, luggage orother cargo should not be piled higher than thetop of the seatback. In addition, do not placeobjects on the rear shelf as they may moveforward during braking or in an accident andstrike vehicle passengers.

B580A01GK-AAT

SUN VISOR

HGK145

Vanity mirror

Your Hyundai is equipped with sun visors togive the driver and front passenger either fron-tal or sideward shade. The sun visors are fittedon both sides on all models. To reduce glare orto shut out direct rays of the sun, turn the sunvisor down to block the annoyance. A vanitymirror is provided on the back of the sun visorfor the front passenger.

NOTE:The Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)label containing useful information can befound on the back of each sun visor.

WARNING:Do not place the sun visor in such a mannerthat it obscures visibility of the roadway,traffic or other objects.

Page 51: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 43

B610A01S-AAT

HORN

Press the pad on the steering wheel to soundthe horn.

HGK141

B600A01HP-AAT

STEERING WHEEL TILT LEVER(If installed)To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever toward you and hold it tounlock.

2. Raise or lower the steering wheel to thedesired position.

3. After adjustment, release the lever.

WARNING:Do not attempt to adjust the steering wheelwhile driving as this may result in loss ofcontrol of the vehicle and serious injury ordeath.

HGK127

B540D02GK-GAT

LUGGAGE NET (If installed)

Some objects can be kept in the net in theluggage compartment.Use the luggage net on the floor(If installed) orat the back of the luggage compartment toprevent objects from sliding.

HGK241

HGK129

B990A03Y-AAT

FLOOR MAT ANCHOR

To use a floor mat on the front floor carpet,make sure it attaches to the floor mat anchor inyour vehicle.This keeps the floor mat from sliding forward.

Working Zone

A Type

B Type

WARNING:To avoid eye injury. Do not overstretch.Always keep face and body out of recoilpath. Do not use when strap has visiblesigns of wear or damage.

Page 52: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 44

B660B01GK

B660B01E-AAT

To Set the Cruise Speed

1. Push in the cruise control main switch onthe end of the barrel. The "CRUISE" indica-tor light in the instrument cluster will beilluminated. This turns the system on.

2. Accelerate to the desired cruising speedabove 25 mph (40 km/h).

3. Push the control switch downward to "SET(COAST)" and release it.

4. Remove your foot from the accelerator pedaland the desired speed will automatically bemaintained.

5. To increase speed, depress the acceleratorpedal enough for the vehicle to exceed thepreset speed. When you remove your footfrom the accelerator pedal, the vehicle willreturn to the speed you have set.

The cruise control system provides automaticspeed control for your comfort when driving onfreeways, tollroads, or other noncongested high-ways. This system is designed to function aboveapproximately 25 mph (40 km/h).

B660C02E-AAT

To Cancel the Cruise Speed

Do one of the following:

o Pull the control switch toward the steeringwheel to "CANCEL" position.

o Depress the brake pedal.o Depress the clutch pedal (Manual transaxle).o Shift the selector lever to "N" position (Auto-

matic transaxle).o Decrease the vehicle speed lower than the

memorized speed by 12 mph (20 km/h).o Decrease the vehicle speed to less than 25

mph (40 km/h).o Release the main switch.

B660C01GK

B660A01GK

Main switch

B660A01S-AAT

CRUISE CONTROL (If Installed)

WARNING:o Make sure the floor mat is properly placed

on the floor carpet. If the floor mat slipsand interferes with the movement of thepedals during driving, it may cause anaccident.

o Don't put an additional floor mat on thetop of the anchored mat, otherwise theadditional mat may slide forward andinterfere with the movement of the ped-als.

WARNING:To avoid accidental cruise control engage-ment, keep the cruise control main switchoff when not using the cruise control

Page 53: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 45

B660F01E-AAT

To Reset at a Slower Speed

B660B01GK

1. Push the control switch downward to "SET(COAST)" and hold it. The vehicle will de-celerate.

2. When the desired speed is obtained, re-lease the control switch. While the controlswitch is pushed, the vehicle speed willgradually decrease.

WARNING:o Keep the main switch off when not using

the cruise control.o Do not use the cruise control when it may

not be safe to keep the car at a constantspeed, for instance, driving in heavy orvarying traffic, or on slippery (rainy, icy orsnow-covered) or winding roads or over6% up-hill or down-hill roads.

o Pay particular attention to the driving con-ditions whenever using the cruise controlsystem.

o During cruise-control driving with amanual transaxle vehicle, do not shift intoneutral without depressing the clutchpedal, or the engine will be overrevved. Ifthis happens, depress the clutch pedal orrelease the main switch.

o With the cruise control engaged, whenthe brake pedal is applied, it is normal tohear the cruise control system deactivate.This is an indication of normal systemoperation.

o During normal cruise control operation,when the "SET(COAST)" is activated orreactivated after applying the brakes, thecruise control will energize after approxi-mately 3 seconds. This delay is normal.

B660D01E-AAT

To Resume the Preset Speed

B660D01GK

The vehicle will automatically resume the speedset prior to cancellation when you push thecontrol switch upward to "RESUME (ACCEL)"position and release it, providing the vehiclespeed is above 25 mph (40 km/h).

B660E01E-AAT

To Reset at a Faster Speed1. Push the control switch upward to "RE-

SUME (ACCEL)" position and hold it.2. Accelerate to desired speed and release the

control switch. While the control switch isheld, the vehicle will gradually gain speed.

Page 54: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 46

B710A01GK-GAT

HEATING AND COOLING CONTROL

1. Side defrost nozzle2. Side Ventilator3. Center Ventilator4. Windshield Defrost Ventilator

HGK001B

1 2 3 1 2

B710A01S-AAT

VENTILATIONVENTILATIONVENTILATIONVENTILATIONVENTILATIONTo operate the ventilation system:

o Set the air intake control to "Fresh" mode( ).

o To direct all intake air to the dashboardvents, set the airflow control to “Face”.

o Adjust the fan speed control to the desiredspeed.

o Set the temperature control between “Cool”and “Warm”.

B710C01S-AAT

SIDE VENTILATORThe side ventilators are located on each side ofthe dashboard. To change the direction of theair flow, move the knob in the center of the ventup-and-down and side-to-side. The side ventknobs control the amount of outside air enteringthe vehicle through the side vents. The ventsare opened when the vent knob is moved to theup position. The vents are closed when the ventknob is moved to the down position. Keep thesevents clear of leaves and other debris.

B710B01S-AAT

CENTER VENTILATORThe center ventilators are located in the middleof the dashboard. The direction of air flow fromthe vents in the center of the dashboard isadjustable.To control the direction of the air flow, move theknob in the center of the vent up-and-down andside-to-side.

4

Page 55: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 47

HGK002

B670A01GK-GAT

ROTARY TYPE

This is used to turn the heating system on andoff and to select the degree of heating desired.

B670E01A-AAT

Temperature Control

Cool Warm

B670B01A-AAT

Fan Speed Control (Blower Control)

HGK006

This is used to turn the blower fan on or off andto select the fan speed.This blower fan speed, and therefore the vol-ume of air delivered from the system, may becontrolled manually by setting the blower con-trol between the "1" and "4" positions.

1 2 3

4 5 6

1. Air Conditioning switch2. Air intake control switch3. Rear window defroster switch4. Air flow control switch5. Fan speed control switch6. Temperature control switch

HGK007

Page 56: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 48

HGK016

B670D02GK-AAT

Air Flow Control

This is used to direct the flow of air. Air can bedirected to the floor, dashboard outlets, or wind-shield. Five symbols are used to representFace, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and De-frost air position.

HGK005

B670C02S-AAT

Air Intake ControlAir Intake ControlAir Intake ControlAir Intake ControlAir Intake Control

This is used to select fresh outside air orrecirculation inside air.To change the air intake control mode, (Freshmode, Recirculation mode) push the controlbutton.

FRESH MODE ( ) : The indicator light onthe button goes off when the air intake controlis fresh mode.

RECIRCULATION MODE ( ): The indicatorlight on the button is illuminated when the airintake control is recirculation mode.

With the "Fresh" mode selected, air enters thevehicle from the outside and is heated or cooledaccording to the function selected.

With the "Recirculation" mode selected, air fromwithin the passenger compartment will be drawnthrough the heating system and heated or cooledaccording to the function selected.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:o It should be noted that prolonged opera-

tion of the heating in "Recirculation"mode will give rise to fogging of thewindshield and side windows and the airwithin the passenger compartment willbecome stale. In addition, prolonged useof the air conditioning with the "Recircu-lation" mode selected may result in theair within the passenger compartmentbecoming excessively dry.

o When the ignition switch is turned "ON"the air intake control will change to "Re-circulation" mode (regardless of switchposition). This is normal operation.

Page 57: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 49

HGK023

HGK024

Floor-LevelAir is discharged through the floor vents, wind-shield defroster nozzle, side defroster nozzle,side ventilator.

Floor-Defrost LevelFloor-Defrost LevelFloor-Defrost LevelFloor-Defrost LevelFloor-Defrost LevelAir is discharged through the windshield defrostnozzle, the floor vents, side defroster nozzle,side ventilator.

HGK025

Face-LevelSelecting the "Face" mode will cause air to bedischarged through the face level vents.

HGK022

Bi-LevelAir is discharged through the face vents and thefloor vents. This makes it possible to havecooler air from the dashboard vents and warmerair from the floor outlets at the same time.

HGK021

If the "Floor-Defrost" mode is selected, the A/Cwill be turn on automatically and "Fresh" modewill be activated.

Defrost-LevelDefrost-LevelDefrost-LevelDefrost-LevelDefrost-LevelAir is discharged through the windshield defrostnozzle, side defroster nozzle, side ventilator.If the "Defrost" mode is selected, the A/C willturn on automatically and "Fresh" mode will beactivated.

Page 58: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 50

B740A01S-AAT

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMAir Conditioning Switch (If installed)

HGK018

The air conditioning is turned on or off bypushing the A/C button on the heating/air con-ditioning control panel.

HGK002

B740B01S-AAT

Air Conditioning OperationAir Conditioning OperationAir Conditioning OperationAir Conditioning OperationAir Conditioning OperationCoolingCoolingCoolingCoolingCooling

To use the air conditioning to cool the interior:

o Set the side vent control to "OFF", to shut offoutside air entry.

o Turn on the fan control switch.o Turn on the air conditioning switch by push-

ing in on the switch. The air conditioningindicator light should come on at the sametime.

o Set the air intake control to "Fresh" mode( ).

o Set the temperature control to "Cool". ("Cool"provides maximum cooling. The tempera-ture may be moderated by moving the con-trol toward "Warm".)

o Adjust the fan control to the desired speed.For greater cooling, turn the fan control toone of the higher speeds or temporarilyselect the "Recirculation" position on the airintake control.

B690A02S-AAT

HEATING CONTROLSHEATING CONTROLSHEATING CONTROLSHEATING CONTROLSHEATING CONTROLSFor normal heating operation, set the air intakecontrol to the "Fresh" position and the air flowcontrol to "Floor".

For faster heating, the air intake control shouldbe in the "Recirculation" position.

If the windows fog up, move the air flow controlto the "Def" (defroster) position. (The A/C willturn on automatically and "Fresh" mode will beactivated.)

For maximum heat, move the temperature con-trol to “Warm”.

B740C01S-AAT

Dehumidified HeatingDehumidified HeatingDehumidified HeatingDehumidified HeatingDehumidified HeatingFor dehumidified heating:

o Turn on the fan control switch.o Turn on the air conditioning switch. The air

conditioning indicator light should come onat the same time.

o Set the air intake control to "Fresh" mode( ).

o Set the air flow control to "Face".o Adjust the fan control to the desired speed.o For more rapid action, set the fan at one of

the higher speeds.o Adjust the temperature control to provide the

desired amount of warmth.

Page 59: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 51

NOTE:When the A/C is operated continuously on the floor-defrost level ( ) or defrost level ( ), it may causefog to form on the exterior windshield. If this occurs, set the air flow control to the face level position( ) and fan speed control to the low position.

Use the heating/ventilation system to defrost ordefog the windshield:

To remove interior fog on the windshield:o Set the air flow control to the defrost ( ) position.

(The A/C will turn on automatically and "Fresh"mode will be activated)

o Set the temperature control to the desired position.o Set the fan speed control between "1" and "4" position.

To remove frost or exterior fog on the windshield:o Set the air flow control to the defrost ( ) position.

(The A/C will turn on automatically and "Fresh"mode will be activated.)

o Set the temperature control to warm.o Set the fan speed control to position "3" or "4".

B720A02FC-GAT

DEFROSTING/DEFOGGING

B720A01GK B720A02GK

A Type B Type A Type B Type

Page 60: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 52

B730A01FC-GAT

OPERATION TIPSo To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from

entering the car through the ventilation sys-tem, temporarily set the air intake control to"Recirculation". Be sure to return the controlto "Fresh" when the irritation has passed tokeep fresh air in the vehicle. This will helpkeep the driver alert and comfortable.

o Air for the heating/cooling system is drawnin through the grilles just ahead of the wind-shield. Care should be taken that these arenot blocked by leaves, snow, ice or otherobstructions.

o To prevent interior fog on the windshield, setthe air intake control to the fresh air ( )position and fan speed to the desired posi-tion.

Page 61: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 53

B970A01Y-AAT

AUTOMATIC HEATING AND COOLING CONTROL SYSTEM (If lnstalled)Your Hyundai is equipped with an automatic heating and cooling control system controlled by simply setting the desired temperature.

B970B01GK-GAT

Heating and Cooling ControlsTYPE A (Without Air Quality System) TYPE B (With Air Quality System)

1. Temperature Control Button2. Defroster Switch3. Display Window4. Air Conditioning Switch5. Rear Window Defroster Switch

6. Fan Speed Control Switch 7. Air Flow Control Switch 8. AUTO (Automatic Control)Switch 9. OFF Switch10. Air lntake Control Switch11. Ambient Switch12. Air Quality System Switch (If installed)

HGK004HGK003

1 2 3 54 6

7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 12 11

Page 62: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 54

B970C02E-AAT

Automatic Operation

HGK020

The FATC (Full Automatic Temperature Con-trol) system automatically controls heating andcooling as follows:

1. Push the "AUTO" switch. The indicator lightwill illuminate confirming that the Face, Floorand/or Bi-Level modes as well as the blowerspeed and, air conditioner will be controlledautomatically.

2. Push the "TEMP" button to set the desiredtemperature.The temperature will increase to the maxi-mum 90°F(32°C) by pushing on thebutton. Each push of the button will causethe temperature to increase by 1°F(0.5°C).The temperature will decrease to the mini-mum 62°F(17°C) by pushing on thebutton. Each push of the button will causethe temperature to decrease by 1°F(0.5°C).

G280A01GK

Photo sensor

HGK014

NOTE:Never place anything over the sensor whichis located on the instrument panel to ensurebetter control of the heating and coolingsystem.

NOTE:If the battery has been discharged or discon-nected, the temperature mode will reset tocentigrade degrees.This is a normal condition and you can changethe temperature mode from centigrade tofarenheit as follows;Press the TEMP button down 3 seconds ormore with the button held down. Thedisplay shows that the unit of temperature isadjusted to centigrade or fahrenheit.(°C °F or °F °C)

OUTSIDETEMP

Page 63: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 55

B980B01Y-AAT

Fan Speed Control Switch

HGK015

The fan speed can be set to the desired speedby pressing the appropriate fan speed controlbutton. The higher the fan speed is, the more airis delivered. Pressing the "OFF" button turns offthe fan.

B980A01Y-AAT

MANUAL OPERATIONThe heating and cooling system can be con-trolled manually as well by pushing buttonsother than the "AUTO" button. In this state, thesystem sequentially works according to theorder of buttons selected.The function of the buttons which are not se-lected will be controlled automatically.Press the "AUTO" button in order to convert toautomatic control of the system.

Pressing the button displays the ambienttemperature on the LCD.

OUTSIDETEMP

B995A01Y-GAT

AMBIENT SWITCH

HGK009

B670C01GK-AAT

Air Intake ControlAir Intake ControlAir Intake ControlAir Intake ControlAir Intake Control Switch(Without A.Q.S)

HGK008

This is used to select fresh outside air orrecirculation inside air.To change the air intake control mode, (Freshmode, Recirculation mode) push the controlbutton.

FRESH MODE ( ) : The indicator light onthe button goes on when the air intake controlis fresh mode.

RECIRCULATION MODE ( ) : The indica-tor light on the button is illuminated when the airintake control is recirculation mode.

With the "Fresh" mode selected, air enters thevehicle from the outside and is heated or cooledaccording to the function selected.

Page 64: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 56

With the "Recirculation" mode selected, air fromwithin the passenger compartment will be drawnthrough the heating system and heated or cooledaccording to the function selected.

NOTE:o It should be noted that prolonged opera-

tion of the heating system in "recircula-tion" mode will give rise to fogging of thewindshield and side windows and the airwithin the passenger compartment willbecome stale. In addition, prolonged useof the air conditioning with the "Recircu-lation" mode selected may result in theair within the passenger compartmentbecoming excessively dry.

o When the ignition switch is turned "ON"the air intake control will change to " "mode (regardless of switch position). Thisis normal operation. The air intake con-trol operates in "AUTO" mode when turn-ing the ignition to the ON position if the"AUTO" mode was used before shuttingoff the engine.

Exhaust gas cutoff mode :Air enters the vehicle from the outside.But if exhaust gas enters the vehicle from theoutside, the exhaust gas cutoff mode ( ) isautomatically converted to the mode, toprevent exhaust gas from entering the vehicle.

NOTE:o It should be noted that prolonged opera-

tion of the heating system in recircula-tion mode ( ) will give rise to mistingof the windshield and side windows andthe air within the passenger compart-ment will become stale. In addition, pro-longed use of the air conditioning withthe recirculation mode ( ) selectedmay result in the air within the passengercompartment becoming excessively dry.

o When the ignition switch is turned "ON"the air intake control will change to"Fresh" mode (regardless of switch posi-tion). This is normal operation. The airintake control is operated in "AUTO"mode when turning the ignition to theON position if the "AUTO" mode wasused before shutting off the engine.

CAUTION:If the windows fog up with the Recirculationor A.Q.S mode selected, set the air intakecontrol to the Fresh air position or A.Q.Scontrol to "OFF".

This is used to select fresh outside air orrecirculate inside air automatically.

: OFF: ON

Fresh mode :Air enters the vehicle from the outside and isheated or cooled according to the function se-lected.

Recirculation mode :Air from within the passenger compartment willbe drawn through the heating system and heatedor cooled according to the function selected.

B980C01GK-GAT

Air Intake Control Switch (With A.Q.S)(If Installed)

HGK010

Page 65: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 57

This is used to direct the flow of air. Air can bedirected to the floor, dashboard outlets, or wind-shield. Four symbols are used to representFace, Bi-Level, Floor and Floor-Defrost airposition.

B980D01Y-AAT

Heating and Cooling System OffPress the "OFF" button to stop the operation ofthe heating and cooling system.

B980E01GK-GAT

Air Flow Control

HGK019

HGK021

HGK022

Face-LevelWhen selecting the "Face" mode, the indicatorlight will come on, causing air to be dischargedthrough the face level vents.

Bi-LevelWhen selecting the "Bi-Level" mode, the indica-tor light will come on and the air will be dis-charged through the face vents and the floor

vents. This makes it possible to have cooler airfrom the dashboard vents and warmer air fromthe floor outlets at the same time.

Floor-LevelWhen selecting the "Floor-Level" mode, theindicator light will come on and the air will bedischarged through the floor vents, windshielddefroster nozzle, side defroster nozzle, sideventilator.

HGK023

HGK024

Page 66: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 58

B760A01E

The air filter is located in front of the blower uniitbehind the glove box.It operates to decrease pollutants from enteringthe car and to filter the air.

Replacement instructions:1. Open the glove box and remove the taping

screws on the upper side of the glove box.2. Remove the taping screws on the lower

position of the glove box.3. Remove the filter cover and replace the

filter.4. Installation is the reverse order of disassem-

bly.

Evaporator coreBlower fan

Heater core

B760A02GK-AAT

AIR FILTER (IN FRONT OF BLOWERUNIT) (If Installed)

Outside air

Filter

Inside air

Inside air

CAUTION:o Replace the filter every 12,000 miles

(20,000 km) or once a year. If the car isbeing driven in severe conditions suchas dusty, rough roads, more frequent airfilter inspections and changes are re-quired.

o When the air flow rate is suddenly de-creased, it must be checked at an autho-rized dealer.

o If your vehicle is not equipped with thisfilter, it can be installed by your dealer.Check with your dealer for details.

Floor-Defrost LevelWhen selecting the "Floor-Defrost" mode, theindicator light will come on and the air will bedischarged through the windshield defrostnozzle, the floor vents, side defroster nozzle,side ventilator.

B980F02E-AAT

Defrost Switch

When the "Defrost" button is pressed, the " "mode will be automatically selected and the airwill be discharged through the windshield de-frost vents. To assist in defrosting, the airconditioning will operate if ambient temperatureis higher than 38.3 °F (3.5 °C) and automaticallyturns off if the ambient temperature drops below38.3 °F (3.5 °C).

HGK012

Page 67: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 59

Mountains

Buildings

Obstructed areaIron bridges

Unobstructedarea

FM radio station

SSAR012A

Ionosphere

SSAR011A

AM receptionB750A02A-AAT

STEREO SOUND SYSTEMHow Car Audio Works

Ionosphere

FM reception

SSAR010A

AM and FM radio signals are broadcast fromtransmitter towers located around your city.They are intercepted by the radio antenna onyour car. This signal is then received by theradio and sent to your car speakers.When a strong radio signal has reached yourvehicle, the precise engineering of your audiosystem ensures high quality reproduction. How-ever, in some cases the signal coming to yourvehicle is not strong and clear. This can be dueto factors such as the distance from the radiostation, closeness of other strong radio stationsor the presence of buildings, bridges or otherlarge obstructions in the area.

AM broadcasts can be received at greater dis-tances than FM broadcasts. This is becauseAM radio waves are transmitted at low fre-quency. These long, low frequency radio wavescan follow the curvature of the earth rather thantravelling straight out into the atmosphere. Inaddition, they curve around obstructions so thatthey can provide better signal coverage.

FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frequen-cy and do not bend to follow the earth's surface.Because of this, FM broadcasts generally beginto fade at short distances from the station. Also,FM signals are easily affected by buildings,mountains, or other obstructions. These canresult in certain listening conditions which mightlead you to believe a problem exists with yourradio. The following conditions are normal anddo not indicate radio trouble:

Page 68: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 60

SSAR014A

B750B02Y-AAT

Using a cellular phone or a two-wayradioWhen a cellular phone is used inside the ve-hicle, noise may be produced from the audioequipment. This does not mean that somethingis wrong with the audio equipment. In such acase, use the cellular phone at a place as far aspossible from the audio equipment.

CAUTION:When using a communication system suchas a cellular phone or a radio set inside thevehicle, a separate external antenna mustbe fitted. When a cellular phone or a radioset is used with an internal antenna alone, itmay interfere with the vehicle's electricalsystem and adversely affect safe operationof the vehicle.

WARNING:Don't use a cellular phone when you aredriving, you must stop at a safe place to usea cellular phone.

SSAR013A

o Station Swapping - As a FM signal weak-ens, another more powerful signal near thesame frequency may begin to play. This isbecause your radio is designed to lock ontothe clearest signal. If this occurs, selectanother station with a stronger signal.

o Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signals be-ing received from several directions cancause distortion or fluttering. This can becaused by a direct and reflected signal fromthe same station, or by signals from twostations with close frequencies. If this oc-curs, select another station until the condi-tion has passed.

o Fading - As your car moves away from theradio station, the signal will weaken andsound will begin to fade. When this occurs,we suggest that you select another strongerstation.

o Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or largeobstructions between the transmitter andyour radio can disturb the signal causingstatic or fluttering noises to occur. Reducingthe treble level may lessen this effect untilthe disturbance clears.

Page 69: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 61

H240A01O-GAT

STEREO RADIO OPERATION (H250) (If Installed)

H250A01GK

1. POWER ON/OFF, VOLUME Control Knob

5. BAND Selector

4. TUNE/SEEK Select Button 7. SCAN Button

6. PRESET Buttons 2. BASS/BALANCE Control Knob (BASS/BAL)

3. TREBLE/FADER Control Knob (TREB/FAD)

Page 70: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 62

FAD (Fader Control) KnobPull the treble control knob further out.Turn the control knob counterclockwise to em-phasize front speaker sound. (Rear speakersound will be attenuated)When the control knob is turned clockwise,rear speaker sound will be emphasized.(Front speaker sound will be attenuated)

4. TUNE (Manual) Select ButtonPress the side or side to increase or todecrease the frequency. Press either buttonand hold down to continuously scroll. Releasebutton once the desired station is reached.

SEEK Operation (Automatic ChannelSelection)Press the TUNE select button 1 sec ormore.Releasing will automatically tune to thenext available station with a beep sound.When the side is pressed longer than 1second, releasing will automatically tune to thenext higher frequency and when the side ispressed longer than 1 second, releasing willautomatically tune to the next lower frequency.

5. BAND SelectorPressing the button changes the AM, FM1and FM2 bands. The mode selected is dis-played on LCD.

6. PRESET STATION SELECT ButtonSix (6) stations for AM, FM and FM2 respec-tively can be preset in the electronic memorycircuit on this unit.

HOW TO PRESET STATIONSSix AM and twelve FM stations may be pro-grammed into the memory of the radio. Then,by simply pressing the band select button and/or one of the six station select buttons, youmay recall any of these stations instantly. Toprogram the stations, follow these steps:

o Press band selector to set the band for AM,FM, or FM2.

o Select the desired station to be stored byseek or manual tuning.

o Determine the preset station select buttonyou wish to use to access that station.

o Press the station select button for morethan two seconds. A select button indicatorwill show in the display indicating whichselect button you have depressed. Thefrequency display will flash after it hasbeen stored into the memory with a beepsound. You should then release the button,and proceed to program the next desiredstation. A total of 18 stations can be pro-grammed by selecting one AM and two FMstations per button.

o When completed, any preset station maybe recalled by selecting AM, FM or FM2band and the appropriate station button.

H240B03O-GAT

1. POWER ON-OFF Control KnobThe radio unit may be operated when theignition key is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.Press the knob to switch the power on. TheLCD shows the radio frequency in the radiomode or the tape direction indicator in the tapemode. To switch the power off, press the knobagain.

VOLUME ControlRotate the knob clockwise to increase thevolume and turn the knob counterclockwise toreduce the volume.

2. BASS Control KnobPress to pop the knob out and turn to the leftor right for the desired bass tone.

BAL (Balance Control) KnobPull the bass control knob further out. Turn thecontrol knob clockwise to emphasize rightspeaker sound. (Left speaker sound will beattenuated)When the control knob is turned counterclock-wise, left speaker sound will be emphasized.(Right speaker sound will be attenuated)

3. TREB (Treble Control) KnobPress to pop the knob out and turn to the leftor right for the desired treble tone.

FM/AM

Page 71: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 63

7. SCAN ButtonWhen the scan button is pressed, the fre-quency will increase and the receivable sta-tions will be tuned in one after another, receiv-ing each station for 5 seconds. To stop scan-ning, press the scan button again.

Page 72: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 64

H240C01O-GAT

CASSETTE TAPE PLAYER OPERATION (H250) (If Installed)

H250A01GK

3. TAPE PROGRAM Button

2. AUTO MUSIC SELECT Button

4. EJECT Button

1. FF/REW Button

6. TAPE SLOT

5. DOLBY SELECT Button

Page 73: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 65

H240A03O-GAT

1. FF/REW Buttono The FF (fast forward tape winding) starts

when the button is pressed during thePLAY or REW.

o The play starts when the button is press-ed again during the FF.

o The REW (rewinding) starts when the bu-tton is pressed during the PLAY or FF.

o The play starts when the button is press-ed again during the REW.

2. AUTO MUSIC SELECT ButtonPress the button to find the starting point ofeach song in a prerecorded music tape.The quiet space between songs (must have atleast a 4 sec. gap) can be accepted by theAUTO MUSIC SELECT button.

o Pressing the button will play the beginn-ing of the next music segment.

o Pressing the button will start replay at thebeginning of the music just listened to.

3. TAPE PROGRAM ButtonThis allows you to play the reverse side of thetape by merely depressing the program button.An arrow will appear in the display to show tapedirection.

NOTE:When tape operation is abnormal or ER8 faultcode is displayed, press the eject buttonmore than 5 seconds to reset the deck func-tion.

4. EJECT Buttono When the EJECT button is pressed with the

cassette loaded, the cassette is ejected.o When the EJECT button is pressed during

the FF/REW, the cassette is ejected.

5. DOLBY SELECT ButtonIf you get background noise during PLAY, youcan reduce this considerably by merely press-ing DOLBY SELECT button.If you want to release, press the button again.

Page 74: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 66

H250A01GK

B250A01GK-GAT

CD AUTO CHANGER (H250) (If Installed)

1. CD CHANGER Select Button

4. FF/REW Button

3. TRACK UP/DOWN

5. REPEAT Button

2. DISC Select Button

6. SCAN Button

Page 75: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 67

3. TRACK UP/DOWNo The desired track on the disc currently being

played can be selected using the track num-ber.

o Press once to skip forward to the begin-ning of the next track. Press once to skipback to the beginning of the track.

4. FF/REW ( / )If you want to fast forward or reverse throughthe compact disc track, push and hold in the FF( ) or REW ( ) button.When you release the button, the compact discplayer will resume playing.

5. REPEATo To repeat the music you are listening to,

press the RPT button. To cancel , pressagain.

o If you do not release RPT operation whenthe track ends, it will automatically be re-played.This process will be continued until youpush the button again.

6. SCAN Buttono Press the SCAN button to playback the first

10 seconds of each track.o Press the SCAN button again within 10 sec.

for the desired track.

B260F01GK-AAT

The CD auto changer is located in the right sideof the quarter trim.

o To use the CD auto changer.

1. Open the sliding lid of the CD auto chang-er.

2. To eject the compact disc magazine,press the EJECT button located insidethe CD auto changer.

3. Insert the discs into the magazine.4. Push the magazine into the CD auto

changer and close the sliding lid.

o The CD auto changer can be used when theignition switch is in either the "ON" or "ACC"position.

1. CD Select ButtonWhen the CD changer magazine contains discs,press the "CDC" button and the CD changercan be used even if the radio is being used. TheHyundai CD changer can hold up to eight discs.The disc number will be lit, and the track num-ber, and elapsed time will be displayed.

2. DISC Select ButtonTo select the CD you want, push " " to cha-nge the disc number.

NOTE:o When replacing the fuse, replace it with a

fuse having the correct capacity.o This equipment is designed to be used

only in a 12 volt DC battery system withnegative ground.

o This unit is made of precision parts. Donot attempt to disassemble or adjust anyparts.

o When driving your vehicle, be sure tokeep the volume of the unit set lowenough to allow you to hear sounds com-ing from the outside.

TUNEDISC

Page 76: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 68

H260A01O-AAT

STEREO RADIO OPERATION (H260) (If Installed)

H260A01O

1. POWER ON-OFF/VOLUME/BALANCE Control Knob

2. FADER Control Knob

3. BASS/TREBLE Control Knob

4. SCAN Button

6. BAND Selector

5. TUNE/SEEK Select Button

7. PRESET Button

Page 77: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 69

3. BASS Control KnobPress to pop the knob out and turn to the left orright for the desired bass tone.

TREB (Treble Control) KnobPull the bass control knob further out. Turn tothe left or right for the desired treble tone.

4. SCAN ButtonWhen the scan button is pressed, the fre-quency will increase and the receivable sta-tions will be tuned in one after another, receiv-ing each station for 5 seconds. To stop scan-ning, press the scan button again.

5. TUNE (Manual) Select ButtonPress the ( ) side or ( ) side to increase orto decrease the frequency. Press either buttonand hold down to continuously scroll. Releasebutton once the desired station is reached.

SEEK Operation (Automatic ChannelSelection)Press the TUNE select button for 1 sec ormore. Releasing it will automatically tune to thenext available station with a beep sound.When the ( ) side is pressed longer than 1second, releasing will automatically tune to thenext higher frequency and when the ( ) sideis pressed longer than 1 second, releasing willautomatically tune to the next lower frequency.

6. BAND SelectorPressing the button changes the AM, FM1and FM2 bands. The mode selected is dis-played on LCD.

7. PRESET STATION SELECT ButtonSix (6) stations for AM, FM or FM2 respectivelycan be preset in the electronic memory circuiton this unit.

HOW TO PRESET STATIONSSix AM and twelve FM stations may be pro-grammed into the memory of the radio. Then,by simply pressing the band select button and/or one of the six station select buttons, you mayrecall any of these stations instantly. To pro-gram the stations, follow these steps:

o Press band selector to set the band for AM,FM or FM2.

o Select the desired station to be stored byseek, scan or manual tuning.

o Determine the preset station select buttonyou wish to use to access that station.

o Press the station select button for more thantwo seconds. A select button indicator willshow in the display indicating which selectbutton you have depressed. The frequencydisplay will flash after it has been stored intothe memory.

H260B03E-AAT

1. POWER ON-OFF Control KnobThe radio unit may be operated when the igni-tion key is in the “ACC” or “ON” position. Pressthe knob to switch the power on. The LCDshows the radio frequency in the radio mode orthe CD track indicator in either the CD mode orCD AUTO CHANGER mode. To switch thepower off, press the knob again.

VOLUME ControlRotate the knob clockwise to increase the vol-ume and turn the knob counterclockwise toreduce the volume.

BALANCE ControlPull and turn the control knob clockwise toemphasize right speaker sound (Left speakersound will be attenuated). When the controlknob is turned counterclockwise, left speakersound will be emphasized. (Right speaker soundwill be attenuated)

2. FAD (Fader Control) KnobTurn the control knob counterclockwise to em-phasize front speaker sound. (Rear speakersound will be attenuated) When the controlknob is turned clockwise, rear speaker soundwill be emphasized. (Front speaker sound willbe attenuated)

FM/AM

Page 78: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 70

You should then release the button, andproceed to program the next desired station.A total of 18 stations can be programmed byselecting one AM and two FM stations perbutton.

o When completed, any preset station may berecalled by selecting AM, FM or FM2 bandand the appropriate station button.

Page 79: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 71

H260B01O-AAT

COMPACT DISC PLAYER OPERATION (H260) (If Installed)

H260A01O

1.Playing CD

2. FF/REW Button

3. TRACK UP/DOWN

4. SCAN Button

5. REPEAT Button

6. EJECT Button

Page 80: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 72

B260D01O-AAT

1. Playing CDo Insert the CD with the label facing upward.o Insert the CD to start CD playback, during

radio operation.o When a disc is in the CD deck, if you press

the play button, the CD player will beginplaying even if the radio is being used.

o The CD player can be used when the igni-tion switch is in either the "ON" or "ACC"position.

2. FF/REW ( / )If you want to fast forward or reverse throughthe compact disc track, push and hold in the FF( ) or REW ( ) button.When you release the button, the compact discplayer will resume playing.

3. TRACK UP/DOWNo The desired track on the disc currently being

played can be selected using the track number.o Press once to skip forward to the beginn-

ing of the next track. Press once to skipback to the beginning of the track.

4. SCAN Buttono Press the SCAN button to playback the first

10 seconds of each track.o Press the SCAN button again within 10 sec.

for the desired track.

5. REPEAT Buttono To repeat the music you are listening to,

press the RPT button. To cancel , pressagain.

o If you do not release RPT operation, whenthe track ends, it will automatically be re-played.This process will be continued until youpush the button again.

6. EJECT ButtonWhen the EJECT button is pressed with theCD loaded, the CD is ejected.

NOTE:o To assure proper operation of the unit,

keep the vehicle interior temperaturewithin a normal range by using thevehicle’s air conditioning or heating sys-tem.

o When replacing the fuse, replace it with afuse having the correct capacity.

o The preset station frequencies are allerased when the car battery is discon-nected. Therefore, all data will have to beset again if this should occur.

o Do not add any oil to the rotating parts.Keep magnets, screwdrivers and othermetallic objects away from the tapemechanism and head.

o This equipment is designed to be usedonly in a 12 volt DC battery system withnegative ground.

o This unit is made of precision parts. Donot attempt to disassemble or adjust anyparts.

o When driving your vehicle, be sure tokeep the volume of the unit set lowenough to allow you to hear sounds com-ing from the outside.

o Do not expose this equipment (includingthe speakers) to water or excessive mois-ture.

Page 81: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 73

B260E01E-AAT

CD AUTO CHANGER (H260) (If Installed)

H260A01O

1. CD Select Button

4. FF/REW Button

3. TRACK UP/DOWN

6. SCAN Button

5. REPEAT Button

2. DISC Select Button

Page 82: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 74

3. TRACK UP/DOWNo The desired track on the disc currently being

played can be selected using the track num-ber.

o Press once to skip forward to the begin-ning of the next track. Press once to skipback to the beginning of the track.

4. FF/REW ( / )If you want to fast forward or reverse throughthe compact disc track, push and hold in the FF( ) or REW ( ) button.When you release the button, the compact discplayer will resume playing.

5. REPEATo To repeat the music you are listening to,

press the RPT button. To cancel, pressagain.

o If you do not release RPT operation whenthe track ends, it will automatically be re-played.This process will be continued until youpush the button again.

6. SCAN Buttono Press the SCAN button to playback the first

10 seconds of each track.o Press the SCAN button again within 10 sec.

for the desired track.

B260F01GK-AAT

The CD auto changer is located in the right sideof the quater trim.

o To use the CD auto changer.

1. Open the sliding lid of the CD auto chang-er.

2. To eject the compact disc magazine,press the EJECT button located insidethe CD auto changer.

3. Insert the discs into the magazine.4. Push the magazine into the CD auto

changer and close the sliding lid.

o The CD auto changer can be used when theignition switch is in either the "ON" or "ACC"position.

1. CD Select ButtonWhen the CD changer magazine contains discs,press the "CD" button and the CD changer canbe used even if the radio is being used. TheHyundai CD changer can hold up to eight discs.The disc number will be lit, and the track num-ber, and elapsed time will be displayed.

2. DISC Select ButtonTo select the CD you want, push " " tochange the disc number.

NOTE:o When replacing the fuse, replace it with a

fuse having the correct capacity.o This equipment is designed to be used

only in a 12 volt DC battery system withnegative ground.

o This unit is made of precision parts. Donot attempt to disassemble or adjust anyparts.

o When driving your vehicle, be sure tokeep the volume of the unit set lowenough to allow you to hear sounds com-ing from the outside.

TUNEDISC

Page 83: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 75

H290A01FC-GAT

STEREO RADIO OPERATION (H280) (If Installed)

H290A01O

1. POWER ON/OFF VOLUME Control Knob8. BEST STATION MEMORY

or SCAN Button (If installed)

5. PRESET Buttons

4. TUNE/SEEK Select Button

6. BAND Select Button

7. EQUALIZER Button

3. TREBLE/FAD Konb

2. BASS/BALANCE Control Knob

Page 84: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 76

H290B03E-GAT

1. POWER ON-OFF Control KnobThe radio unit may be operated when the igni-tion key is in the "ACC" or "ON" position. Pressthe button to switch the power on. The displayshows the radio frequency in the radio mode,the tape direction indicator in the tape mode orCD track in either the CD mode or CD AUTOCHANGER mode. To switch the power off,press the button again.

VOLUME ControlRotate the knob clockwise to increase the vol-ume and turn the knob counterclockwise toreduce the volume.

2. BASS/BALANCE Control KnobBASS Control KnobPress to pop the knob out. To increase thebass, rotate the knob clockwise, while to de-crease the bass, rotate the knob counterclock-wise.

BALANCE Control knobPull the Bass control knob out further. Rotatethe knob clockwise to emphasize right speakersound. (Left speaker sound will be attenuated)When the control knob is turned counterclock-wise, left speaker sound will be emphasized(Right speaker sound will be attenuated).

3. TREBLE/FAD KnobTREBLE Control KnobPress to pop the knob out and turn to the left orright for the desired treble tone.

FAD (Fader Control) KnobPull the Treble control knob out further. Turn thecontrol knob counterclockwise to emphasizefront speaker sound. (Rear speaker sound willbe attenuated) When the control knob is turnedclockwise, rear speaker sound will be empha-sized. (Front speaker sound will be attenuated)

4. TUNE (Manual) Select ButtonPress the ( ) side or ( ) side to increase orto decrease the frequency. Press either buttonand hold down to continuously scroll. Releasebutton once the desired station is reached.

SEEK Operation (Automatic ChannelSelection)Press the TUNE select button for 0.5 sec ormore. Releasing it will automatically tune to thenext available station with a beep sound.When the ( ) side is pressed longer than 0.5second, releasing will automatically tune to thenext higher frequency and when the ( ) side ispressed longer than 0.5 second, releasing willautomatically tune to the next lower frequency.

5. PRESET STATION Select ButtonsSix (6) stations for AM, FM and FM2 respec-tively can be preset in the electronic memorycircuit.

HOW TO PRESET STATIONSSix AM and twelve FM stations may be pro-grammed into the memory of the radio. Then,by simply pressing the band select button and/or one of the six station select buttons, you mayrecall any of these stations instantly. To pro-gram the stations, follow these steps:

o Press band selector to set the band for AM,FM or FM2.

o Select the desired station to be stored byseek or manual tuning.

o Determine the preset station select buttonyou wish to use to access that station.

o Press the station select button for more thantwo seconds. A select button indicator willshow in the display indicating which selectbutton you have depressed. The frequencydisplay will flash after it has been stored intothe memory with beep sound. You shouldthen release the button, and proceed toprogram the next desired station. A total of18 stations can be programmed by selectingone AM and two FM station per button.

o When completed, any preset station may berecalled by selecting AM, FM or FM2 bandand the appropriate station button.

Page 85: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 77

6. BAND SelectorPressing the button changes the AM, FM1and FM2 bands. The mode selected is shownon the display.

7. EQUALIZER ButtonPress the EQ button to select the CLASSIC,JAZZ, ROCK and DEFEAT MODE for the de-sired tone quality. Each press of the buttonchanges the display as follows;

8. Best Station Memory Button (BSM)(If installed)

When the BSM button is pressed for two sec-onds or longer, the six channels from the high-est field intensity are selected next and storedin memory. The stations selected are stored inthe sequence frequency from the first presetkey.

SCAN Button (If installed)When the scan button is pressed, the fre-quency will increase and the receivable sta-tions will be tuned in one after another, receiv-ing each station for 5 seconds. To stop scan-ning, press the scan button again.

CLASSIC → JAZZ → ROCK → DEFEAT↑

FM/AM

Page 86: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 78

H290C01FC-GAT

CASSETTE TAPE PLAYER OPERATION (H280) (If Installed)

H290A01O

5. EQUALIZER Button

4. TAPE EJECT Button

2. AUTO MUSIC Select Button

3. TAPE PROGRAM Button

6. DOLBY Button1. FF/REW Button

Page 87: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 79

H290D01O-GAT

1. FF/REW Buttono Fast forward tape winding starts when the

FF ( ) button is pressed during the PLAYor REW mode.

o Tape play starts when the FF ( ) buttonis pressed again during the FF mode.

o Tape rewinding starts when the REW( ) button is pressed during the PLAY orFF mode.

o Tape play starts when the REW ( ) buttonpressed again during the REW mode.

2. AUTO MUSIC Select ButtonPress the button to find the starting point ofeach song in a prerecorded music tape. Thequiet space between songs (must have at leasta 4 sec. gap) can be accepted by the AUTOMUSIC Select button.

o Pressing the button will play the beginn-ing of the next music segment.

o Pressing the button will start replay atthe beginning of the music just listened to.

3. TAPE PROGRAM ButtonThis allows you to play the reverse side of thetape by merely depressing the program button.An arrow will appear in the display to show tapedirection.

4. TAPE EJECT buttono When the button is pressed with the

cassette loaded, the cassette is ejected.o When the button is pressed during the

FF/REW mode, the cassette is ejected.

5. EQ ButtonPress the EQ button to select the CLASSIC,JAZZ, ROCK and DEFEAT MODE for the de-sired tone quality. Each press of the buttonchanges the display as follows;

6. DOLBY ButtonIf you get background noise during tape PLAY,you can reduce this considerably by merelypressing the DOLBY button. If you want tocancel the DOLBY feature, press the buttonagain.

CLASSIC → JAZZ → ROCK → DEFEAT↑

Page 88: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 80

H290E01FC-GAT

COMPACT DISC PLAYER OPERATION (H280) (If Installed)

H290A01O

5. EQUALIZER Button

3. TRACK UP/DOWN

1. CD Select Button

4. REPEAT2. FF/REW Button

6. CD EJELT Button

7. SCAN Button (If installed)

Page 89: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 81

H290F01O-GAT

1. CD Select Buttono Insert the CD with the label facing upward.o Insert the CD to start CD playback, during

radio operation or cassette tape playing.o When a disc is in the CD deck, if you press

the play button the CD player will beginplaying even if the radio or cassette player isbeing used.

o The CD player can be used when the igni-tion switch is in either the "ON" or "ACC"position.

2. FF/REW ( / )If you want to fast forward or reverse throughthe compact disc track, push and hold in the FF( ) or REW ( ) button.When you release the button, the compact discplayer will resume playing.

3. TRACK UP/DOWNo The desired track on the disc currently being

played can be selected using the track num-ber.

o Press button once to skip forward to thebeginning of the next track. Press buttononce to skip back to the beginning of thetrack.

4. REPEATo To repeat the music you are listening to,

press the RPT button. To cancel, pressagain.

o If you do not release RPT operation whenthe track ends, it will automatically be re-played.This process will be continued until youpush the button again.

5. EQUALIZER ButtonPress the EQ button to select the CLASSIC,JAZZ, ROCK and DEFEAT MODE for the de-sired tone quality. Each press of the buttonchanges the display as follows;

NOTE:o To assure proper operation of the unit,

keep the vehicle interior temperaturewithin a normal range by using thevehicle’s air conditioning or heating sys-tem.

o When replacing the fuse, replace it with afuse having the correct capacity.

o The preset station frequencies are allerased when the car battery is discon-nected. Therefore, all data will have to beset again if this should occur.

o Do not add any oil to the rotating parts.Keep magnets, screwdrivers and othermetallic objects away from the tapemechanism and head.

o This equipment is designed to be usedonly in a 12 volt DC battery system withnegative ground.

o This unit is made of precision parts. Donot attempt to disassemble or adjust anyparts.

o When driving your vehicle, be sure tokeep the volume of the unit set lowenough to allow you to hear sounds com-ing from the outside.

o Do not expose this equipment (includingthe speakers and tape) to water or exces-sive moisture.

CLASSIC → JAZZ → ROCK → DEFEAT↑

6. CD EJECT ButtonWhen the button is pressed with the CDloaded, the CD is ejected.

7. SCAN Button (If installed)o Press the SCAN button to playback the first

10 seconds of each track.o Press the SCAN button again within 10 sec.

for the desired track.

Page 90: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 82

H290G01FC-GAT

CD AUTO CHANGER (H280) (If Installed)

H290A01O

3. TRACK UP/DOWN

1. CD CHANGER Select Button

5. REPEAT4. FF/REW Button

2.DISC Select Button

6. SCAN Button (If installed)

7. EQ Button

Page 91: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 83

3. TRACK UP/DOWNo The desired track on the disc currently being

played can be selected using the track num-ber.

o Press once to skip forward to the begin-ning of the next track. Press once to skipback to the beginning of the track.

4. FF/REW ( / )If you want to fast forward or reverse throughthe compact disc track, push and hold in the FF( ) or REW ( ) button.When you release the button, the compact discplayer will resume playing.

5. REPEATo To repeat the music you are listening to,

press the RPT button. To cancel, pressagain.

o If you do not release RPT operation whenthe track ends, it will automatically be re-played.This process will be continued until youpush the button again.

B290H01GK-GAT

The CD auto changer is located in the right sideof the quater trim.

o To use the CD auto changer.

1. Open the sliding lid of the CD auto chang-er.

2. To eject the compact disc magazine,press the EJECT button located insidethe CD auto changer.

3. Insert the discs into the magazine.4. Push the magazine into the CD auto

changer and close the sliding lid.

o The CD auto changer can be used when theignition switch is in either "ON" or "ACC"position.

1. CD CHANGER Select ButtonWhen the CD changer magazine contains discs,press the "CD/CDC" button and the CD changercan be used even if the radio or cassette playeris being used. The Hyundai CD changer canhold up to eight discs. The disc number will belit, and the track number, and elapsed time willbe displayed.

2. DISC Select ButtonTo select the CD you want, push " " tochange the disc number.

6. SCAN Button (If installed)o Press the SCAN button to playback the first

10 seconds of each track.o Press the SCAN button again within 10 sec.

for the desired track.

7. EQ ButtonPress the EQ button to select the CLASSIC,JAZZ, ROCK and DEFEAT MODE for the de-sired tone quality. Each press of the buttonchanges the display as follows;

CLASSIC → JAZZ → ROCK → DEFEAT↑

NOTE:o When replacing the fuse, replace it with a

fuse having the correct capacity.o This equipment is designed to be used

only in a 12 volt DC battery system withnegative ground.

o This unit is made of precision parts. Donot attempt to disassemble or adjust anyparts.

o When driving your vehicle, be sure tokeep the volume of the unit set lowenough to allow you to hear sounds com-ing from the outside.TUNE

DISC

Page 92: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 84

B890A01Y-AAT

AUDIO FAULT CODEIf you see any error indication in the display while using the CD or Tape mode, find the cause in the chart below. If you cannot clear the error indication,take the car to your Hyundai dealer.

INDICATION CAUSE SOLUTION

Er2

Er3

Er6

Er8

HHH

no CD

CDP DECK MECHANICAL ERROR(EJECT ERROR, LOADING ERROR)

FOCUS ERRORDATA READ ERROR

DISC ERROR

TAPE DECK ERRORTAPE EJECT ERROR

TEMPERATURE IS TOO HIGH

NO DISC IN MAGAZINENO CD MAGAZINE IN THEAUTO CHANGER

AFTER RESETTING THE AUDIO, PUSH THE EJECT BUTTON.IF DISC IS NOT EJECTED, CONSULT YOUR HYUNDAI DEALER.

MAKE SURE THE DISC IS NOT SCRATCHED OR DAMAGED.PRESS THE EJECT BUTTON AND PULL OUT THE DISC. THENINSERT A NORMAL CD DISC.

CHECK IF THE DISC IS INSERTED CORRECTLY IN THE CD PLAYER.MAKE SURE THE DISC IS NOT SCRATCHED OR DAMAGED.

AFTER RESETTING THE AUDIO, PUSH THE EJECT BUTTON.IF TAPE IS NOT EJECTED, CONSULT YOUR HYUNDAI DEALER.

FAULT CODE WILL RESET AUTOMATICALLY WHEN THE TEM-PERATURE RETURNS TO NORMAL.

INSERT DISC IN MAGAZINE OR INSERT CD MAGAZINE IN THEAUTO CHANGER.

Page 93: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 85

B850A01F-AAT

CARE OF DISCProper Handling

while the disc is being pulled into the unit by theself loading mechanism.Do not pull the unit from the dash immediatelyafter a disc is inserted or the eject switch hasbeen pressed. If the unit is pulled out before anoperation is completed, the disc will be unstablein the unit and may be damaged.Do not attempt to insert a disc into the unit whenthe unit is out of the dash or the power is off.

Keep Your Discs Clean

B860A01A-AAT

CARE OF CASSETTE TAPES

YL11240B

Handle your disc as shown. Do not drop thedisc. Hold the disc so you will not leave finger-prints on the surface. If the surface is scratched,it may cause the pickup to skip signal tracks.Do not affix tape, paper, or gummed labels onthe disc. Do not write on the disc.

Damaged DiscDo not attempt to play damaged, warped orcracked discs. These could severely damagethe playback mechanism.

StorageWhen not in use, place your discs in theirindividual case and store them in a cool placeaway from the sun, heat, and dust.Do not grip or pull out the disc with your hand

FUA1250B

Fingerprints, dust, or soil on the surface of adisc could cause the pickup to skip signaltracks. Wipe the surface clean with a clean softcloth. If the surface is heavily soiled, dampen aclean soft cloth in a solution of mild neutraldetergent to wipe it clean. See drawing.

SSAR040B

Proper care of your cassette tapes will extendthe tape life and increase your listening enjoy-ment. Always protect your tapes and cassettecases from direct sunlight, severely cold anddusty conditions. When not in use, cassettesshould always be stored in the original protec-tive cassette case. When the vehicle is very hotor cold, allow the interior temperature to be-come more comfortable before listening to yourcassettes.

o Never leave a cassette inserted in the play-er when not being played. This could dam-age the tape player unit and the cassettetape.

o We strongly recommend against the use oftapes longer than C-60 (60 minutes total).Tapes such as C-120 or C-180 are very thinand do not perform as well in the automotiveenvironment.

HGK031

Page 94: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 86

HGK062

o Be sure that the cassette label is not looseor peeling off or tape ejection may be diffi-cult.

o Never touch or soil the actual audio tapesurfaces.

o Keep all magnetized objects, such as elec-tric motors, speakers or transformers awayfrom your cassette tapes and tape playerunit.

o Store cassettes in a cool, dry place with theopen side facing down to prevent dust fromsettling in the cassette body.

o Avoid repeated fast reverse usage to replayone given tune or tape section. This cancause poor tape winding to occur, and even-tually cause excessive internal drag andpoor audio quality in the cassette. If thisoccurs, it can sometimes be corrected byfast winding the tape from end to end sever-al times. If this does not correct the problem,do not continue to use the tape in yourvehicle.

SSAR042B

Head

Cotton applicator

o The playback head, capstan and pinch roll-ers will develop a coating of tape residuethat can result in deterioration of soundquality, such as a wavering sound. Theyshould be cleaned monthly using a commer-cially available head cleaning tape or spe-cial solution available from audio specialtyshops. Follow the supplier’s directions care-fully and never oil any part of the tape playerunit.

o Always be sure that the tape is tightly woundon its reel before inserting in the player.Rotate a pencil in the drive sprockets towind up any slack.

SSAR053B

NOTE:Look at a tape before you insert it. If the tapeis loose, tighten it by turning one of thehubs with a pencil or your finger. If the labelis peeling off, do not put it in the drivemechanism. .Do not leave tapes sitting where they areexposed to hot, warm, or, high humidity,such as on top of the dashboard or in theplayer. If a tape is exposed to extreme heator cold, let it reach a moderate temperaturebefore putting it in the player.

Page 95: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI

1- 87

B870A01A-AAT

ANTENNAFixed Rod Antenna

Your car uses a fixed rod antenna to receiveboth AM and FM broadcast signals.This antenna is a removable type. To removethe antenna, turn it counterclockwise. To installthe antenna, turn it clockwise.

CAUTION:o Be sure to remove the antenna before

washing the car in an automatic car washor it may be damaged.

o When reinstalling your antenna, it is im-portant that it is fully tightened to ensureproper reception.

B870A01A

Page 96: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 1

2.2.2.2.2. DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIC010A01O-AAT

WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!

Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle, open thewindows immediately.

o Do not inhale exhaust fumes.o Do not inhale exhaust fumes.o Do not inhale exhaust fumes.o Do not inhale exhaust fumes.o Do not inhale exhaust fumes.Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death byasphyxiation.

o Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.o Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.o Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.o Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.o Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you heara change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car, have theexhaust system checked as soon as possible by your Hyundai dealer.

o Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.o Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.o Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.o Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.o Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in yourgarage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out.

o Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.o Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.o Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.o Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.o Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car, be sure to do so only in an open areawith the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

If you must drive with the tail gate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:

1. Close all windows.2. Open side vents.3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher speeds.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshieldare kept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.

22222

Page 97: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 2

C020A01A-AAT

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINEBEFORE STARTING THE ENGINEBEFORE STARTING THE ENGINEBEFORE STARTING THE ENGINEBEFORE STARTING THE ENGINEBefore you start the engine, you should always:

1. Look around the vehicle to be sure there areno flat tires, puddles of oil, water or otherindications of possible trouble.

2. After entering the car, check to be sure theparking brake is engaged.

3. Check that all windows, and lights are clean.4. Check that the interior and exterior mirrors

are clean and in position.5. Check your seat, seatback and headrest to

be sure they are in their proper positions.6. Lock all the doors.7. Fasten your seat belt and be sure that all

other occupants have fastened theirs.8. Turn off all lights and accessories that are

not needed.9. When you turn the ignition switch to “ON”,

check that all appropriate warning lights areoperating and that you have sufficient fuel.

10.Check the operation of warning lights and allbulbs when key is in the “ON” position.

o To start the engine, insert the ignition keyand turn it to the "START" position. Releaseit as soon as the engine starts. Do not holdthe key in the "START" position for morethan 15 seconds.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:ooooo For safety, the engine will not start if theFor safety, the engine will not start if theFor safety, the engine will not start if theFor safety, the engine will not start if theFor safety, the engine will not start if the

clutch pedal is not depressed fully (Man-clutch pedal is not depressed fully (Man-clutch pedal is not depressed fully (Man-clutch pedal is not depressed fully (Man-clutch pedal is not depressed fully (Man-ual transaxle) or the shift lever is not inual transaxle) or the shift lever is not inual transaxle) or the shift lever is not inual transaxle) or the shift lever is not inual transaxle) or the shift lever is not in“P” or “N” Position (Automatic transaxle).“P” or “N” Position (Automatic transaxle).“P” or “N” Position (Automatic transaxle).“P” or “N” Position (Automatic transaxle).“P” or “N” Position (Automatic transaxle).

ooooo The ignition key cannot be turned fromThe ignition key cannot be turned fromThe ignition key cannot be turned fromThe ignition key cannot be turned fromThe ignition key cannot be turned from"ACC" position to "LOCK" position un-"ACC" position to "LOCK" position un-"ACC" position to "LOCK" position un-"ACC" position to "LOCK" position un-"ACC" position to "LOCK" position un-less the shift lever is in the "P" (Park)less the shift lever is in the "P" (Park)less the shift lever is in the "P" (Park)less the shift lever is in the "P" (Park)less the shift lever is in the "P" (Park)position or the negative battery terminalposition or the negative battery terminalposition or the negative battery terminalposition or the negative battery terminalposition or the negative battery terminalis disconnected from the battery. To re-is disconnected from the battery. To re-is disconnected from the battery. To re-is disconnected from the battery. To re-is disconnected from the battery. To re-move the key, always confirm that themove the key, always confirm that themove the key, always confirm that themove the key, always confirm that themove the key, always confirm that theshift lever is securely positioned in "P"shift lever is securely positioned in "P"shift lever is securely positioned in "P"shift lever is securely positioned in "P"shift lever is securely positioned in "P"(Park) (For Automatic transaxle)(Park) (For Automatic transaxle)(Park) (For Automatic transaxle)(Park) (For Automatic transaxle)(Park) (For Automatic transaxle)

ooooo For additional information about start-For additional information about start-For additional information about start-For additional information about start-For additional information about start-ing, see page 2-3.ing, see page 2-3.ing, see page 2-3.ing, see page 2-3.ing, see page 2-3.

C040A01A-AAT

KEY POSITIONSKEY POSITIONSKEY POSITIONSKEY POSITIONSKEY POSITIONS

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The engine should not be turned off or theThe engine should not be turned off or theThe engine should not be turned off or theThe engine should not be turned off or theThe engine should not be turned off or thekey removed from the ignition key cylinderkey removed from the ignition key cylinderkey removed from the ignition key cylinderkey removed from the ignition key cylinderkey removed from the ignition key cylinderwhile the vehicle is in motion. The steeringwhile the vehicle is in motion. The steeringwhile the vehicle is in motion. The steeringwhile the vehicle is in motion. The steeringwhile the vehicle is in motion. The steeringwheel is locked by removing the key.wheel is locked by removing the key.wheel is locked by removing the key.wheel is locked by removing the key.wheel is locked by removing the key.

C030A01A-AAT

COMBINATION IGNITION SWITCHCOMBINATION IGNITION SWITCHCOMBINATION IGNITION SWITCHCOMBINATION IGNITION SWITCHCOMBINATION IGNITION SWITCHTo Start the EngineTo Start the EngineTo Start the EngineTo Start the EngineTo Start the Engineo If your Hyundai is equipped with a manual

transaxle, place the shift lever in neutral anddepress the clutch pedal fully.

o If your Hyundai has an automatic transaxle,place the shift lever in "P" (park).

ooooo “START”“START”“START”“START”“START”The engine is started in this position. It willcrank until you release the key.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Do not hold the key in the “START” positionDo not hold the key in the “START” positionDo not hold the key in the “START” positionDo not hold the key in the “START” positionDo not hold the key in the “START” positionfor more than 15 seconds.for more than 15 seconds.for more than 15 seconds.for more than 15 seconds.for more than 15 seconds.

ooooo “ON”“ON”“ON”“ON”“ON”When the key is in the “ON position, the ignitionis on and all accessories may be turned on. Ifthe engine is not running, the key should not beleft in the “ON” position. This will discharge thebattery and may also damage the ignition sys-tem.

ooooo “ACC”“ACC”“ACC”“ACC”“ACC”With the key in the “ACC” position, some elec-trical accessories (radio etc.) may be operated.

C040A01E

LOCK

ACC

ON

START

Page 98: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 3

C050A01A-AAT

STARTINGSTARTINGSTARTINGSTARTINGSTARTING

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Never run the engine in a closed or poorlyNever run the engine in a closed or poorlyNever run the engine in a closed or poorlyNever run the engine in a closed or poorlyNever run the engine in a closed or poorlyventilated area any longer than is needed toventilated area any longer than is needed toventilated area any longer than is needed toventilated area any longer than is needed toventilated area any longer than is needed tomove your car in or out of the area. Themove your car in or out of the area. Themove your car in or out of the area. Themove your car in or out of the area. Themove your car in or out of the area. Thecarbon monoxide gas emitted is odorlesscarbon monoxide gas emitted is odorlesscarbon monoxide gas emitted is odorlesscarbon monoxide gas emitted is odorlesscarbon monoxide gas emitted is odorlessand can cause serious injury or death.and can cause serious injury or death.and can cause serious injury or death.and can cause serious injury or death.and can cause serious injury or death.

C050B01A-AAT

Normal Conditions:Normal Conditions:Normal Conditions:Normal Conditions:Normal Conditions:The Starting Procedure:

1. Insert key, and fasten the seat belt.2. Depress the clutch pedal fully and place the

gearshift lever (manual transaxle) in neutralor the selector lever (automatic transaxle) in"P" (park) position.

3. After turning the ignition key to the "ON"position, make certain all warning lights andgauges are functioning properly before start-ing the engine.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Be sure that the clutch is fully depressedBe sure that the clutch is fully depressedBe sure that the clutch is fully depressedBe sure that the clutch is fully depressedBe sure that the clutch is fully depressedwhen starting a manual transaxle when starting a manual transaxle when starting a manual transaxle when starting a manual transaxle when starting a manual transaxle vehicle.vehicle.vehicle.vehicle.vehicle.Your manual transaxle equipped vehicle willYour manual transaxle equipped vehicle willYour manual transaxle equipped vehicle willYour manual transaxle equipped vehicle willYour manual transaxle equipped vehicle willnot start unless the not start unless the not start unless the not start unless the not start unless the clutch pedal is fullyclutch pedal is fullyclutch pedal is fullyclutch pedal is fullyclutch pedal is fullydepressed. On a manual transaxle equippeddepressed. On a manual transaxle equippeddepressed. On a manual transaxle equippeddepressed. On a manual transaxle equippeddepressed. On a manual transaxle equippedvehicle that vehicle that vehicle that vehicle that vehicle that can be started without depress-can be started without depress-can be started without depress-can be started without depress-can be started without depress-ing the clutch, there is the potential to causeing the clutch, there is the potential to causeing the clutch, there is the potential to causeing the clutch, there is the potential to causeing the clutch, there is the potential to causedamage to the vehicle or injury to someonedamage to the vehicle or injury to someonedamage to the vehicle or injury to someonedamage to the vehicle or injury to someonedamage to the vehicle or injury to someoneinside or outside the vehicle as inside or outside the vehicle as inside or outside the vehicle as inside or outside the vehicle as inside or outside the vehicle as a result ofa result ofa result ofa result ofa result ofthe forward or backward movement of thethe forward or backward movement of thethe forward or backward movement of thethe forward or backward movement of thethe forward or backward movement of thevehicle that will occur vehicle that will occur vehicle that will occur vehicle that will occur vehicle that will occur if the clutch is notif the clutch is notif the clutch is notif the clutch is notif the clutch is notdepressed when the vehicle is started.depressed when the vehicle is started.depressed when the vehicle is started.depressed when the vehicle is started.depressed when the vehicle is started.

4. Turn the ignition key to the "Start" positionand release it when the engine starts.After the engine has started, allow the en-gine to run for 10 to 20 seconds prior toplacing the vehicle in gear.

The starter should not be operated for morethan 15 seconds at a time. Wait 15-30 sec-onds between starting attempts to protectthe starter from overheating.

ooooo “LOCK”“LOCK”“LOCK”“LOCK”“LOCK”The key can be removed or inserted in thisposition. To protect against theft, the steeringwheel locks by removing the key.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:To unlock the steering wheel, insert the key,To unlock the steering wheel, insert the key,To unlock the steering wheel, insert the key,To unlock the steering wheel, insert the key,To unlock the steering wheel, insert the key,and then turn the steering wheel and keyand then turn the steering wheel and keyand then turn the steering wheel and keyand then turn the steering wheel and keyand then turn the steering wheel and keysimultaneously.simultaneously.simultaneously.simultaneously.simultaneously.

C070C02A-AAT

To Remove the Ignition KeyTo Remove the Ignition KeyTo Remove the Ignition KeyTo Remove the Ignition KeyTo Remove the Ignition Key

(If your vehicle is equipped with an automatictransaxle)1. Turn the ignition key counterclockwise from

the "ACC" position to the "LOCK" position.2. The key can be removed in the "LOCK"

position.(If your vehicle is equipped with a manualtransaxle)1. Turn the ignition key to the "ACC" position.2. Simultaneously push and turn the ignition

key counterclockwise from the "ACC" posi-tion to the "LOCK" position.

3. The key can be removed in the "LOCK"position.

C070C01E

LOCK

ACC

ON

START

C050A01E

Page 99: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 4

C070B01A-AAT

Using the ClutchUsing the ClutchUsing the ClutchUsing the ClutchUsing the ClutchThe clutch should be pressed all the way to thefloor before shifting, then released slowly. Theclutch pedal should always be used after fullyreturning to the original position. Do not restyour foot on the clutch pedal while driving. Thiscan cause unnecessary wear.Do not partially engage the clutch to hold thecar on an incline. This causes unnecessarywear. Use the parking brake to hold the car onan incline. Do not operate the clutch pedalrapidly and repeatedly.

C070D02A-AAT

Good Driving PracticesGood Driving PracticesGood Driving PracticesGood Driving PracticesGood Driving Practiceso Never take the car out of gear and coast

down a hill. This is extremely hazardous.Always leave the car in gear.

o Don't "ride" the brakes. This can causethem to overheat and malfunction. Instead,when you are driving down a long hill, slowdown and shift to a lower gear. When you dothis, engine braking will help slow the car.

o Slow down before shifting to a lower gear.This will help avoid over-revving the engine,which can cause damage.

o Slow down when you encounter cross winds.This gives you much better control of yourcar.

C070A02GK-AAT

OPERATING THE MANUALOPERATING THE MANUALOPERATING THE MANUALOPERATING THE MANUALOPERATING THE MANUALTRANSAXLETRANSAXLETRANSAXLETRANSAXLETRANSAXLE

Your Hyundai's manual transaxle has a con-ventional shift pattern. This shift pattern is im-printed on the shift knob. The transaxle is fullysynchronized in all forward gears so shifting toeither a higher or a lower gear is easily accom-plished.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:ooooo To shift into reverse, rest the lever inTo shift into reverse, rest the lever inTo shift into reverse, rest the lever inTo shift into reverse, rest the lever inTo shift into reverse, rest the lever in

neutral for at least 3 seconds after yourneutral for at least 3 seconds after yourneutral for at least 3 seconds after yourneutral for at least 3 seconds after yourneutral for at least 3 seconds after yourcar is completely stopped. Then movecar is completely stopped. Then movecar is completely stopped. Then movecar is completely stopped. Then movecar is completely stopped. Then movethe lever into the reverse position.the lever into the reverse position.the lever into the reverse position.the lever into the reverse position.the lever into the reverse position.

ooooo During cold weather, shifting may be dif-During cold weather, shifting may be dif-During cold weather, shifting may be dif-During cold weather, shifting may be dif-During cold weather, shifting may be dif-ficult until the transaxle lubricant hasficult until the transaxle lubricant hasficult until the transaxle lubricant hasficult until the transaxle lubricant hasficult until the transaxle lubricant haswarmed up. This is normal and not harm-warmed up. This is normal and not harm-warmed up. This is normal and not harm-warmed up. This is normal and not harm-warmed up. This is normal and not harm-ful to the transaxle.ful to the transaxle.ful to the transaxle.ful to the transaxle.ful to the transaxle.

HGK181-E

ooooo If you've come to a complete stop and it'sIf you've come to a complete stop and it'sIf you've come to a complete stop and it'sIf you've come to a complete stop and it'sIf you've come to a complete stop and it'shard to shift into 1hard to shift into 1hard to shift into 1hard to shift into 1hard to shift into 1 ststststst or R(Reverse), put or R(Reverse), put or R(Reverse), put or R(Reverse), put or R(Reverse), putthe shift lever in N(Neutral) position andthe shift lever in N(Neutral) position andthe shift lever in N(Neutral) position andthe shift lever in N(Neutral) position andthe shift lever in N(Neutral) position andrelease the clutch. Press the clutch pedalrelease the clutch. Press the clutch pedalrelease the clutch. Press the clutch pedalrelease the clutch. Press the clutch pedalrelease the clutch. Press the clutch pedalback down, and then shift into 1back down, and then shift into 1back down, and then shift into 1back down, and then shift into 1back down, and then shift into 1 ststststst or or or or orR(Reverse) gear position.R(Reverse) gear position.R(Reverse) gear position.R(Reverse) gear position.R(Reverse) gear position.

ooooo Do not use the shift lever as a handrestDo not use the shift lever as a handrestDo not use the shift lever as a handrestDo not use the shift lever as a handrestDo not use the shift lever as a handrestduring driving, as this can result in pre-during driving, as this can result in pre-during driving, as this can result in pre-during driving, as this can result in pre-during driving, as this can result in pre-mature wear of the transaxle shift forks.mature wear of the transaxle shift forks.mature wear of the transaxle shift forks.mature wear of the transaxle shift forks.mature wear of the transaxle shift forks.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:When downshifting from fifth gear to fourthWhen downshifting from fifth gear to fourthWhen downshifting from fifth gear to fourthWhen downshifting from fifth gear to fourthWhen downshifting from fifth gear to fourthgear, caution should be taken not to inad-gear, caution should be taken not to inad-gear, caution should be taken not to inad-gear, caution should be taken not to inad-gear, caution should be taken not to inad-vertently press the gear shift lever sidewaysvertently press the gear shift lever sidewaysvertently press the gear shift lever sidewaysvertently press the gear shift lever sidewaysvertently press the gear shift lever sidewaysin such a manner that second gear is en-in such a manner that second gear is en-in such a manner that second gear is en-in such a manner that second gear is en-in such a manner that second gear is en-gaged. Such a drastic downshift may causegaged. Such a drastic downshift may causegaged. Such a drastic downshift may causegaged. Such a drastic downshift may causegaged. Such a drastic downshift may causethe engine speed to increase to the pointthe engine speed to increase to the pointthe engine speed to increase to the pointthe engine speed to increase to the pointthe engine speed to increase to the pointthat the tachometer will enter the red zone.that the tachometer will enter the red zone.that the tachometer will enter the red zone.that the tachometer will enter the red zone.that the tachometer will enter the red zone.Such over-revving of the engine may possi-Such over-revving of the engine may possi-Such over-revving of the engine may possi-Such over-revving of the engine may possi-Such over-revving of the engine may possi-bly cause engine damage.bly cause engine damage.bly cause engine damage.bly cause engine damage.bly cause engine damage.

Page 100: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 5

o Be sure the car is completely stopped be-fore you attempt to shift into reverse. Thetransaxle can be damaged if you do not. Toshift into reverse, depress the clutch, movethe shift lever to neutral, wait three seconds,then shift to the reverse position.

o Exercise extreme caution when driving on aslippery surface. Be especially careful whenbraking, accelerating or shifting gears. On aslippery surface, an abrupt change in vehi-cle speed can cause the drive wheels tolose traction and the vehicle to go out ofcontrol.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:ooooo The risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased if

you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-way speeds.way speeds.way speeds.way speeds.way speeds.

ooooo Loss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two ormore wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway andthe driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-way.way.way.way.way.

ooooo In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-way, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowdown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the travellanes.lanes.lanes.lanes.lanes.

ooooo In a collision crash, an unbelted personIn a collision crash, an unbelted personIn a collision crash, an unbelted personIn a collision crash, an unbelted personIn a collision crash, an unbelted personis significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than aperson wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.

HGK174

C090A03Y-AAT

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLEAUTOMATIC TRANSAXLEAUTOMATIC TRANSAXLEAUTOMATIC TRANSAXLEAUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

The highly efficient Hyundai automatic transaxlehas four forward speeds and one reverse speed.The individual speeds are selected automati-cally, depending on the position of the speedselector lever. The selector lever has 2 gates;the main gate and the manual gate.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:For information on manual gate operation,For information on manual gate operation,For information on manual gate operation,For information on manual gate operation,For information on manual gate operation,refer to "Sports Mode".refer to "Sports Mode".refer to "Sports Mode".refer to "Sports Mode".refer to "Sports Mode".

In the main gate, the selector lever has 4positions, and is equipped with a button to avoidinadvertent wrong selection.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Depress the brake pedal and push theDepress the brake pedal and push theDepress the brake pedal and push theDepress the brake pedal and push theDepress the brake pedal and push thebutton when shifting.button when shifting.button when shifting.button when shifting.button when shifting.Push the button when shifting.Push the button when shifting.Push the button when shifting.Push the button when shifting.Push the button when shifting.The selector lever can be shifted freely.The selector lever can be shifted freely.The selector lever can be shifted freely.The selector lever can be shifted freely.The selector lever can be shifted freely.

The first few shifts on a new vehicle, or if theThe first few shifts on a new vehicle, or if theThe first few shifts on a new vehicle, or if theThe first few shifts on a new vehicle, or if theThe first few shifts on a new vehicle, or if thebattery has been disconnected, may bebattery has been disconnected, may bebattery has been disconnected, may bebattery has been disconnected, may bebattery has been disconnected, may besomewhat abrupt. This is a normal condi-somewhat abrupt. This is a normal condi-somewhat abrupt. This is a normal condi-somewhat abrupt. This is a normal condi-somewhat abrupt. This is a normal condi-tion, and the shifting sequence will adjusttion, and the shifting sequence will adjusttion, and the shifting sequence will adjusttion, and the shifting sequence will adjusttion, and the shifting sequence will adjustafter shifts are cycled a few times by theafter shifts are cycled a few times by theafter shifts are cycled a few times by theafter shifts are cycled a few times by theafter shifts are cycled a few times by theT.C.M (Transmission Control Module).T.C.M (Transmission Control Module).T.C.M (Transmission Control Module).T.C.M (Transmission Control Module).T.C.M (Transmission Control Module).

C070E02GK-AAT

RECOMMENDED SHIFT POINTSRECOMMENDED SHIFT POINTSRECOMMENDED SHIFT POINTSRECOMMENDED SHIFT POINTSRECOMMENDED SHIFT POINTSThe shift points as shown below are recom-mended for optimum fuel economy and perfor-mance.

1-2

2-3

3-4

4-5

Shiftfrom-to

Recommended

15 mph (20 km/h)

25 mph (40 km/h)

35 mph (55 km/h)

45 mph (75 km/h)

Page 101: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 6

C090C01A-AAT

o R(Reverse):o R(Reverse):o R(Reverse):o R(Reverse):o R(Reverse):Use for backing up the vehicle. Bring the car toa complete stop before shifting the selectorlever to "R" position.

C090D02O-AAT

o N (Neutral):o N (Neutral):o N (Neutral):o N (Neutral):o N (Neutral):In the "N" position, the transaxle is in neutral,which means that no gears are engaged. Theengine can be started with the shift lever in "N"position, although this is not recommendedexcept if the engine stalls while the car ismoving.

C090E01O-AAT

ooooo D(Drive):D(Drive):D(Drive):D(Drive):D(Drive):Use for normal driving. The transaxle will auto-matically shift through a four gear sequence.

C090B01A-AAT

The function of each position is asThe function of each position is asThe function of each position is asThe function of each position is asThe function of each position is asfollows:follows:follows:follows:follows:

o P (Park):o P (Park):o P (Park):o P (Park):o P (Park):Use to hold the vehicle in place when parked orwhile starting the engine; shift the selector leverto the "P" (Park) position. Whenever parkingthe car, apply the parking brake and shift theselector lever to the "P" (Park) position.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Never place the selector lever in the "P"Never place the selector lever in the "P"Never place the selector lever in the "P"Never place the selector lever in the "P"Never place the selector lever in the "P"(Park) position unless the vehicle is fully(Park) position unless the vehicle is fully(Park) position unless the vehicle is fully(Park) position unless the vehicle is fully(Park) position unless the vehicle is fullystopped. Failure to observe this caution willstopped. Failure to observe this caution willstopped. Failure to observe this caution willstopped. Failure to observe this caution willstopped. Failure to observe this caution willcause severe damage to the transaxle.cause severe damage to the transaxle.cause severe damage to the transaxle.cause severe damage to the transaxle.cause severe damage to the transaxle.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Never shift into "R" or "P" position whileNever shift into "R" or "P" position whileNever shift into "R" or "P" position whileNever shift into "R" or "P" position whileNever shift into "R" or "P" position whilethe vehicle is moving.the vehicle is moving.the vehicle is moving.the vehicle is moving.the vehicle is moving.

C090A02L

C090F01GK-GAT

Sports ModeSports ModeSports ModeSports ModeSports Mode

HGK175

Whether the vehicle is stationary or in motion,sports mode is selected by pushing the selectorlever from the "D" position into the manual gate.To return to "D" range operation, push theselector lever back into the main gate.In sports mode, moving the selector lever back-wards and forwards can make rapid gearshiftssimple. In contrast to a manual transaxle, thesports mode allows gearshifts with the accel-erator pedal depressed.UP (+) UP (+) UP (+) UP (+) UP (+) : Push the lever forward once to shift upone gear.DOWN (-)DOWN (-)DOWN (-)DOWN (-)DOWN (-) : Pull the lever backwards once toshift down one gear.

The indicator lights in the instrument clusterindicate the selector lever position when theignition is switched "ON". During the sportsmode operation, the gear currently in use dis-plays in the numeral indicator.

Page 102: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 7

SKIPSKIPSKIPSKIPSKIP : By rapidly moving the selector forwardor backward twice, it is possible to skip onegear, i.e. 1st to 3rd or 3rd to 1st .

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:ooooo In sports mode, the driver must executeIn sports mode, the driver must executeIn sports mode, the driver must executeIn sports mode, the driver must executeIn sports mode, the driver must execute

upward shifts in accordance with pre-upward shifts in accordance with pre-upward shifts in accordance with pre-upward shifts in accordance with pre-upward shifts in accordance with pre-vailing road conditions, taking care tovailing road conditions, taking care tovailing road conditions, taking care tovailing road conditions, taking care tovailing road conditions, taking care tokeep the engine speed below the redkeep the engine speed below the redkeep the engine speed below the redkeep the engine speed below the redkeep the engine speed below the redzone.zone.zone.zone.zone.

ooooo For engine protection, upward shifts areFor engine protection, upward shifts areFor engine protection, upward shifts areFor engine protection, upward shifts areFor engine protection, upward shifts aremade automatically when the engine rpmmade automatically when the engine rpmmade automatically when the engine rpmmade automatically when the engine rpmmade automatically when the engine rpmreaches the red zone.reaches the red zone.reaches the red zone.reaches the red zone.reaches the red zone.

ooooo By rapidly moving the selector lever back-By rapidly moving the selector lever back-By rapidly moving the selector lever back-By rapidly moving the selector lever back-By rapidly moving the selector lever back-wards (-) twice it is possible to skip onewards (-) twice it is possible to skip onewards (-) twice it is possible to skip onewards (-) twice it is possible to skip onewards (-) twice it is possible to skip onegear by using the sports mode. Sincegear by using the sports mode. Sincegear by using the sports mode. Sincegear by using the sports mode. Sincegear by using the sports mode. Sincesudden engine braking and/or rapid ac-sudden engine braking and/or rapid ac-sudden engine braking and/or rapid ac-sudden engine braking and/or rapid ac-sudden engine braking and/or rapid ac-celeration can cause a loss of traction,celeration can cause a loss of traction,celeration can cause a loss of traction,celeration can cause a loss of traction,celeration can cause a loss of traction,however, downshifts must be made care-however, downshifts must be made care-however, downshifts must be made care-however, downshifts must be made care-however, downshifts must be made care-fully in accordance with the vehicle'sfully in accordance with the vehicle'sfully in accordance with the vehicle'sfully in accordance with the vehicle'sfully in accordance with the vehicle'sspeed.speed.speed.speed.speed.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:ooooo In sports mode, only the four forwardIn sports mode, only the four forwardIn sports mode, only the four forwardIn sports mode, only the four forwardIn sports mode, only the four forward

gears can be selected. To reverse or parkgears can be selected. To reverse or parkgears can be selected. To reverse or parkgears can be selected. To reverse or parkgears can be selected. To reverse or parkthe vehicle, move the selector lever tothe vehicle, move the selector lever tothe vehicle, move the selector lever tothe vehicle, move the selector lever tothe vehicle, move the selector lever tothe "R" or "P" position as required.the "R" or "P" position as required.the "R" or "P" position as required.the "R" or "P" position as required.the "R" or "P" position as required.

ooooo In sports mode, downward shifts areIn sports mode, downward shifts areIn sports mode, downward shifts areIn sports mode, downward shifts areIn sports mode, downward shifts aremade automatically when the vehiclemade automatically when the vehiclemade automatically when the vehiclemade automatically when the vehiclemade automatically when the vehicleslows down. When the vehicle stops, 1stslows down. When the vehicle stops, 1stslows down. When the vehicle stops, 1stslows down. When the vehicle stops, 1stslows down. When the vehicle stops, 1stgear is automatically selected.gear is automatically selected.gear is automatically selected.gear is automatically selected.gear is automatically selected.

ooooo To maintain the required levels of vehicleTo maintain the required levels of vehicleTo maintain the required levels of vehicleTo maintain the required levels of vehicleTo maintain the required levels of vehicleperformance and safety, the system mayperformance and safety, the system mayperformance and safety, the system mayperformance and safety, the system mayperformance and safety, the system maynot execute certain gearshifts when thenot execute certain gearshifts when thenot execute certain gearshifts when thenot execute certain gearshifts when thenot execute certain gearshifts when theselector lever is operated.selector lever is operated.selector lever is operated.selector lever is operated.selector lever is operated.

ooooo Before driving away from a stop on aBefore driving away from a stop on aBefore driving away from a stop on aBefore driving away from a stop on aBefore driving away from a stop on aslippery road, push the selector leverslippery road, push the selector leverslippery road, push the selector leverslippery road, push the selector leverslippery road, push the selector leverforward into the +(UP) position. Thisforward into the +(UP) position. Thisforward into the +(UP) position. Thisforward into the +(UP) position. Thisforward into the +(UP) position. Thiscauses the transaxle to shift into 2ndcauses the transaxle to shift into 2ndcauses the transaxle to shift into 2ndcauses the transaxle to shift into 2ndcauses the transaxle to shift into 2ndgear which is better for smooth drivinggear which is better for smooth drivinggear which is better for smooth drivinggear which is better for smooth drivinggear which is better for smooth drivingaway on a slippery road. Push the selec-away on a slippery road. Push the selec-away on a slippery road. Push the selec-away on a slippery road. Push the selec-away on a slippery road. Push the selec-tor lever to the -(DOWN) side to shifttor lever to the -(DOWN) side to shifttor lever to the -(DOWN) side to shifttor lever to the -(DOWN) side to shifttor lever to the -(DOWN) side to shiftback to 1st gear.back to 1st gear.back to 1st gear.back to 1st gear.back to 1st gear.

C090H01L-GAT

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:ooooo For smooth and safe operation, depressFor smooth and safe operation, depressFor smooth and safe operation, depressFor smooth and safe operation, depressFor smooth and safe operation, depress

the brake pedal when shifting from “Neu-the brake pedal when shifting from “Neu-the brake pedal when shifting from “Neu-the brake pedal when shifting from “Neu-the brake pedal when shifting from “Neu-tral” position or “Park” position to atral” position or “Park” position to atral” position or “Park” position to atral” position or “Park” position to atral” position or “Park” position to aforward or reverse gear.forward or reverse gear.forward or reverse gear.forward or reverse gear.forward or reverse gear.

ooooo The ignition key must be in the “ON”The ignition key must be in the “ON”The ignition key must be in the “ON”The ignition key must be in the “ON”The ignition key must be in the “ON”position and the brake pedal fully de-position and the brake pedal fully de-position and the brake pedal fully de-position and the brake pedal fully de-position and the brake pedal fully de-pressed in order to move the shift leverpressed in order to move the shift leverpressed in order to move the shift leverpressed in order to move the shift leverpressed in order to move the shift leverfrom the “P” (Park) position to any of thefrom the “P” (Park) position to any of thefrom the “P” (Park) position to any of thefrom the “P” (Park) position to any of thefrom the “P” (Park) position to any of theother positions.other positions.other positions.other positions.other positions.

ooooo It is always possible to shift from “R”,It is always possible to shift from “R”,It is always possible to shift from “R”,It is always possible to shift from “R”,It is always possible to shift from “R”,“N”, “D” position to “P” position. The“N”, “D” position to “P” position. The“N”, “D” position to “P” position. The“N”, “D” position to “P” position. The“N”, “D” position to “P” position. Thevehicle must be fully stopped to avoidvehicle must be fully stopped to avoidvehicle must be fully stopped to avoidvehicle must be fully stopped to avoidvehicle must be fully stopped to avoidtransaxle damage.transaxle damage.transaxle damage.transaxle damage.transaxle damage.

C090I02L-GAT

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:ooooo Shift into “R” and “P” position only whenShift into “R” and “P” position only whenShift into “R” and “P” position only whenShift into “R” and “P” position only whenShift into “R” and “P” position only when

the vehicle has completely stopped.the vehicle has completely stopped.the vehicle has completely stopped.the vehicle has completely stopped.the vehicle has completely stopped.ooooo Do not accelerate the engine in reverseDo not accelerate the engine in reverseDo not accelerate the engine in reverseDo not accelerate the engine in reverseDo not accelerate the engine in reverse

or any of the forward positions with theor any of the forward positions with theor any of the forward positions with theor any of the forward positions with theor any of the forward positions with thebrakes applied.brakes applied.brakes applied.brakes applied.brakes applied.

ooooo Always apply the footbrake when shift-Always apply the footbrake when shift-Always apply the footbrake when shift-Always apply the footbrake when shift-Always apply the footbrake when shift-ing from “P” or “N”, to “R”, “D”position.ing from “P” or “N”, to “R”, “D”position.ing from “P” or “N”, to “R”, “D”position.ing from “P” or “N”, to “R”, “D”position.ing from “P” or “N”, to “R”, “D”position.

C090N01O-AAT

Good Driving PracticesGood Driving PracticesGood Driving PracticesGood Driving PracticesGood Driving Practiceso Never move the gear selector lever from “P”

or “N” to any other position with the acceler-ator pedal depressed.

o Never move the gear selector lever into “P”when the vehicle is in motion.

o Be sure the car is completely stopped be-fore you attempt to shift into “R”.

o Never take the car out of gear and coastdown a hill. This may be extremely hazard-ous. Always leave the car in gear whenmoving.

o Do not “ride” the brakes. This can causethem to overheat and malfunction. Instead,when you are driving down a long hill, slowdown and shift to a lower gear. When you dothis, engine braking will help slow the car.

o Slow down before shifting to a lower gear.Otherwise, the lower gear may not be en-gaged.

ooooo Do not use the “P” (Park) position inDo not use the “P” (Park) position inDo not use the “P” (Park) position inDo not use the “P” (Park) position inDo not use the “P” (Park) position inplace of the parking brake. Always setplace of the parking brake. Always setplace of the parking brake. Always setplace of the parking brake. Always setplace of the parking brake. Always setthe parking brake, shift the transaxle intothe parking brake, shift the transaxle intothe parking brake, shift the transaxle intothe parking brake, shift the transaxle intothe parking brake, shift the transaxle into“P” (Park) position and turn off the igni-“P” (Park) position and turn off the igni-“P” (Park) position and turn off the igni-“P” (Park) position and turn off the igni-“P” (Park) position and turn off the igni-tion when you leave the vehicle, evention when you leave the vehicle, evention when you leave the vehicle, evention when you leave the vehicle, evention when you leave the vehicle, evenmomentarily. Never leave the vehiclemomentarily. Never leave the vehiclemomentarily. Never leave the vehiclemomentarily. Never leave the vehiclemomentarily. Never leave the vehicleunattended while the engine is running.unattended while the engine is running.unattended while the engine is running.unattended while the engine is running.unattended while the engine is running.

ooooo Check the automatic transaxle fluid levelCheck the automatic transaxle fluid levelCheck the automatic transaxle fluid levelCheck the automatic transaxle fluid levelCheck the automatic transaxle fluid levelregularly, and add fluid as necessary.regularly, and add fluid as necessary.regularly, and add fluid as necessary.regularly, and add fluid as necessary.regularly, and add fluid as necessary.

ooooo See the maintenance schedule for theSee the maintenance schedule for theSee the maintenance schedule for theSee the maintenance schedule for theSee the maintenance schedule for theproper fluid recommendation.proper fluid recommendation.proper fluid recommendation.proper fluid recommendation.proper fluid recommendation.

Page 103: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 8

o Always use the parking brake. Do not de-pend on placing the transaxle in “P” to keepthe car from moving.

o Exercise extreme caution when driving on aslippery surface. Be especially careful whenbraking, accelerating or shifting gears. On aslippery surface, an abrupt change in vehi-cle speed can cause the drive wheels tolose traction and the vehicle to go out ofcontrol.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:ooooo Avoid high cornering speeds.Avoid high cornering speeds.Avoid high cornering speeds.Avoid high cornering speeds.Avoid high cornering speeds.ooooo Do not make quick steering wheel move-Do not make quick steering wheel move-Do not make quick steering wheel move-Do not make quick steering wheel move-Do not make quick steering wheel move-

ments, such as sharp lane changes orments, such as sharp lane changes orments, such as sharp lane changes orments, such as sharp lane changes orments, such as sharp lane changes orfast, sharp turns.fast, sharp turns.fast, sharp turns.fast, sharp turns.fast, sharp turns.

ooooo Always wear your seat belts.Always wear your seat belts.Always wear your seat belts.Always wear your seat belts.Always wear your seat belts.ooooo The risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased if

you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-way speeds.way speeds.way speeds.way speeds.way speeds.

ooooo Loss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two ormore wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway andthe driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-way.way.way.way.way.

ooooo In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-way, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowdown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the travellanes.lanes.lanes.lanes.lanes.

ooooo In a collision crash, un unbelted personIn a collision crash, un unbelted personIn a collision crash, un unbelted personIn a collision crash, un unbelted personIn a collision crash, un unbelted personis significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than aperson wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.

o Don’t “ride” the brake pedal. Resting yourfoot on the brake pedal while driving can bedangerous because it can result in the brakesoverheating and losing their effectiveness. Italso increases the wear of the brake compo-nents.

o If a tire goes flat while you are driving, applythe brakes gently and keep the car pointedstraight ahead while you slow down. Whenyou are moving slowly enough for it to besafe to do so, pull off the road and stop in asafe place.

o If your car is equipped with an automatictransaxle, don’t let your car creep forward.To avoid creeping forward, keep your footon the brake pedal when the car is stopped.

o Use caution when parking on a hill. Engagethe parking brake and place the gear selec-tor lever in “P” (automatic transaxle) or infirst or reverse gear (manual transaxle). Ifyour car is facing downhill, turn the frontwheels into the curb to help keep the carfrom rolling. If your car is facing uphill, turnthe front wheels away from the curb to helpkeep the car from rolling. If there is no curbor if it is required by other conditions to keepthe car from rolling, block the wheels.

o Under some conditions your parking brakecan freeze in the engaged position. This ismost likely to happen when there is anaccumulation of snow or ice around or nearthe rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. Ifthere is a risk that the parking brake mayfreeze, apply it only temporarily while you

C130A01A-AAT

GOOD BRAKING PRACTICESGOOD BRAKING PRACTICESGOOD BRAKING PRACTICESGOOD BRAKING PRACTICESGOOD BRAKING PRACTICESWARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Nothing should be carried on top of theNothing should be carried on top of theNothing should be carried on top of theNothing should be carried on top of theNothing should be carried on top of theshelf panel behind the rear seat. If thereshelf panel behind the rear seat. If thereshelf panel behind the rear seat. If thereshelf panel behind the rear seat. If thereshelf panel behind the rear seat. If therewere an accident or a sudden stop, suchwere an accident or a sudden stop, suchwere an accident or a sudden stop, suchwere an accident or a sudden stop, suchwere an accident or a sudden stop, suchobjects could move forward and cause dam-objects could move forward and cause dam-objects could move forward and cause dam-objects could move forward and cause dam-objects could move forward and cause dam-age to the vehicle or injure the occupants.age to the vehicle or injure the occupants.age to the vehicle or injure the occupants.age to the vehicle or injure the occupants.age to the vehicle or injure the occupants.

o After being parked, check to be sure theparking brake is not engaged and that theparking brake indicator light is out beforedriving away.

o Driving through water may get the brakeswet. They can also get wet when the car iswashed. Wet brakes can be dangerous!Your car will not stop as quickly if the brakesare wet. Wet brakes cause the car to pull toone side. To dry the brakes, apply the brakeslightly until the braking action returns tonormal, taking care to keep the car undercontrol at all times. If the braking action doesnot return to normal, stop as soon as it issafe to do so and call your Hyundai dealerfor assistance.

o Don’t coast down hills with the car out ofgear. This is extremely hazardous. Keep thecar in gear at all times, use the brakes toslow down, then shift to a lower gear so thatengine braking will help you maintain a safespeed.

Page 104: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 9

C120A02A-AAT

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEMANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEMANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEMANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEMANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM(If installed)(If installed)(If installed)(If installed)(If installed)The Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) is designedto prevent wheel lock-up during sudden brakingor on hazardous road surfaces. The ABS con-trol module monitors the wheel speed and con-trols the pressure applied to each brake. Thus,in emergency situations or on slick roads, ABSwill increase vehicle control during braking.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:During ABS operation, a slight pulsationDuring ABS operation, a slight pulsationDuring ABS operation, a slight pulsationDuring ABS operation, a slight pulsationDuring ABS operation, a slight pulsationmay be felt in the brake pedal when themay be felt in the brake pedal when themay be felt in the brake pedal when themay be felt in the brake pedal when themay be felt in the brake pedal when thebrakes are applied. Also, a noise may bebrakes are applied. Also, a noise may bebrakes are applied. Also, a noise may bebrakes are applied. Also, a noise may bebrakes are applied. Also, a noise may beheard in the engine compartment while brak-heard in the engine compartment while brak-heard in the engine compartment while brak-heard in the engine compartment while brak-heard in the engine compartment while brak-ing. These conditions are normal and indi-ing. These conditions are normal and indi-ing. These conditions are normal and indi-ing. These conditions are normal and indi-ing. These conditions are normal and indi-cate that the anti-lock brake system is func-cate that the anti-lock brake system is func-cate that the anti-lock brake system is func-cate that the anti-lock brake system is func-cate that the anti-lock brake system is func-tioning properly.tioning properly.tioning properly.tioning properly.tioning properly.

C300A03Y-GAT

TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM (TCS)TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM (TCS)TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM (TCS)TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM (TCS)TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM (TCS)(If installed)(If installed)(If installed)(If installed)(If installed)

HGK156A

put the gear selector lever in “P” (automatic)or in first or reverse gear (manual transaxle)and block the rear wheels so the car cannotroll. Then release the parking brake.

o Do not hold the vehicle on the upgrade withthe accelerator pedal. This can cause thetransmission to overheat. Always use thebrake pedal or parking brake.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:ABS will not prevent accidents due to im-ABS will not prevent accidents due to im-ABS will not prevent accidents due to im-ABS will not prevent accidents due to im-ABS will not prevent accidents due to im-proper or dangerous driving maneuvers.proper or dangerous driving maneuvers.proper or dangerous driving maneuvers.proper or dangerous driving maneuvers.proper or dangerous driving maneuvers.Even though vehicle control is improvedEven though vehicle control is improvedEven though vehicle control is improvedEven though vehicle control is improvedEven though vehicle control is improvedduring emergency braking, always maintainduring emergency braking, always maintainduring emergency braking, always maintainduring emergency braking, always maintainduring emergency braking, always maintaina safe distance between you and objectsa safe distance between you and objectsa safe distance between you and objectsa safe distance between you and objectsa safe distance between you and objectsahead. Vehicle speeds should always beahead. Vehicle speeds should always beahead. Vehicle speeds should always beahead. Vehicle speeds should always beahead. Vehicle speeds should always bereduced during extreme road conditions.reduced during extreme road conditions.reduced during extreme road conditions.reduced during extreme road conditions.reduced during extreme road conditions.The braking distance for cars equipped withThe braking distance for cars equipped withThe braking distance for cars equipped withThe braking distance for cars equipped withThe braking distance for cars equipped withan anti-lock braking system may be longeran anti-lock braking system may be longeran anti-lock braking system may be longeran anti-lock braking system may be longeran anti-lock braking system may be longerthan for those without it in the followingthan for those without it in the followingthan for those without it in the followingthan for those without it in the followingthan for those without it in the followingroad conditions.road conditions.road conditions.road conditions.road conditions.

ooooo Driving on rough, gravel or snow-cov-Driving on rough, gravel or snow-cov-Driving on rough, gravel or snow-cov-Driving on rough, gravel or snow-cov-Driving on rough, gravel or snow-cov-ered roads.ered roads.ered roads.ered roads.ered roads.

ooooo Driving with tire chains installed.Driving with tire chains installed.Driving with tire chains installed.Driving with tire chains installed.Driving with tire chains installed.ooooo Driving on roads where the road surfaceDriving on roads where the road surfaceDriving on roads where the road surfaceDriving on roads where the road surfaceDriving on roads where the road surface

is pitted or has different surface height.is pitted or has different surface height.is pitted or has different surface height.is pitted or has different surface height.is pitted or has different surface height.

During these conditions the vehicle shouldDuring these conditions the vehicle shouldDuring these conditions the vehicle shouldDuring these conditions the vehicle shouldDuring these conditions the vehicle shouldbe driven at reduced speeds. The safetybe driven at reduced speeds. The safetybe driven at reduced speeds. The safetybe driven at reduced speeds. The safetybe driven at reduced speeds. The safetyfeatures of an ABS equipped vehicle shouldfeatures of an ABS equipped vehicle shouldfeatures of an ABS equipped vehicle shouldfeatures of an ABS equipped vehicle shouldfeatures of an ABS equipped vehicle shouldnot be tested by high speed driving or cor-not be tested by high speed driving or cor-not be tested by high speed driving or cor-not be tested by high speed driving or cor-not be tested by high speed driving or cor-nering. This could endanger the safety ofnering. This could endanger the safety ofnering. This could endanger the safety ofnering. This could endanger the safety ofnering. This could endanger the safety ofyourself or others.yourself or others.yourself or others.yourself or others.yourself or others.

On slippery road surfaces, the traction controlsystem (TCS) limits the drive wheels from spin-ning excessively, thus helping the car to accel-erate. It also provides sufficient driving forceand steering performance as the car turns ataccelerated speeds.

SLIP ControlSLIP ControlSLIP ControlSLIP ControlSLIP ControlLimits the drive wheels from spinning exces-sively during starting or while making accelerat-ed turns on slippery roads to avoid losing thedriving force of the front wheels.

Driving hintsDriving hintsDriving hintsDriving hintsDriving hintsTCS does not actively apply brakes. Be sure todecelerate the car sufficiently before enteringcurves.

Page 105: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 10

C140A01A-AAT

DRIVING FOR ECONOMYDRIVING FOR ECONOMYDRIVING FOR ECONOMYDRIVING FOR ECONOMYDRIVING FOR ECONOMYYou can save fuel and get more miles from yourcar if you follow these suggestions:

o Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moderaterate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruisingspeed. Don't race between stoplights. Try toadjust your speed to that of the other trafficso you don't have to change speeds unnec-essarily. Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos-sible. Always maintain a safe distance fromother vehicles so you can avoid unneces-sary braking. This also reduces brake wear.

o Drive at a moderate speed. The faster youdrive, the more fuel your car uses. Driving ata moderate speed, especially on the high-way, is one of the most effective ways toreduce fuel consumption.

o Don't "ride" the brake or clutch pedal. Thiscan increase fuel consumption and alsoincrease wear on these components. In ad-dition, driving with your foot resting on thebrake pedal may cause the brakes to over-heat, which reduces their effectiveness andmay lead to more serious consequences.

C300B01GK-GAT

TCS ON/OFF ModeTCS ON/OFF ModeTCS ON/OFF ModeTCS ON/OFF ModeTCS ON/OFF ModeIn the TCS ON mode, the indicator in theinstrument cluster will not be illuminated.To switch the TCS OFF mode, press the TCSswitch . To switch the TCS mode, press theTCS switch again. In the TCS OFF mode, theSLIP control will be deactivated and the TCS-OFF indicator in the instrument cluster will beilluminated.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:1)1)1)1)1) Turn off the engine. Then restart theTurn off the engine. Then restart theTurn off the engine. Then restart theTurn off the engine. Then restart theTurn off the engine. Then restart the

engine, and the TCS mode will automati-engine, and the TCS mode will automati-engine, and the TCS mode will automati-engine, and the TCS mode will automati-engine, and the TCS mode will automati-cally turn ON.cally turn ON.cally turn ON.cally turn ON.cally turn ON.

2)2)2)2)2) When the traction control is operatingWhen the traction control is operatingWhen the traction control is operatingWhen the traction control is operatingWhen the traction control is operatingproperly, you can feel a slight pulsationproperly, you can feel a slight pulsationproperly, you can feel a slight pulsationproperly, you can feel a slight pulsationproperly, you can feel a slight pulsation

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:When the TCS indicator blinks, SLIP controlWhen the TCS indicator blinks, SLIP controlWhen the TCS indicator blinks, SLIP controlWhen the TCS indicator blinks, SLIP controlWhen the TCS indicator blinks, SLIP controlhas been activated. It also means that thehas been activated. It also means that thehas been activated. It also means that thehas been activated. It also means that thehas been activated. It also means that theroad is slippery or your car is acceleratingroad is slippery or your car is acceleratingroad is slippery or your car is acceleratingroad is slippery or your car is acceleratingroad is slippery or your car is acceleratingexcessively. In this situation, release footexcessively. In this situation, release footexcessively. In this situation, release footexcessively. In this situation, release footexcessively. In this situation, release footpressure from the accelerator pedal andpressure from the accelerator pedal andpressure from the accelerator pedal andpressure from the accelerator pedal andpressure from the accelerator pedal andmaintain moderate speed.maintain moderate speed.maintain moderate speed.maintain moderate speed.maintain moderate speed.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Traction control is only a driving aid; allTraction control is only a driving aid; allTraction control is only a driving aid; allTraction control is only a driving aid; allTraction control is only a driving aid; allnormal precautions for driving in inclementnormal precautions for driving in inclementnormal precautions for driving in inclementnormal precautions for driving in inclementnormal precautions for driving in inclementweather and on slippery road surfacesweather and on slippery road surfacesweather and on slippery road surfacesweather and on slippery road surfacesweather and on slippery road surfacesshould be observed.should be observed.should be observed.should be observed.should be observed.

C300D01GK-GAT

Indicator and WarningIndicator and WarningIndicator and WarningIndicator and WarningIndicator and WarningThe indicator should illuminate when the igni-tion key is turned to ON or START but shouldgo out after three seconds.If the indicator does not illuminate, or the TCSindicator does not go out after 3 seconds, haveit checked by an authorized dealer.

Should there be any unusual conditions in thedevice, TCS-OFF either illuminates or blinks asa warning.If TCS-OFF illuminates or blinks, pull your carto a safe place and stop the engine.Then, start the engine again to check if theTCS-OFF indicator goes out.

If the indicator remains lit even after the enginehas been started, have your car checked by anauthorized Hyundai dealer.

in the vehicle. This is only the effect ofin the vehicle. This is only the effect ofin the vehicle. This is only the effect ofin the vehicle. This is only the effect ofin the vehicle. This is only the effect ofbrake control and indicates nothing un-brake control and indicates nothing un-brake control and indicates nothing un-brake control and indicates nothing un-brake control and indicates nothing un-usual.usual.usual.usual.usual.

3)3)3)3)3) When the engine starts, a click is heardWhen the engine starts, a click is heardWhen the engine starts, a click is heardWhen the engine starts, a click is heardWhen the engine starts, a click is heardfrom the engine compartment; however,from the engine compartment; however,from the engine compartment; however,from the engine compartment; however,from the engine compartment; however,this is only the sound of traction controlthis is only the sound of traction controlthis is only the sound of traction controlthis is only the sound of traction controlthis is only the sound of traction controlbeing checked.being checked.being checked.being checked.being checked.

4)4)4)4)4) When moving out of the mud or freshWhen moving out of the mud or freshWhen moving out of the mud or freshWhen moving out of the mud or freshWhen moving out of the mud or freshsnow, pressing the accelerator pedal maysnow, pressing the accelerator pedal maysnow, pressing the accelerator pedal maysnow, pressing the accelerator pedal maysnow, pressing the accelerator pedal maynot cause the engine speed to increase.not cause the engine speed to increase.not cause the engine speed to increase.not cause the engine speed to increase.not cause the engine speed to increase.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:1)1)1)1)1) When TCS-OFF illuminates or blinks, trac-When TCS-OFF illuminates or blinks, trac-When TCS-OFF illuminates or blinks, trac-When TCS-OFF illuminates or blinks, trac-When TCS-OFF illuminates or blinks, trac-

tion control is automatically deactivatedtion control is automatically deactivatedtion control is automatically deactivatedtion control is automatically deactivatedtion control is automatically deactivatedfor safety.for safety.for safety.for safety.for safety.

2)2)2)2)2) This warning function is not providedThis warning function is not providedThis warning function is not providedThis warning function is not providedThis warning function is not providedwhen the driver selects the TCS-OFFwhen the driver selects the TCS-OFFwhen the driver selects the TCS-OFFwhen the driver selects the TCS-OFFwhen the driver selects the TCS-OFFmode.mode.mode.mode.mode.

Page 106: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 11

o Remember, your Hyundai does not requireextended warm-up. As soon as the engine isrunning smoothly, you can drive away. Invery cold weather, however, give your en-gine a slightly longer warm-up period.

o Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine. Luggingis driving too slowly in too high a gearresulting in the engine bucking. If this hap-pens, shift to a lower gear. Over-revving isracing the engine beyond its safe limit. Thiscan be avoided by shifting at the recom-mended speeds.

o Use your air conditioning sparingly. The airconditioning system is operated by enginepower so your fuel economy is reducedwhen you use it.

C150A01A-AAT

SMOOTH CORNERINGSMOOTH CORNERINGSMOOTH CORNERINGSMOOTH CORNERINGSMOOTH CORNERINGAvoid braking or gear changing in corners,especially when roads are wet. Ideally, cornersshould always be taken under gentle accelera-tion. If you follow these suggestions, tire wearwill be held to a minimum.

C160A01A-AAT

WINTER DRIVINGWINTER DRIVINGWINTER DRIVINGWINTER DRIVINGWINTER DRIVINGThe more severe weather conditions of winterresult in greater wear and other problems. Tominimize the problems of winter driving, youshould follow these suggestions:

o Take care of your tires. Keep them inflatedto the recommended pressure. Incorrect in-flation, either too much or too little, results inunnecessary tire wear. Check the tire pres-sures at least once a month.

o Be sure that the wheels are aligned correct-ly. Improper alignment can result from hittingcurbs or driving too fast over irregular sur-faces. Poor alignment causes faster tirewear and may also result in other problemsas well as greater fuel consumption.

o Keep your car in good condition. For betterfuel economy and reduced maintenancecosts, maintain your car in accordance withthe maintenance schedule in Section 5. Ifyou drive your car in severe conditions,more frequent maintenance is required (seeSection 5 for details).

o Keep your car clean. For maximum service,your Hyundai should be kept clean and freeof corrosive materials. It is especially impor-tant that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be allowed toaccumulate on the underside of the car. Thisextra weight can result in increased fuelconsumption and also contribute to corro-sion.

o Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessary weightin your car. Weight reduces fuel economy.

o Don't let the engine idle longer than neces-sary. If you are waiting (and not in traffic),turn off your engine and restart only whenyou're ready to go.

C160C01A-AAT

Use High Quality Ethylene GlycolUse High Quality Ethylene GlycolUse High Quality Ethylene GlycolUse High Quality Ethylene GlycolUse High Quality Ethylene GlycolCoolantCoolantCoolantCoolantCoolantYour Hyundai is delivered with high qualityethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system. Itis the only type of coolant that should be usedbecause it helps prevent corrosion in the cool-ing system, lubricates the water pump andprevents freezing. Be sure to replace or replen-ish your coolant in accordance with the main-

C160B01A-AAT

Snowy or Icy ConditionsSnowy or Icy ConditionsSnowy or Icy ConditionsSnowy or Icy ConditionsSnowy or Icy ConditionsTo drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may benecessary to use snow tires or to install tirechains on your tires. If snow tires are needed,it is necessary to select tires equivalent in sizeand type to the original equipment tires. Failureto do so may adversely affect the safety andhandling of your car. Speeding, rapid accelera-tion, sudden brake applications, and sharp turnsare potentially very hazardous practices.During deceleration, use engine braking to thefullest extent. Sudden brake applications onsnowy or icy roads may cause skids to occur.You need to keep sufficient distance betweenthe vehicle in front and your vehicle. Also, applythe brake gently. It should be noted that install-ing tire chains on the tire will provide a greaterdriving force, but will not prevent side skids.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Tire chains are not legal in all states. CheckTire chains are not legal in all states. CheckTire chains are not legal in all states. CheckTire chains are not legal in all states. CheckTire chains are not legal in all states. Checkstate laws before fitting tire chains.state laws before fitting tire chains.state laws before fitting tire chains.state laws before fitting tire chains.state laws before fitting tire chains.

Page 107: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 12

C160K01A-AAT

Carry Emergency EquipmentCarry Emergency EquipmentCarry Emergency EquipmentCarry Emergency EquipmentCarry Emergency EquipmentDepending on the severity of the weather whereyou drive your car, you should carry appropri-ate emergency equipment. Some of the itemsyou may want to carry include tire chains, towstraps or chains, flashlight, emergency flares,sand, a shovel, jumper cables, a windowscraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blan-ket, etc.

C160J01A-AAT

Don’t Let Ice and Snow AccumulateDon’t Let Ice and Snow AccumulateDon’t Let Ice and Snow AccumulateDon’t Let Ice and Snow AccumulateDon’t Let Ice and Snow AccumulateUnderneathUnderneathUnderneathUnderneathUnderneathUnder some conditions, snow and ice can buildup under the fenders and interfere with thesteering. When driving in severe winter condi-tions where this may happen, you should peri-odically check underneath the car to be surethe movement of the front wheels and thesteering components is not obstructed.

transaxle) and block the rear wheels so the carcannot roll. Then release the parking brake.

C160D01F-AAT

Check Battery and CablesCheck Battery and CablesCheck Battery and CablesCheck Battery and CablesCheck Battery and CablesWinter puts additional burdens on the batterysystem. Visually inspect the battery and cablesas described in Section 6 (See page 6-16). Thelevel of charge in your battery can be checkedby your Hyundai dealer or a service station.

C160E01A-AAT

Change to "Winter Weight" Oil ifChange to "Winter Weight" Oil ifChange to "Winter Weight" Oil ifChange to "Winter Weight" Oil ifChange to "Winter Weight" Oil ifNecessaryNecessaryNecessaryNecessaryNecessaryIn some climates it is recommended that alower viscosity "winter weight" oil be used dur-ing cold weather. See Section 9 for recommen-dations. If you aren’t sure what weight oil youshould use, consult your Hyundai dealer.

tenance schedule in Section 5. Before winter,have your coolant tested to assure that itsfreezing point is sufficient for the temperaturesanticipated during the winter.

C160H01A-AAT

Use Approved Anti-Freeze in WindowUse Approved Anti-Freeze in WindowUse Approved Anti-Freeze in WindowUse Approved Anti-Freeze in WindowUse Approved Anti-Freeze in WindowWasher SystemWasher SystemWasher SystemWasher SystemWasher SystemTo keep the water in the window washer sys-tem from freezing, add an approved anti-freezesolution in accordance with instructions on thecontainer. Window washer anti-freeze is avail-able from Hyundai dealers and most auto partsoutlets. Do not use engine coolant or othertypes of anti-freeze as these may damage thefinish.

C160F01F-AAT

Check Spark Plugs and IgnitionCheck Spark Plugs and IgnitionCheck Spark Plugs and IgnitionCheck Spark Plugs and IgnitionCheck Spark Plugs and IgnitionSystemSystemSystemSystemSystemInspect your spark plugs as described in Sec-tion 6 (See page 6-6) and replace them ifnecessary. Also check all ignition wiring andcomponents to be sure they are not cracked,worn or damaged in any way.

C160G01A-AAT

To Keep Locks from FreezingTo Keep Locks from FreezingTo Keep Locks from FreezingTo Keep Locks from FreezingTo Keep Locks from FreezingTo keep the locks from freezing, squirt anapproved de-icer fluid or glycerine into the keyopening. If a lock is covered with ice, squirt itwith an approved de-icing fluid to remove theice. If the lock is frozen internally, you may beable to thaw it out by using a heated key.Handle the heated key with care to avoid burn-ing the fingers.

C160I01A-AAT

Don’t Let Your Parking Brake FreezeDon’t Let Your Parking Brake FreezeDon’t Let Your Parking Brake FreezeDon’t Let Your Parking Brake FreezeDon’t Let Your Parking Brake FreezeUnder some conditions your parking brake canfreeze in the engaged position. This is mostlikely to happen when there is an accumulationof snow or ice around or near the rear brakes orif the brakes are wet. If there is a risk theparking brake may freeze, apply it only tempo-rarily while you put the gear selector lever in"P" (automatic) or in first or reverse gear (manual

Page 108: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 13

C190B01S-AAT

Trailer HitchesTrailer HitchesTrailer HitchesTrailer HitchesTrailer HitchesSelect the proper hitch and ball combination,making sure that its location is compatible withthat of the trailer or vehicle being towed. Use aquality non-equalizing hitch which distributesthe tongue load uniformly throughout the chas-sis.

The hitch should be bolted securely to the carand installed by a qualified technician. DO NOTUSE A HITCH DESIGNED FOR TEMPORARYINSTALLATION AND NEVER USE ONE THATATTACHES ONLY TO THE BUMPER.

C190A02S-AAT

TRAILER OR VEHICLE TOWINGTRAILER OR VEHICLE TOWINGTRAILER OR VEHICLE TOWINGTRAILER OR VEHICLE TOWINGTRAILER OR VEHICLE TOWINGIf you are considering towing with your car, youshould first check with your State's Departmentof Motor Vehicles to determine their legal re-quirements.Since laws vary from State to State, the re-quirements for towing trailers, cars, other typesof vehicles, or apparatus may differ. Ask yourHyundai dealer for further details before towing.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Do not do any towing with your car duringDo not do any towing with your car duringDo not do any towing with your car duringDo not do any towing with your car duringDo not do any towing with your car duringits first 1,200 miles its first 1,200 miles its first 1,200 miles its first 1,200 miles its first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) in order to(2,000 km) in order to(2,000 km) in order to(2,000 km) in order to(2,000 km) in order toallow the engine to properly break in. Fail-allow the engine to properly break in. Fail-allow the engine to properly break in. Fail-allow the engine to properly break in. Fail-allow the engine to properly break in. Fail-ure to heed ure to heed ure to heed ure to heed ure to heed this caution may result in seri-this caution may result in seri-this caution may result in seri-this caution may result in seri-this caution may result in seri-ous engine or transaxle damage.ous engine or transaxle damage.ous engine or transaxle damage.ous engine or transaxle damage.ous engine or transaxle damage.

C170A01A-AAT

HIGHER SPEED MOTORINGHIGHER SPEED MOTORINGHIGHER SPEED MOTORINGHIGHER SPEED MOTORINGHIGHER SPEED MOTORINGPre-Trip InspectionsPre-Trip InspectionsPre-Trip InspectionsPre-Trip InspectionsPre-Trip Inspections1. Tires:Adjust the tire inflation pressures to specifica-tion. Low tire inflation pressures will result inoverheating and possible failure of the tires.Avoid using worn or damaged tires which mayresult in reduced traction or tire failure.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Never exceed the maximum tire inflationNever exceed the maximum tire inflationNever exceed the maximum tire inflationNever exceed the maximum tire inflationNever exceed the maximum tire inflationpressure shown on the tires.pressure shown on the tires.pressure shown on the tires.pressure shown on the tires.pressure shown on the tires.

2. Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil: Highspeed travel consumes 1.5 times more fuelthan urban motoring. Do not forget to checkboth engine coolant and engine oil.

3. Drive belt:A loose or damaged drive belt may result inoverheating of the engine.

C180A01A-AAT

USE OF LIGHTSUSE OF LIGHTSUSE OF LIGHTSUSE OF LIGHTSUSE OF LIGHTSCheck your lights regularly for correct operationand always keep them clean. When drivingduring the day in conditions of poor visibility, itis helpful to drive with headlights on low beam.This enables you to be seen as well as to see.

C190C02S-AAT

Trailer BrakesTrailer BrakesTrailer BrakesTrailer BrakesTrailer BrakesIf your trailer is equipped with a braking system,make sure it conforms to federal and/or localregulations and that it is properly installed andoperating correctly.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:If you tow a trailer or vehicle, your car willIf you tow a trailer or vehicle, your car willIf you tow a trailer or vehicle, your car willIf you tow a trailer or vehicle, your car willIf you tow a trailer or vehicle, your car willrequire more frequent require more frequent require more frequent require more frequent require more frequent maintenance due tomaintenance due tomaintenance due tomaintenance due tomaintenance due tothe additional load. See "Maintenance Un-the additional load. See "Maintenance Un-the additional load. See "Maintenance Un-the additional load. See "Maintenance Un-the additional load. See "Maintenance Un-der Severe der Severe der Severe der Severe der Severe Usage Conditions" on page 5-5.Usage Conditions" on page 5-5.Usage Conditions" on page 5-5.Usage Conditions" on page 5-5.Usage Conditions" on page 5-5.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:ooooo Never connect a trailer brake system di-Never connect a trailer brake system di-Never connect a trailer brake system di-Never connect a trailer brake system di-Never connect a trailer brake system di-

rectly rectly rectly rectly rectly to the vehicle brake system.to the vehicle brake system.to the vehicle brake system.to the vehicle brake system.to the vehicle brake system.ooooo When towing a trailer on steep grades (inWhen towing a trailer on steep grades (inWhen towing a trailer on steep grades (inWhen towing a trailer on steep grades (inWhen towing a trailer on steep grades (in

excess of 12%) pay close excess of 12%) pay close excess of 12%) pay close excess of 12%) pay close excess of 12%) pay close attention to theattention to theattention to theattention to theattention to theengine coolant temperature gauge toengine coolant temperature gauge toengine coolant temperature gauge toengine coolant temperature gauge toengine coolant temperature gauge toensure the engine does ensure the engine does ensure the engine does ensure the engine does ensure the engine does not overheat. Ifnot overheat. Ifnot overheat. Ifnot overheat. Ifnot overheat. Ifthe needle of the coolant temperaturethe needle of the coolant temperaturethe needle of the coolant temperaturethe needle of the coolant temperaturethe needle of the coolant temperaturegauge moves across gauge moves across gauge moves across gauge moves across gauge moves across the dial towardsthe dial towardsthe dial towardsthe dial towardsthe dial towards"H" (HOT), pull over and stop as soon as"H" (HOT), pull over and stop as soon as"H" (HOT), pull over and stop as soon as"H" (HOT), pull over and stop as soon as"H" (HOT), pull over and stop as soon asit is safe to do it is safe to do it is safe to do it is safe to do it is safe to do so, and allow the engine toso, and allow the engine toso, and allow the engine toso, and allow the engine toso, and allow the engine toidle until it cools down. You may proceedidle until it cools down. You may proceedidle until it cools down. You may proceedidle until it cools down. You may proceedidle until it cools down. You may proceedonce once once once once the engine has cooled sufficiently.the engine has cooled sufficiently.the engine has cooled sufficiently.the engine has cooled sufficiently.the engine has cooled sufficiently.

Page 109: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 14

Gross axle weight Gross vehicle weightSSA2200D

Lbs. (kg)

Maximum Towable Weight

Trailer

1000 (453)

Tongue

100 (45)

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:The following specifications are recommend-The following specifications are recommend-The following specifications are recommend-The following specifications are recommend-The following specifications are recommend-ed when towing a trailer. The loaded trailered when towing a trailer. The loaded trailered when towing a trailer. The loaded trailered when towing a trailer. The loaded trailered when towing a trailer. The loaded trailerweight cannot safely exceed the values inweight cannot safely exceed the values inweight cannot safely exceed the values inweight cannot safely exceed the values inweight cannot safely exceed the values inthe chart below.the chart below.the chart below.the chart below.the chart below.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Improperly loading your car and trailer canImproperly loading your car and trailer canImproperly loading your car and trailer canImproperly loading your car and trailer canImproperly loading your car and trailer canseriously affect its steering and braking per-seriously affect its steering and braking per-seriously affect its steering and braking per-seriously affect its steering and braking per-seriously affect its steering and braking per-formance causing a crash which could causeformance causing a crash which could causeformance causing a crash which could causeformance causing a crash which could causeformance causing a crash which could causeserious injury or death.serious injury or death.serious injury or death.serious injury or death.serious injury or death.

C190E01GK-AAT

Trailer Weight LimitTrailer Weight LimitTrailer Weight LimitTrailer Weight LimitTrailer Weight Limit

Tongue load Total trailer weightSSA2200B

C190D01S-AAT

Safety ChainsSafety ChainsSafety ChainsSafety ChainsSafety ChainsShould the hitch connection between your carand the trailer or vehicle you are towing fail, thetrailer or vehicle could wander dangerouslyacross other lanes of traffic and ultimately leavethe roadway. To eliminate this potentially dan-gerous situation, safety chains, attached be-tween your car and the trailer or towed vehicle,are required in most states.

Tongue loads can be increased or decreasedby redistributing the load in the trailer.This can be verified by checking the total weightof the loaded trailer and then checking the loadon the tongue.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:1.1.1.1.1. Never load the trailer with more weight inNever load the trailer with more weight inNever load the trailer with more weight inNever load the trailer with more weight inNever load the trailer with more weight in

the back than in the front. About 60% ofthe back than in the front. About 60% ofthe back than in the front. About 60% ofthe back than in the front. About 60% ofthe back than in the front. About 60% ofthe trailer load should be in the front halfthe trailer load should be in the front halfthe trailer load should be in the front halfthe trailer load should be in the front halfthe trailer load should be in the front halfon the trailer and the remaining 40% inon the trailer and the remaining 40% inon the trailer and the remaining 40% inon the trailer and the remaining 40% inon the trailer and the remaining 40% inthe rear.the rear.the rear.the rear.the rear.

2.2.2.2.2. The total gross vehicle weight with trailerThe total gross vehicle weight with trailerThe total gross vehicle weight with trailerThe total gross vehicle weight with trailerThe total gross vehicle weight with trailermust not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weightmust not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weightmust not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weightmust not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weightmust not exceed the Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR) shown on the vehicleRating (GVWR) shown on the vehicleRating (GVWR) shown on the vehicleRating (GVWR) shown on the vehicleRating (GVWR) shown on the vehicleidentification plate (see page 8-1). Theidentification plate (see page 8-1). Theidentification plate (see page 8-1). Theidentification plate (see page 8-1). Theidentification plate (see page 8-1). Thetotal gross vehicle weight is the com-total gross vehicle weight is the com-total gross vehicle weight is the com-total gross vehicle weight is the com-total gross vehicle weight is the com-bined weight of the vehicle, driver, allbined weight of the vehicle, driver, allbined weight of the vehicle, driver, allbined weight of the vehicle, driver, allbined weight of the vehicle, driver, allpassengers and their luggage, cargo,passengers and their luggage, cargo,passengers and their luggage, cargo,passengers and their luggage, cargo,passengers and their luggage, cargo,hitch, trailer tongue load and other op-hitch, trailer tongue load and other op-hitch, trailer tongue load and other op-hitch, trailer tongue load and other op-hitch, trailer tongue load and other op-tional equipment.tional equipment.tional equipment.tional equipment.tional equipment.

3.3.3.3.3. The front or rear axle weight must notThe front or rear axle weight must notThe front or rear axle weight must notThe front or rear axle weight must notThe front or rear axle weight must notexceed the Gross Axle Weight Ratingexceed the Gross Axle Weight Ratingexceed the Gross Axle Weight Ratingexceed the Gross Axle Weight Ratingexceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR) shown on the vehicle identifica-(GAWR) shown on the vehicle identifica-(GAWR) shown on the vehicle identifica-(GAWR) shown on the vehicle identifica-(GAWR) shown on the vehicle identifica-tion plate (see page 8-1). It is possibletion plate (see page 8-1). It is possibletion plate (see page 8-1). It is possibletion plate (see page 8-1). It is possibletion plate (see page 8-1). It is possiblethat your towing package does not ex-that your towing package does not ex-that your towing package does not ex-that your towing package does not ex-that your towing package does not ex-ceed the GVWR but exceeds the GAWR.ceed the GVWR but exceeds the GAWR.ceed the GVWR but exceeds the GAWR.ceed the GVWR but exceeds the GAWR.ceed the GVWR but exceeds the GAWR.Improper trailer loading and/or too muchImproper trailer loading and/or too muchImproper trailer loading and/or too muchImproper trailer loading and/or too muchImproper trailer loading and/or too muchluggage in the trunk can overload theluggage in the trunk can overload theluggage in the trunk can overload theluggage in the trunk can overload theluggage in the trunk can overload therear axle. Redistribute the load and checkrear axle. Redistribute the load and checkrear axle. Redistribute the load and checkrear axle. Redistribute the load and checkrear axle. Redistribute the load and checkthe axle weight again.the axle weight again.the axle weight again.the axle weight again.the axle weight again.

Page 110: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI

2- 15

9. If the trailer has electric brakes, start yourvehicle and trailer moving, and then applythe trailer brake controller by hand to besure the brakes are working. This lets youcheck your electrical connection at the sametime.

10.During your trip, occasionally check to besure that the load is secure, and that thelights and any trailer brakes are still working.

11.Avoid jerky starts, sudden acceleration orsudden stops.

12.Avoid sharp turns and rapid lane changes.13.Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long

or too frequently. This could cause the brakesto overheat, resulting in reduced brakingefficiency.

14.When going down a hill, shift into a lowergear and use the engine braking effect.When ascending a long grade, downshift thetransaxle to a lower gear and reduce speedto reduce chances of engine overloadingand/or overheating.

15.If you have to stop while going uphill, do nothold the vehicle in place by pressing on theaccelerator. This can cause the automatictransaxle to overheat. Use the parking brakeor footbrake.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:When towing check transaxle fluid moreWhen towing check transaxle fluid moreWhen towing check transaxle fluid moreWhen towing check transaxle fluid moreWhen towing check transaxle fluid morefrequently.frequently.frequently.frequently.frequently.

C190F01S-AAT

Trailer or Vehicle Towing TipsTrailer or Vehicle Towing TipsTrailer or Vehicle Towing TipsTrailer or Vehicle Towing TipsTrailer or Vehicle Towing Tips1. Before towing, check hitch and safety chain

connections as well as proper operation ofthe trailer running lights, brake lights, andturn signals.

2. Always drive your vehicle at a moderatespeed. (Less than 60 mph)

3. Trailer towing requires more fuel than nor-mal conditions.

4. To maintain engine braking efficiency andelectrical charging performance, do not usefifth gear (manual transaxle) or overdrive(automatic transaxle).

5. Always secure items in the trailer to preventload shift while driving.

6. Check the condition and air pressure of alltires on the trailer and your car. Low tirepressure can seriously affect the handling.Also check the spare tire.

7. The vehicle/trailer combination is more af-fected by crosswind and buffeting.When being passed by a large vehicle, keepa constant speed and steer straight ahead.If there is too much wind buffeting slowdown to get out of the other vehicle's airturbulence.

8. When parking your car and trailer, especial-ly on a hill, be sure to follow all the normalprecautions. Turn your front wheel into thecurb, set the parking brake firmly, and putthe transaxle in 1st or Reverse (manual) orPark (automatic). In addition, place wheelchocks at each of the trailer's tires.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:If overheating should occur when towing,If overheating should occur when towing,If overheating should occur when towing,If overheating should occur when towing,If overheating should occur when towing,(the temperature gauge reads near red zone),(the temperature gauge reads near red zone),(the temperature gauge reads near red zone),(the temperature gauge reads near red zone),(the temperature gauge reads near red zone),taking the following action may reduce ortaking the following action may reduce ortaking the following action may reduce ortaking the following action may reduce ortaking the following action may reduce oreliminate the problem.eliminate the problem.eliminate the problem.eliminate the problem.eliminate the problem.

1. Turn off the air conditioner.2. Reduce highway speed.3. Select a lower gear when going uphill.4. While in stop and go traffic, place the gear

selector in park or neutral and idle the en-gine at a higher speed.

Page 111: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3-1

2. Check the battery connections to be surethey are clean and tight.

3. Turn on the interior light. If the light dims orgoes out when you operate the starter, thebattery is discharged.

4. Check the starter connections to be surethey are securely tightened.

5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it. Seeinstructions for "Jump Starting".

D020A02A-AAT

JUMP STARTINGJUMP STARTINGJUMP STARTINGJUMP STARTINGJUMP STARTING3.3.3.3.3. WHAWHAWHAWHAWHAT T T T T TTTTTO DO IN ANO DO IN ANO DO IN ANO DO IN ANO DO IN ANEMERGENCYEMERGENCYEMERGENCYEMERGENCYEMERGENCY

D010A01A-AAT

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT STARTIF THE ENGINE WILL NOT STARTIF THE ENGINE WILL NOT STARTIF THE ENGINE WILL NOT STARTIF THE ENGINE WILL NOT STARTCAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:If the engine will not start, do not push orIf the engine will not start, do not push orIf the engine will not start, do not push orIf the engine will not start, do not push orIf the engine will not start, do not push orpull the car to start it. This could result in apull the car to start it. This could result in apull the car to start it. This could result in apull the car to start it. This could result in apull the car to start it. This could result in acollision or cause other damage. In addi-collision or cause other damage. In addi-collision or cause other damage. In addi-collision or cause other damage. In addi-collision or cause other damage. In addi-tion, push or pull starting may cause thetion, push or pull starting may cause thetion, push or pull starting may cause thetion, push or pull starting may cause thetion, push or pull starting may cause thecatalytic converter to be overloaded andcatalytic converter to be overloaded andcatalytic converter to be overloaded andcatalytic converter to be overloaded andcatalytic converter to be overloaded andcreate a fire hazard.create a fire hazard.create a fire hazard.create a fire hazard.create a fire hazard.

D010B02A-AAT

If Engine Doesn’t Turn Over or TurnsIf Engine Doesn’t Turn Over or TurnsIf Engine Doesn’t Turn Over or TurnsIf Engine Doesn’t Turn Over or TurnsIf Engine Doesn’t Turn Over or TurnsOver SlowlyOver SlowlyOver SlowlyOver SlowlyOver Slowly

1. If your car has an automatic transaxle, besure the gear selector lever is in "N" or "P"and the emergency brake is set.

D010C01A-AAT

If Engine Turns Over Normally but DoesIf Engine Turns Over Normally but DoesIf Engine Turns Over Normally but DoesIf Engine Turns Over Normally but DoesIf Engine Turns Over Normally but DoesNot StartNot StartNot StartNot StartNot Start1. Check fuel level.2. Check all connectors at ignition, coil and

spark plugs. Reconnect any that may bedisconnected or loose.

3. Check the fuel line in the engine room.4. If the engine still refuses to start, call a

Hyundai dealer or seek other qualified as-sistance.

D010D01A-AAT

If the Engine Stalls While DrivingIf the Engine Stalls While DrivingIf the Engine Stalls While DrivingIf the Engine Stalls While DrivingIf the Engine Stalls While Driving1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping a

straight line. Move cautiously off the road toa safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.3. Try to start the engine again. If your vehicle

will not start, contact a Hyundai dealer orseek other qualified assistance.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The gas produced by the battery during theThe gas produced by the battery during theThe gas produced by the battery during theThe gas produced by the battery during theThe gas produced by the battery during thejump-start operation is highly explosive. Ifjump-start operation is highly explosive. Ifjump-start operation is highly explosive. Ifjump-start operation is highly explosive. Ifjump-start operation is highly explosive. Ifthese instructions are not followed exactly,these instructions are not followed exactly,these instructions are not followed exactly,these instructions are not followed exactly,these instructions are not followed exactly,serious personal injury and damage to theserious personal injury and damage to theserious personal injury and damage to theserious personal injury and damage to theserious personal injury and damage to thevehicle may occur! If you are not sure howvehicle may occur! If you are not sure howvehicle may occur! If you are not sure howvehicle may occur! If you are not sure howvehicle may occur! If you are not sure how

33333

D010B01GK

HGK184Battery

HGK184A

DOHC

V6

Battery

Page 112: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3-2

to follow this procedure, seek qualified as-to follow this procedure, seek qualified as-to follow this procedure, seek qualified as-to follow this procedure, seek qualified as-to follow this procedure, seek qualified as-sistance. Automobile batteries contain sul-sistance. Automobile batteries contain sul-sistance. Automobile batteries contain sul-sistance. Automobile batteries contain sul-sistance. Automobile batteries contain sul-furic acid. This is poisonous and highlyfuric acid. This is poisonous and highlyfuric acid. This is poisonous and highlyfuric acid. This is poisonous and highlyfuric acid. This is poisonous and highlycorrosive. When jump starting, wear protec-corrosive. When jump starting, wear protec-corrosive. When jump starting, wear protec-corrosive. When jump starting, wear protec-corrosive. When jump starting, wear protec-tive glasses and be careful not to get acid ontive glasses and be careful not to get acid ontive glasses and be careful not to get acid ontive glasses and be careful not to get acid ontive glasses and be careful not to get acid onyourself, your clothing or on the car.yourself, your clothing or on the car.yourself, your clothing or on the car.yourself, your clothing or on the car.yourself, your clothing or on the car.

o If you should accidentally get acid on yourskin or in your eyes, immediately removeany contaminated clothing and flush thearea with clear water for at least 15 minutes.Then promptly obtain medical attention. Ifyou must be transported to an emergencyfacility, continue to apply water to the affect-ed area with a sponge or cloth.

o The gas produced by the battery during thejump-start operation is highly explosive. Donot smoke or allow a spark or an open flamein the vicinity.

o The battery being used to provide the jumpstart must be 12-volt. If you cannot deter-mine that it is a 12-volt battery, do notattempt to use it for the jump start.

o To jump start a car with a discharged bat-tery, follow this procedure exactly:

1. If the booster battery is installed in anothervehicle, be sure the two vehicles are nottouching.

2. Turn off all unnecessary lights and acces-sories in both vehicles.

3. Attach the clamps of the jumper cable in theexact location shown on the previous page.First, attach one clamp of the jumper cable

to the positive (+) post or cable of the dis-charged battery. Then attach the other endof the same cable to the positive (+) post orcable of the booster battery. Next, using theother cable, attach one clamp to the nega-tive (-) post or cable of the booster battery.Then attach the other end of that cable to asolid metal part of the engine away from thebattery. Do not connect the cable to anymoving part.

4. Start the engine in the car with the boosterbattery and let it run for a few minutes. Thiswill help to assure that the booster battery isfully charged. During the jumping operation,run the engine in this vehicle at about 2,000rpm.

5. Start your engine using the normal startingprocedure. After the engine starts, leave thejumper cables connected and let the enginerun at fast idle or about 2,000 rpm for sev-eral minutes.

6. Carefully remove the jumper cables in thereverse order of attachment.

If you do not know why your battery becamedischarged (because the lights were left on,etc.), have the charging system checked by yourHyundai dealer.

D030A01A-AAT

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSIF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSIF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSIF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSIF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSIf your temperature gauge indicates overheating,you experience a loss of power, or hear loudpinging or knocking and the engine is probablytoo hot. If this happens and, you should:

1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it issafe to do so.

2. Place the gear selector lever in "P" (auto-matic), or neutral (manual transaxle) and setthe parking brake. If the air conditioning ison, turn it off.

3. If engine coolant is running out under the caror steam is coming out from the hood, stopthe engine. Do not open the hood until theengine coolant has stopped running or thesteaming has stopped. If there is no visibleloss of engine coolant and no steam, leavethe engine running and check to be sure theengine cooling fan is operating. If the fan isnot running, turn the engine off.

4. Check to see if the water pump drive belt ismissing. If it is not missing, check to see thatit is tight. If the drive belt seems to besatisfactory, check for engine coolant leak-ing from the radiator, hoses or under the car.(If the air conditioning had been in use, it isnormal for cold water to be draining from itwhen you stop).

Page 113: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3-3

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:While the engine is running, keep hair, hands,While the engine is running, keep hair, hands,While the engine is running, keep hair, hands,While the engine is running, keep hair, hands,While the engine is running, keep hair, hands,and clothing away from moving parts suchand clothing away from moving parts suchand clothing away from moving parts suchand clothing away from moving parts suchand clothing away from moving parts suchas the fan and drive belts to prevent injury.as the fan and drive belts to prevent injury.as the fan and drive belts to prevent injury.as the fan and drive belts to prevent injury.as the fan and drive belts to prevent injury.

5. If the water pump drive belt is broken orengine coolant is leaking out, stop the en-gine immediately and call the nearestHyundai dealer for assistance.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Do not remove the radiator cap when theDo not remove the radiator cap when theDo not remove the radiator cap when theDo not remove the radiator cap when theDo not remove the radiator cap when theengine is hot. This can allow coolant to beengine is hot. This can allow coolant to beengine is hot. This can allow coolant to beengine is hot. This can allow coolant to beengine is hot. This can allow coolant to beblown out of the opening and cause seriousblown out of the opening and cause seriousblown out of the opening and cause seriousblown out of the opening and cause seriousblown out of the opening and cause seriousburns.burns.burns.burns.burns.

6. If you cannot find the cause of the overheat-ing, wait until the engine temperature hasreturned to normal. Then, if the engine cool-ant has been lost, carefully remove the ra-diator cap and add engine coolant to bringthe fluid level in the reservoir up to thehalfway mark.

7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert for fur-ther signs of overheating. If overheating hap-pens again, call a Hyundai dealer for assis-tance.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Serious loss of engine coolant indicatesSerious loss of engine coolant indicatesSerious loss of engine coolant indicatesSerious loss of engine coolant indicatesSerious loss of engine coolant indicatesthere is a leak in the cooling system and thisthere is a leak in the cooling system and thisthere is a leak in the cooling system and thisthere is a leak in the cooling system and thisthere is a leak in the cooling system and thisshould be checked as soon as possible by ashould be checked as soon as possible by ashould be checked as soon as possible by ashould be checked as soon as possible by ashould be checked as soon as possible by aHyundai dealer.Hyundai dealer.Hyundai dealer.Hyundai dealer.Hyundai dealer.

D040B01A-AAT

Handling the Spare TireHandling the Spare TireHandling the Spare TireHandling the Spare TireHandling the Spare Tire

Remove the installation bolt to remove the sparetire. To replace the spare tire in its storagecompartment, tighten the bolt firmly with yourfingers until there is no more play in the sparetire.

tire is stored.2. The spare tire should only be used tempo-

rarily and should be returned to the luggagecompartment as soon as the original tire canbe repaired or replaced.

3. Continuous use at speeds of over 80 km/h(50 mph) is not recommended.

4. As the temporary spare tire is specificallydesigned for your car, it should not be usedon any other vehicle.

5. The temporary spare tire should not be usedon any other wheels, nor should standardtires, snow tires, wheel covers or trim ringsbe used with the temporary spare wheel. Ifsuch use is attempted, damage to theseitems or other car components may occur.

6. The temporary spare tire pressure shouldbe checked once a month while the tire isstored.

D040A01GK-AAT

TEMPORARY SPARE TIRETEMPORARY SPARE TIRETEMPORARY SPARE TIRETEMPORARY SPARE TIRETEMPORARY SPARE TIREThe following instructions for the temporaryspare tire should be observed:

1. Check inflation pressure as soon as practi-cal after installing the spare tire, and adjustto the specified pressure. The tire pressureshould be periodically checked and main-tained at the specified pressure while the

Inflation Pressure

Tire Size T125/70R 16

60 psi (420 kPa)

Spare Tire PressureSpare Tire PressureSpare Tire PressureSpare Tire PressureSpare Tire Pressure

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:ooooo Do not use snow chains with your tem-Do not use snow chains with your tem-Do not use snow chains with your tem-Do not use snow chains with your tem-Do not use snow chains with your tem-

porary spare tire.porary spare tire.porary spare tire.porary spare tire.porary spare tire.ooooo Do not use more than one temporaryDo not use more than one temporaryDo not use more than one temporaryDo not use more than one temporaryDo not use more than one temporary

spare tire at a time.spare tire at a time.spare tire at a time.spare tire at a time.spare tire at a time.

HGK190

Page 114: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3-4

D050A01A-AAT

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIREIF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIREIF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIREIF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIREIF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIREIf a tire goes flat while you are driving:

1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal andlet the car slow down while driving straightahead. Do not apply the brakes immediatelyor attempt to pull off the road as this maycause a loss of control. When the car hasslowed to such a speed that it is safe to doso, brake carefully and pull off the road.Drive off the road as far as possible andpark on firm, level ground. If you are on adivided highway, do not park in the medianarea between the two traffic lanes.

2. When the car is stopped, turn on your emer-gency hazard flashers, set the parking brakeand put the transaxle in "P" (automatic) orreverse (manual transaxle).

3. Have all passengers get out of the car. Besure they all get out on the side of the carthat is away from traffic.

4. Change the tire following the instructionsprovided on the following pages.

D060A01A-AAT

CHANGING A FLAT TIRECHANGING A FLAT TIRECHANGING A FLAT TIRECHANGING A FLAT TIRECHANGING A FLAT TIRE

The procedure described on the following pagescan be used to rotate tires as well as to changea flat tire. When preparing to change a flat tire,check to be sure the gear selector lever is in "P"(automatic transaxle) or reverse gear (manualtransaxle) and that the parking brake is set,then:

D060A01GK

Boss

D060K02Y-AAT

Wheel Cap (If Wheel Cap (If Wheel Cap (If Wheel Cap (If Wheel Cap (If IIIIInstalled)nstalled)nstalled)nstalled)nstalled)

HGK196

1. Wrap a piece of cloth around the tip of thewrench bar to avoid scratching.

2. Insert the wrench bar into the groove of thewheel cap and pry gently to remove thewheel cap.

HGK224A

Groove

Groove

Page 115: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3-5

3. Change the flat tire.4. Reinstall the wheel cap by fitting the boss of

the wheel cap in the groove of the wheel,hitting the center of the wheel cap with yourhand.

D060C01A-AAT

2. Block the Wheel2. Block the Wheel2. Block the Wheel2. Block the Wheel2. Block the Wheel

Block the wheel that is diagonally opposite fromthe flat to keep the vehicle from rolling when thecar is raised on the jack.

Flat tire

HGK192

D060D02A-AAT

3. Loosen Wheel Nuts3. Loosen Wheel Nuts3. Loosen Wheel Nuts3. Loosen Wheel Nuts3. Loosen Wheel Nuts

The wheel nuts should be loosened slightlybefore raising the car. To loosen the nuts, turnthe wrench handle counterclockwise. Whendoing this, be sure that the socket is seatedcompletely over the nut so it cannot slip off. Formaximum leverage, position the wrench so thehandle is to the left as shown in the drawing.Then, while holding the wrench near the end ofthe handle, push down on it with steady pres-sure. Do not remove the nuts at this time. Justloosen them about one-half turn.

Remove the spare tire and remove the jack andtool bag from the trunk.

D060B02GK-AAT

1. Obtain Spare Tire and Tool1. Obtain Spare Tire and Tool1. Obtain Spare Tire and Tool1. Obtain Spare Tire and Tool1. Obtain Spare Tire and Tool

HGK189

HGK191

HGK193

The jack is located behind the right side ofluggage trim. Remove the jack cover by un-screwing the bolts. Turn the jack end counter-clockwise to lower the jack height by using ascrew driver or wrench bar and remove it fromthe bracket.

Page 116: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3-6

D060E01A-AAT

4. Put the Jack in Place4. Put the Jack in Place4. Put the Jack in Place4. Put the Jack in Place4. Put the Jack in Place

The base of the jack should be placed on firm,level ground. The jack should be positioned asshown in the drawing.

HGK186

D060F02E-AAT

5. Raising the Car5. Raising the Car5. Raising the Car5. Raising the Car5. Raising the Car

After inserting a bar into the wheel nut wrench,install the bar into the jack as shown in thedrawing. To raise the vehicle, turn the jackhandle clockwise. As the jack begins to raisethe vehicle, double check that it is properlypositioned and will not slip. If the jack is on softground or sand, place a board, brick, flat stone orother object under the base of the jack to keepit from sinking.Raise the car high enough so that the fullyinflated spare tire can be installed. To do this,you will need more ground clearance than isrequired to remove the flat tire.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Do not get under the car when it is support-Do not get under the car when it is support-Do not get under the car when it is support-Do not get under the car when it is support-Do not get under the car when it is support-ed by the jack! This is very dangerous as theed by the jack! This is very dangerous as theed by the jack! This is very dangerous as theed by the jack! This is very dangerous as theed by the jack! This is very dangerous as thejack could fall and cause serious injury orjack could fall and cause serious injury orjack could fall and cause serious injury orjack could fall and cause serious injury orjack could fall and cause serious injury ordeath. No one should stay in the car whiledeath. No one should stay in the car whiledeath. No one should stay in the car whiledeath. No one should stay in the car whiledeath. No one should stay in the car whilethe jack is being used.the jack is being used.the jack is being used.the jack is being used.the jack is being used.

D060G02Y-AAT

6. Changing Wheels6. Changing Wheels6. Changing Wheels6. Changing Wheels6. Changing Wheels

Loosen the wheel nuts and remove them withyour fingers. Slide the wheel off the studs andlay it flat so it cannot roll away. To put the wheelon the hub, pick up the spare tire, line up theholes with the studs and slide the wheel ontothem. If this is difficult, tip the wheel slightly andget the top hole in the wheel lined up with thetop stud. Then jiggle the wheel back and forthuntil the wheel can be slid over the other studs.

HGK232HFC4022

Wrench bar

Wheel nut wrench

Page 117: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3-7

D060H02Y-AAT

7. Reinstall Wheel Nuts7. Reinstall Wheel Nuts7. Reinstall Wheel Nuts7. Reinstall Wheel Nuts7. Reinstall Wheel Nuts

To reinstall the wheel, hold it on the studs, putthe wheel nuts on the studs and tighten themfinger tight. The nuts should be installed withtheir small diameter ends directed inward. Jigglethe tire to be sure it is completely seated, thentighten the nuts as much as possible with yourfingers again.

D060H01GKWARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Wheels and wheel covers may have sharpWheels and wheel covers may have sharpWheels and wheel covers may have sharpWheels and wheel covers may have sharpWheels and wheel covers may have sharpedges. Handle them carefully to avoid pos-edges. Handle them carefully to avoid pos-edges. Handle them carefully to avoid pos-edges. Handle them carefully to avoid pos-edges. Handle them carefully to avoid pos-sible severe injury. Before putting the wheelsible severe injury. Before putting the wheelsible severe injury. Before putting the wheelsible severe injury. Before putting the wheelsible severe injury. Before putting the wheelinto place, be sure that there is nothing oninto place, be sure that there is nothing oninto place, be sure that there is nothing oninto place, be sure that there is nothing oninto place, be sure that there is nothing onthe hub or wheel (such as mud, tar, gravel,the hub or wheel (such as mud, tar, gravel,the hub or wheel (such as mud, tar, gravel,the hub or wheel (such as mud, tar, gravel,the hub or wheel (such as mud, tar, gravel,etc.) that interferes with the wheel frometc.) that interferes with the wheel frometc.) that interferes with the wheel frometc.) that interferes with the wheel frometc.) that interferes with the wheel fromfitting solidly against the hub. If there is,fitting solidly against the hub. If there is,fitting solidly against the hub. If there is,fitting solidly against the hub. If there is,fitting solidly against the hub. If there is,remove it. If there is not good contact on theremove it. If there is not good contact on theremove it. If there is not good contact on theremove it. If there is not good contact on theremove it. If there is not good contact on themounting surface between the wheel andmounting surface between the wheel andmounting surface between the wheel andmounting surface between the wheel andmounting surface between the wheel andhub, the wheel nuts could come loose andhub, the wheel nuts could come loose andhub, the wheel nuts could come loose andhub, the wheel nuts could come loose andhub, the wheel nuts could come loose andcause the loss of a wheel. Loss of a wheelcause the loss of a wheel. Loss of a wheelcause the loss of a wheel. Loss of a wheelcause the loss of a wheel. Loss of a wheelcause the loss of a wheel. Loss of a wheelmay result in loss of control of the vehicle.may result in loss of control of the vehicle.may result in loss of control of the vehicle.may result in loss of control of the vehicle.may result in loss of control of the vehicle.This may cause serious injury or death.This may cause serious injury or death.This may cause serious injury or death.This may cause serious injury or death.This may cause serious injury or death.

STA3071H

Lower the car to the ground by turning thewheel nut wrench counterclockwise. Then posi-tion the wrench as shown in the drawing andtighten the wheel nuts. Be sure the socket isseated completely over the nut. Do not stand onthe wrench handle or use an extension pipeover the wrench handle.Go around the wheel tightening every other nutuntil they are all tight. Then double-check eachnut for tightness. After changing wheels, have atechnician tighten the wheel nuts to their propertorque as soon as possible.

Wheel nut tightening torque:Wheel nut tightening torque:Wheel nut tightening torque:Wheel nut tightening torque:Wheel nut tightening torque:Steel wheel & aluminium alloy wheel:65-80 lb.ft (900-1,100 kg.cm)

D060I01E-AAT

8. Lower Vehicle and Tighten Nuts8. Lower Vehicle and Tighten Nuts8. Lower Vehicle and Tighten Nuts8. Lower Vehicle and Tighten Nuts8. Lower Vehicle and Tighten Nuts

HGK194

Page 118: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3-8

D080B01A-AAT

Towing a Car With a Manual TransaxleTowing a Car With a Manual TransaxleTowing a Car With a Manual TransaxleTowing a Car With a Manual TransaxleTowing a Car With a Manual Transaxle

o OK FOR AUTOMATIC OR MANUALTRANSAXLE EQUIPPED VEHICLEWITH NO DAMAGE

o If the car is being towed with the rear wheelson the ground, be sure the parking brake isreleased.

o If the car is being towed with the frontwheels on the ground, be sure that thetransaxle is in neutral. Also, be sure that theignition key is in the "ACC" position. This isnecessary to prevent damage to the steer-ing lock mechanism, which is not designedto hold the front wheels straight while the caris being towed.

o If any of the loaded wheels or suspensioncomponents are damaged, a towing dollymust be used.

D080A01A-AAT

IF YOUR CAR MUST BE TOWEDIF YOUR CAR MUST BE TOWEDIF YOUR CAR MUST BE TOWEDIF YOUR CAR MUST BE TOWEDIF YOUR CAR MUST BE TOWED

o OK FOR AUTOMATIC OR MANUALTRANSAXLE EQUIPPED VEHICLE

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Your car can be damaged if towed incor-Your car can be damaged if towed incor-Your car can be damaged if towed incor-Your car can be damaged if towed incor-Your car can be damaged if towed incor-rectly!rectly!rectly!rectly!rectly!

If your car has to be towed, it should be done byyour Hyundai dealer or a commercial tow truckservice. This will help assure that your car isnot damaged in towing. Also, professionals aregenerally aware of state and local laws govern-ing towing. In any case, rather than risk dam-age to your car, it is suggested that you showthis information to the tow truck operator. Besure that a safety chain system is used and thatall state and local laws are observed.

D060J01FC-GAT

After Changing WheelsAfter Changing WheelsAfter Changing WheelsAfter Changing WheelsAfter Changing Wheels

If you have a tire gauge, remove the valve capand check the air pressure. If the pressure islower than recommended, drive slowly to thenearest service station and inflate to the correctpressure. If it is too high, adjust it until it iscorrect. Always reinstall the valve cap afterchecking or adjusting tire pressure. If the cap isnot replaced, air may leak from the tire. If youlose a valve cap, buy another and install it assoon as possible.After you have changed wheels, always securethe flat tire in its place in the luggage compart-ment and return the jack and tools to theirproper storage locations.

HGK195

D080A01GK HGK199

Page 119: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3-9

D080C02A-AAT

Towing a Car With an AutomaticTowing a Car With an AutomaticTowing a Car With an AutomaticTowing a Car With an AutomaticTowing a Car With an AutomaticTransaxleTransaxleTransaxleTransaxleTransaxle

o NOT FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLEEQUIPPED VEHICLE

o OK FOR MANUAL TRANSAXLE

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:A car with an automatic transaxle shouldA car with an automatic transaxle shouldA car with an automatic transaxle shouldA car with an automatic transaxle shouldA car with an automatic transaxle shouldnever be towed from the rear with the frontnever be towed from the rear with the frontnever be towed from the rear with the frontnever be towed from the rear with the frontnever be towed from the rear with the frontwheels on the ground. This can cause seri-wheels on the ground. This can cause seri-wheels on the ground. This can cause seri-wheels on the ground. This can cause seri-wheels on the ground. This can cause seri-ous damage to the transaxle. If the car mustous damage to the transaxle. If the car mustous damage to the transaxle. If the car mustous damage to the transaxle. If the car mustous damage to the transaxle. If the car mustbe towed from the rear, a towing dolly mustbe towed from the rear, a towing dolly mustbe towed from the rear, a towing dolly mustbe towed from the rear, a towing dolly mustbe towed from the rear, a towing dolly mustbe used under the front wheels.be used under the front wheels.be used under the front wheels.be used under the front wheels.be used under the front wheels.

If the car is being towed with the rear wheels onthe ground, be sure the parking brake is re-leased.

o OK FOR AUTOMATIC OR MANUALTRANSAXLE EQUIPPED VEHICLE

HGK200

D080C01GK

D080D01GK

D080D02A-AAT

Emergency TowingEmergency TowingEmergency TowingEmergency TowingEmergency Towing

For emergency towing when no commercialtow vehicle is available, attach a tow cable,chain or strap to one of the tie-down hooksunder the front of your car. Do not attempt totow your vehicle in this manner on any unpavedsurface. This could result in serious damage toyour car.Nor should towing be attempted if the wheels,drive train, axles, steering or brakes are dam-aged. Before towing, be sure the transaxle is inneutral and the key is in "ACC" (with the engineoff) or in the "ON" position (with the enginerunning). A driver must be in the towed car tosteer it and operate the brakes.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Before towing, check the level of the tran-Before towing, check the level of the tran-Before towing, check the level of the tran-Before towing, check the level of the tran-Before towing, check the level of the tran-saxle fluid. If it is below the "HOT" mark onsaxle fluid. If it is below the "HOT" mark onsaxle fluid. If it is below the "HOT" mark onsaxle fluid. If it is below the "HOT" mark onsaxle fluid. If it is below the "HOT" mark onthe dipstick, add fluid. If you cannot addthe dipstick, add fluid. If you cannot addthe dipstick, add fluid. If you cannot addthe dipstick, add fluid. If you cannot addthe dipstick, add fluid. If you cannot addfluid, a towing dolly must be used as de-fluid, a towing dolly must be used as de-fluid, a towing dolly must be used as de-fluid, a towing dolly must be used as de-fluid, a towing dolly must be used as de-scribed above.scribed above.scribed above.scribed above.scribed above.

Page 120: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY

3-10

D120A01A-AAT

IF YOU LOSE YOUR KEYSIF YOU LOSE YOUR KEYSIF YOU LOSE YOUR KEYSIF YOU LOSE YOUR KEYSIF YOU LOSE YOUR KEYSIf you lose your keys, many Hyundai dealerscan make you a new key if you have your keynumber.If you lock the keys inside your car and youcannot obtain a new key, many Hyundai deal-ers can use special tools to open the door foryou.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:If the car is being towed with all four wheelsIf the car is being towed with all four wheelsIf the car is being towed with all four wheelsIf the car is being towed with all four wheelsIf the car is being towed with all four wheelson the ground, it can be towed only from theon the ground, it can be towed only from theon the ground, it can be towed only from theon the ground, it can be towed only from theon the ground, it can be towed only from thefront. Be sure that the transaxle is in neutral.front. Be sure that the transaxle is in neutral.front. Be sure that the transaxle is in neutral.front. Be sure that the transaxle is in neutral.front. Be sure that the transaxle is in neutral.Do not tow at speeds greater than 30 mphDo not tow at speeds greater than 30 mphDo not tow at speeds greater than 30 mphDo not tow at speeds greater than 30 mphDo not tow at speeds greater than 30 mph(50 km/h) and for more than 15 miles (25(50 km/h) and for more than 15 miles (25(50 km/h) and for more than 15 miles (25(50 km/h) and for more than 15 miles (25(50 km/h) and for more than 15 miles (25km). Be sure the steering is unlocked bykm). Be sure the steering is unlocked bykm). Be sure the steering is unlocked bykm). Be sure the steering is unlocked bykm). Be sure the steering is unlocked byplacing the key in the "ACC" position. Aplacing the key in the "ACC" position. Aplacing the key in the "ACC" position. Aplacing the key in the "ACC" position. Aplacing the key in the "ACC" position. Adriver must be in the towed vehicle to oper-driver must be in the towed vehicle to oper-driver must be in the towed vehicle to oper-driver must be in the towed vehicle to oper-driver must be in the towed vehicle to oper-ate the steering and brakes.ate the steering and brakes.ate the steering and brakes.ate the steering and brakes.ate the steering and brakes.

Page 121: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

4-1

E020B01A-AAT

Keep Your Car CleanThe best way to prevent corrosion is to keepyour car clean and free of corrosive materials.Attention to the underside of the car is particu-larly important.

o If you live in a high-corrosion area — whereroad salts are used, near the ocean, areaswith industrial pollution, acid rain, etc.—,you should take extra care to prevent corro-sion. In winter, hose off the underside ofyour car at least once a month and be sureto clean the underside thoroughly when win-ter is over.

o When cleaning underneath the car, giveparticular attention to the components underthe fenders and other areas that are hiddenfrom view. Do a thorough job; just dampen-ing the accumulated mud rather than wash-ing it away will accelerate corrosion ratherthan prevent it. Water under high pressureand steam are particularly effective in re-moving accumulated mud and corrosivematerials.

o When cleaning lower door panels, rockerpanels and frame members, be sure thatdrain holes are kept open so that moisturecan escape and not be trapped inside to ac-celerate corrosion.

E010A01A-AAT

CORROSION PROTECTIONProtecting Your Hyundai from Corro-sionBy using the most advanced design and con-struction practices to combat corrosion, Hyundaiproduces cars of the highest quality, However,this is only part of the job. To achieve the long-term corrosion resistance your Hyundai candeliver, the owner’s cooperation and assistanceis also required.

4. CORROSION PRE-VENTION AND AP-PEARANCE CARE

tection is particularly important. Some of thecommon causes of accelerated corrosion areroad salts, dust control chemicals, ocean airand industrial pollution.

E010B01A-AAT

Common Causes of CorrosionThe most common causes of corrosion on yourcar are:

o Road salt, dirt and moisture that is allowedto accumulate underneath the car.

o Removal of paint or protective coatings bystones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapesand dents which leave unprotected metalexposed to corrosion.

E010C01A-AAT

High-Corrosion AreasIf you live in an area where your car is regularlyexposed to corrosive materials, corrosion pro-

E010D01A-AAT

Moisture Breeds CorrosionMoisture creates the conditions in which corro-sion is most likely to occur. For example, cor-rosion is accelerated by high humidity, particu-larly when temperatures are just above freez-ing. In such conditions, the corrosive material iskept in contact with the car surfaces by mois-ture that is slow to evaporate.Mud is particularly corrosive because it is slowto dry and holds moisture in contact with thevehicle. Although the mud appears to be dry, itcan still retain the moisture and promote corro-sion.High temperatures can also accelerate corro-sion of parts that are not properly ventilated sothe moisture can be dispersed. For all thesereasons, it is particularly important to keep yourcar clean and free of mud or accumulations ofother materials. This applies not only to thevisible surfaces but particularly to the undersideof the car.

E020A01A-AAT

TO HELP PREVENT CORROSIONYou can help prevent corrosion from gettingstarted by observing the following:

4

Page 122: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

4-2

E020C01A-AAT

Keep Your Garage DryDon’t park your car in a damp, poorly ventilatedgarage. This creates a favorable environmentfor corrosion. This is particularly true if youwash your car in the garage or drive it into thegarage when it is still wet or covered with snow,ice or mud. Even a heated garage can contrib-ute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated somoisture is dispersed.

E020D01A-AAT

Keep Paint and Trim in Good Condi-tionScratches or chips in the finish should be cov-ered with "touch-up" paint as soon as possibleto reduce the possibility of corrosion. If baremetal is showing through, the attention of aqualified body and paint shop is recommended.

E020E01A-AAT

Don’t Neglect the InteriorMoisture can collect under the floor mats andcarpeting to cause corrosion. Check under themats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry.Use particular care if you carry fertilizers, clean-ing materials or chemicals in the car.These should be carried only in proper contain-ers and any spills or leaks should be cleanedup, flushed with clear water and thoroughlydried.

E030A01GK-AAT

WASHING AND WAXINGWashing Your HyundaiNever wash your car when the surface is hotfrom being in the sun. Always wash your car inthe shade.

Wash your car frequently. Dirt is abrasive andcan scratch the paint if it is not removed. Airpollution or acid rain may damage the paint andtrim through chemical action if pollutants areallowed to remain in contact with the surface. Ifyou live near the ocean or in an area whereroad salts or dust control chemicals are used,you should pay particular attention to the under-side of the car. Start by rinsing the car toremove dust and loose dirt. In winter, or if youhave driven through mud or muddy water, besure to thoroughly clean the underside as well.Use a hard direct stream of water to removeaccumulations of mud or corrosive materials.High pressure car washes may cause water toenter your vehicle. Use a good quality car-washing solution and follow the manufacturer'sdirections on the package. These are availableat your Hyundai dealer or auto parts outlet.Don't use strong household detergents, gaso-line, strong solvents or abrasive cleaning pow-ders as these may damage the finish.Use a clean sponge or cloth, rinse it frequentlyand don't damage the finish by rubbing toohard. For stubborn spots, dampen them fre-quently and remove them a little at a time.

To clean whitewall tires, use a stiff brush orsoapy steel-wool scouring pad.To clean plastic wheel covers, use a cleansponge or soft cloth and water.

To clean cast aluminum alloy wheels, use amild soap or neutral detergent. Do not useabrasive cleaners. Protect the bare-metal sur-faces by cleaning, polishing and waxing. Be-cause aluminum is subject to corrosion, be sureto give aluminum alloy wheels special attentionin winter. If you drive on salted roads, clean thewheels thoroughly afterwards.

After washing, be sure to rinse thoroughly. Ifsoapy water dries on the finish, streaking willresult.

When the weather is warm and the humiditylow, you may find it necessary to rinse eachsection immediately after washing to avoidstreaking.

After rinsing, dry the car using a damp chamoisor soft, absorbent cloth. The reason for dryingthe car is to remove water from the car so it willdry without water spots. Don't rub, this candamage the finish.

If you find any nicks or scratches in the paint,use touch-up paint to cover them to preventcorrosion. To protect the paintwork of the caragainst corrosion, you must clean your Hyundai(at least once a month). Give special attention

Page 123: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

4-3

E030D01A-AAT

When to Wax AgainYou should polish and wax the car again whenwater no longer beads on a clean surface butspreads out over a larger area.

E030E01A-AAT

Maintaining BumpersSpecial precautions must be observed to pre-serve the appearance of the bumpers on yourHyundai. They are:

o Be careful not to spill battery electrolyte orhydraulic brake fluid on the bumpers. If youdo, wash it off immediately with clear water.

o Be gentle when cleaning the bumper sur-faces. They are made of soft plastic and thesurface can be damaged if mistreated. Donot use abrasive cleaners. Use warm waterand mild soap or car-washing solution.

o Do not expose the bumpers to high tem-peratures. For example, if you have your carrepainted, do not leave the bumpers on thecar if the car is going to be placed in a high-temperature paint booth.

E040A01A-AAT

CLEANING THE INTERIORTo Clean the Vinyl UpholsteryTo clean the vinyl upholstery, first remove loosedirt and dust with a vacuum cleaner. Then applya solution of mild soap or detergent and waterusing a clean sponge or soft cloth. Allow this to

stay on the surface to loosen the dirt, then wipewith a clean damp sponge or cloth. If all the dirtstains are not removed, repeat this procedureuntil the upholstery is clean. Do not use gaso-line, solvent, paint thinner or other strong clean-ers.

E030B01A-AAT

Spot CleaningDon’t use gasoline, strong solvents or corrosivecleaning agents. These can damage the finishof the car. To remove road tar, use turpentineon a clean, soft cloth or commercially availablebug and tar remover. Be gentle.To remove dead insects or tree sap, use warmwater and mild soap or car-washing solution.Soak the spot and rub gently. If the paint haslost its luster, use a commercial car-cleaningpolish.

E030C01A-AAT

Polishing and WaxingAlways wash and dry the car before polishingor waxing or using a combination cleaner andwax. Use a good quality commercial productand follow the manufacturer’s directions on thecontainer. Polish and wax the bright trim piecesas well as the paint.

E040B01A-AAT

To Clean the Leather Upholstery(If installed)In the normal course of use, leather upholsteredsurfaces will, like any material, pick-up dust anddirt. This dust and dirt must be cleaned off or itmay work into the surface of the leather, caus-ing damage.

Fine leather needs care, and should be cleanedwhen necessary. Washing leather thoroughlywith soap and water will keep your leatherlustrous, beautiful and ensure you have manyyears of wear.Take a piece of cheese cloth and using anymild soap and lukewarm water, work up a goodlather. Thoroughly wash the leather. Wipe cleanwith a slightly damp cloth and dry with softcloth. Do this as often as the leather becomessoiled.

During tanning operations, sufficient oils areincorporated through processing that none needbe applied during the life of the leather. Oilapplied to the finished surface will in no wayhelp the leather and may do more harm than

to the removal of salt, mud and other sub-stances on the underside of the splashboardsof the car. Make sure that the outlets and theunderside of the doors are open. Paint damagecan be caused by small accumulation of tar,industrial precipitation, tree resin, insects andbird droppings, when not removed immediately.If water alone is not strong enough to removethe accumulated dirt, use a mild car washingsolution. Be sure to rinse the surface afterwashing to remove the solution. Never allowthe solution to dry on the painted surfaces.

Page 124: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE

4-4

E040E01A-AAT

Cleaning the WindowsYou may use any household window cleaneron the windows. However, when cleaning theinside of the rear window be careful not todamage the rear window defroster wiring.

E050A01A-AAT

Any Questions?If you have any questions about the care ofyour car, consult your Hyundai dealer.

good. Varnishes and furniture polishes shouldnever be used under any conditions.

E040D01A-AAT

Cleaning the Seat BeltsTo clean the seat belts, use a cloth or spongewith mild soap or detergent and warm water. Donot use strong detergents, dye, bleach or abra-sive materials on the seat belts as this mayweaken the fabric.While cleaning the belts, inspect them for ex-cessive wear, cuts, fraying or other signs ofdamage and replace them if necessary.

E040C01A-AAT

Cleaning the CarpetsUse a foam-type carpet cleaner. Cleaners ofthis type are available in aerosol cans in liquidform or powder. Read the instructions and fol-low them exactly. Using a vacuum cleaner withthe appropriate attachment, remove as muchdirt from the carpets as possible. Apply thefoam following the manufacturer’s directions,then rub in overlapping circles. Do not addwater. These cleaners work best when thecarpet is kept as dry as possible.

Page 125: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5-1

F010C01A-AAT

Specified Scheduled ProceduresSpecified Scheduled ProceduresSpecified Scheduled ProceduresSpecified Scheduled ProceduresSpecified Scheduled ProceduresThese are the procedures such as inspections,adjustments and replacements that are listed inthe maintenance charts starting on page 5-3.These procedures must be performed at theintervals shown in the maintenance schedule toassure that your warranty remains in effect.Although it is strongly recommended that theybe performed by the trained technicians at yourHyundai dealer, these procedures may be per-formed at any qualified service facility.It is suggested that genuine Hyundai serviceparts be used for any required repairs or re-placements. Other parts of equivalent qualitysuch as engine oil, engine coolant, manual orauto transaxle oil, brake fluid and so on whichare not supplied by Hyundai Motor Company orits distributor may be used without affectingyour warranty coverage but you should alwaysbe sure these are equivalent to the quality of theoriginal Hyundai parts. Your Owner's Hand-book provides further information about yourwarranty coverage.

5.5.5.5.5. VEHICLE MAINTE-VEHICLE MAINTE-VEHICLE MAINTE-VEHICLE MAINTE-VEHICLE MAINTE-NANCE REQNANCE REQNANCE REQNANCE REQNANCE REQUIRE-UIRE-UIRE-UIRE-UIRE-MENTSMENTSMENTSMENTSMENTS

F010E01A-AAT

Do-It-Yourself MaintenanceDo-It-Yourself MaintenanceDo-It-Yourself MaintenanceDo-It-Yourself MaintenanceDo-It-Yourself MaintenanceIf you are mechanically inclined, own a few toolsthat are required and want to take the time to doso, you can inspect and service a number ofitems. For more information about doing it your-self, see Section 6.

F010D01A-AAT

General ChecksGeneral ChecksGeneral ChecksGeneral ChecksGeneral ChecksThese are the regular checks you should per-form when you drive your Hyundai or you fill thefuel tank. A list of these items will be found onpage 6-3.

F010A01A-AAT

MAINTENANCE INTERVALSMAINTENANCE INTERVALSMAINTENANCE INTERVALSMAINTENANCE INTERVALSMAINTENANCE INTERVALSService RequirementsService RequirementsService RequirementsService RequirementsService RequirementsTo ensure that you receive the greatest numberof miles of satisfying operation from yourHyundai, certain maintenance procedures mustbe performed. Although careful design and en-gineering have reduced these to a minimum,those that are required are of the utmost impor-tance.It is your responsibility to have these mainte-nance procedures performed to comply with theterms of the warranties covering your newHyundai. The Owner's Handbook supplied withyour new vehicle provides further informationabout these warranties.

F010B01A-AAT

Maintenance RequirementsMaintenance RequirementsMaintenance RequirementsMaintenance RequirementsMaintenance RequirementsThe maintenance required for your Hyundai canbe divided into three main areas:

o Specified scheduled procedureso General checkso Do-it-yourself maintenance

F010F01A-AAT

A Few TipsA Few TipsA Few TipsA Few TipsA Few Tipso Whenever you have your Hyundai serviced,

keep copies of the service records in yourglovebox. This will help ensure that you candocument that the required procedures havebeen performed to keep your warranties ineffect. This is especially important whenservice is not performed by an authorizedHyundai dealer.

o If you choose to do your own maintenanceand repairs, you may find it helpful to havean official Hyundai Shop Manual. A copy ofthis publication may be purchased at yourHyundai dealer's parts department.

F020A02S-AAT

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE RE-SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE RE-SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE RE-SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE RE-SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE RE-QUIREMENTSQUIREMENTSQUIREMENTSQUIREMENTSQUIREMENTSo Inspection should be performed any time a

malfunction is experienced or suspected.o Receipts for all emission control system

services should be retained to demonstrate

55555

Page 126: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5- 2

compliance with conditions of the emissionssystem warranty.

o After 120 months or 150,000 miles (240,000km), continue to follow the prescribed main-tenance intervals.

o For severe usage maintenance require-ments, see page 5-5 of this section.

Page 127: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5-3

F030A01A-AAT

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCESCHEDULED MAINTENANCESCHEDULED MAINTENANCESCHEDULED MAINTENANCESCHEDULED MAINTENANCEThe following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle emission services toprotect your emission warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.

F030B02GK-AAT

R :Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary.

EMISSION CONTROL ITEMS

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

FUEL FILTER

FUEL LINES, FUEL HOSES AND CONNECTIONS

VACUUM AND CRANKCASE VENTILATION HOSES

VAPOR HOSE AND FUEL FILLER CAP

AIR CLEANER FILTER

SPARK PLUGS (PLATINUM COATED)

VALVE CLEARENCE (2.0 L)

No. DESCRIPTION

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

MILES X 1000

KILOMETERS X 1000

MONTHS

7.5

12

6

15

24

12

22.5

36

18

30

48

24

I

I

R

37.5

60

30

45

72

36

52.5

84

42

R

I

60

96

48

I

I

R

R

I

67.5

108

54

75

120

60

82.5

132

66

90

144

72

I

I

R

97.5

156

78

105

168

84

R

I

112.5

180

90

120

192

96

I

I

R

R

I

127.5

204

102

135

216

108

142.5

228

114

150

240

120

I

I

R

Every 7,500 mile (12,000 km) or 12 month change

Page 128: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5- 4

F030C01GK-AAT

R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

GENERAL ITEMS

DRIVE BELT (WATER PUMP, GENERATOR AND A/CON)

COOLANT

TIMING BELT

MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID

BRAKE FLUID

BRAKE HOSES AND LINES

REAR BRAKE DRUMS/LININGS, PARKING BRAKE

BRAKE PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS

EXHAUST PIPE AND MUFFLER

SUSPENSION MOUNTING BOLTS

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/LOWER ARM

BALL JOINT

POWER STEERING PUMP, BELT AND HOSES

DRIVESHAFTS AND BOOTS

AIR CONDITIONING REFRIGERANT

AIR FILTER (FOR BLOWER UNIT)

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

No. DESCRIPTION

MILES X 1000

KILOMETERS X 1000

MONTHS

7.5

12

6

I

15

24

12

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

22.5

36

18

I

30

48

24

I

R

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

37.5

60

30

I

45

72

36

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

52.5

84

42

I

60

96

48

I

R

R*1

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

67.5

108

54

I

75

120

60

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

82.5

132

66

I

90

144

72

I

R

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

97.5

156

78

I

105

168

84

R

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

112.5

180

90

I

120

192

96

I

R

R*1

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

127.5

204

102

I

135

216

108

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

142.5

228

114

I

150

240

120

I

R

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

Note :*1 - FOR CALIFORNIA, THIS MAINTENANCE IS RECOMMENDED, BUT NOT REQUIRED*2 - FOR EVERY 12 MONTHS OR 12,000 MILES (20,000 KM), WHICHEVER OCCURS FIRST : "R"

SEE NOTE *2

Page 129: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5-5

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

AIR CLEANER FILTER

SPARK PLUGS

BRAKE PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS

REAR BRAKE DRUMS/LININGS/PADS,

PARKING BRAKE

STEERING GEAR RACK, LINKAGE & BOOTS/

LOWER ARM BALL JOINT

DRIVESHAFTS AND BOOTS

MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID

AIR FILTER (FOR BLOWER UNIT)

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONSMAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONSMAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONSMAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONSMAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONSThe following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriatemaintenance intervals.

R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

F040A01GK-AAT

R

R

R

I

I

I

I

R

R

R

F - More than 50% driving in heavy city traffic during hot weatherabove 90°F (32°C)

G - Driving in mountainous areasH - Towing a trailerI - Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle towingJ - Driving over 100 mph

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSSEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSSEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSSEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSSEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSA - Repeated short distance drivingB - Extensive idlingC - Driving in dusty, rough roadsD - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weatherE - Driving in sandy areas

DRIVINGCONDITION

MAINTENANCE INTERVALSMAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCEOPERATION

EVERY 3,000 MILES (5,000 KM) OR 3 MONTHS

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

MORE FREQUENTLY

EVERY 7,500 MILES (12,000 KM) OR 6 MONTHS

EVERY 60,000 MILES (96,000 KM)

EVERY 30,000 MILES (48,000 KM)

MORE FREQUENTLY

A, B, C, F, H

C, E

B, H

C, D, G, H

C, D, G, H

C, D, E, F, G

C, E, F, G

A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

A, C, E, F, G, H, I

C, E

Page 130: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5- 6

F060A01A-AAT

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAIN-EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAIN-EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAIN-EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAIN-EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAIN-TENANCE ITEMSTENANCE ITEMSTENANCE ITEMSTENANCE ITEMSTENANCE ITEMSF060M01A-AAT

o Engine Oil and Filtero Engine Oil and Filtero Engine Oil and Filtero Engine Oil and Filtero Engine Oil and FilterThe engine oil and filter should be changed atthe intervals specified in the maintenance sched-ule. If the car is being driven in severe condi-tions, more frequent oil and filter changes arerequired.

F060C01A-AAT

ooooo Fuel FilterFuel FilterFuel FilterFuel FilterFuel FilterA clogged filter can limit the speed at which thevehicle may be driven, damage the emissionsystem and cause hard starting. If an exces-sive amount of foreign matter accumulates inthe fuel tank, the filter may require replacementmore frequently.After installing a new filter, run the engine forseveral minutes, and check for leaks at theconnections. Fuel filters should be installed bytrained technicians.

F060B02A-AAT

ooooo Drive BeltsDrive BeltsDrive BeltsDrive BeltsDrive BeltsInspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts,cracks, excessive wear or oil saturation andreplace if necessary. Drive belts should bechecked periodically for proper tension andadjusted as necessary.

F060D01A-AAT

ooooo Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and Connec-Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and Connec-Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and Connec-Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and Connec-Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and Connec-tionstionstionstionstions

Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and connec-tions for leakage and damage. Have a trainedtechnician replace any damaged or leaking partsimmediately.

F060G01A-AAT

ooooo Vapor Hose and Fuel Filler CapVapor Hose and Fuel Filler CapVapor Hose and Fuel Filler CapVapor Hose and Fuel Filler CapVapor Hose and Fuel Filler CapThe vapor hose and fuel filler cap should beinspected at those intervals specified in themaintenance schedule. Make sure that a newvapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly re-placed.

F060F01A-AAT

ooooo Vacuum, CrankcaseVacuum, CrankcaseVacuum, CrankcaseVacuum, CrankcaseVacuum, CrankcaseVentilation HosesVentilation HosesVentilation HosesVentilation HosesVentilation Hoses

Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence ofheat and/or mechanical damage. Hard and brit-tle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, andexcessive swelling indicate deterioration. Par-ticular attention should be paid to examinethose hose surfaces nearest to high heat sourc-es, such as the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assure that thehoses do not come in contact with any heatsource, sharp edges or moving componentwhich might cause heat damage or mechanicalwear. Inspect all hose connections, such asclamps and couplings, to make sure they aresecure, and that no leaks are present. Hosesshould be replaced immediately if there is anyevidence of deterioration or damage.

F060H01A-AAT

o Air cleaner filtero Air cleaner filtero Air cleaner filtero Air cleaner filtero Air cleaner filterA Genuine Hyundai air cleaner filter is recom-mended when filter is replaced.

F060J01A-AAT

o Spark plugso Spark plugso Spark plugso Spark plugso Spark plugsMake sure to install new spark plugs of thecorrect heat range.

F060E01A-AAT

ooooo Timing beltTiming beltTiming beltTiming beltTiming beltInspect all parts related to the timing belt fordamage and deformation. Replace any dam-aged parts immediately.

F070C01A-AAT

o Coolanto Coolanto Coolanto Coolanto CoolantThe coolant should be changed at theintervals specified in the maintenance sched-ule.

F070D01A-AAT

o Manual transaxle oilo Manual transaxle oilo Manual transaxle oilo Manual transaxle oilo Manual transaxle oilInspect the manual transaxle oil according tothe maintenance schedule.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:If the oil level is low, check for possibleIf the oil level is low, check for possibleIf the oil level is low, check for possibleIf the oil level is low, check for possibleIf the oil level is low, check for possibleleaks before adding oil. Do not overfill.leaks before adding oil. Do not overfill.leaks before adding oil. Do not overfill.leaks before adding oil. Do not overfill.leaks before adding oil. Do not overfill.

Page 131: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

5-7

F070E04A-AAT

o Automatic Transaxle Fluido Automatic Transaxle Fluido Automatic Transaxle Fluido Automatic Transaxle Fluido Automatic Transaxle FluidThe fluid level should be in the "HOT" range ofthe dipstick, after the engine and transaxle areat normal operating temperature. Check theautomatic transaxle fluid level with the enginerunning and the transaxle in neutral, with theparking brake properly applied. Use HYUNDAIGENUINE ATF, DIAMOND ATF SP-III, SKATF SP-III when adding or changing fluid.

F070F01A-AAT

ooooo Brake Hoses and LinesBrake Hoses and LinesBrake Hoses and LinesBrake Hoses and LinesBrake Hoses and LinesVisually check for proper installation, chafing,cracks, deterioration and any leakage. Replaceany deteriorated or damaged parts immediately.

F070G02A-AAT

o Brake Fluido Brake Fluido Brake Fluido Brake Fluido Brake FluidCheck brake fluid level in the brake fluid reser-voir. The level should be between “MIN” and“MAX” marks on the side of the reservoir. Useonly hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3or DOT 4.

F070H01A-AAT

ooooo Rear Brake Drums and Linings/Rear Brake Drums and Linings/Rear Brake Drums and Linings/Rear Brake Drums and Linings/Rear Brake Drums and Linings/Parking BrakeParking BrakeParking BrakeParking BrakeParking Brake

Check the rear brake drums and linings forscoring, burning, leaking fluid, broken parts,and excessive wear. Inspect the parking brakesystem including the parking brake lever andcables. For detailed service procedures, referto the Shop Manual.

F070J01A-AAT

o Brake Pads, Calipers and Rotorso Brake Pads, Calipers and Rotorso Brake Pads, Calipers and Rotorso Brake Pads, Calipers and Rotorso Brake Pads, Calipers and RotorsCheck the pads for excessive wear, discs forrun out and wear, and calipers for fluid leakage.

F070K01A-AAT

o Exhaust Pipe and Mufflero Exhaust Pipe and Mufflero Exhaust Pipe and Mufflero Exhaust Pipe and Mufflero Exhaust Pipe and MufflerVisually inspect the exhaust pipes, muffler andhangers for cracks, deterioration, or damage.Start the engine and listen carefully for anyexhaust gas leakage. Tighten connections orreplace parts as necessary.

F070L01A-AAT

o Suspension Mounting Boltso Suspension Mounting Boltso Suspension Mounting Boltso Suspension Mounting Boltso Suspension Mounting BoltsCheck the suspension connections for loose-ness or damage. Retighten to the specifiedtorque.

F070N01A-AAT

ooooo Power Steering Pump, Belt andPower Steering Pump, Belt andPower Steering Pump, Belt andPower Steering Pump, Belt andPower Steering Pump, Belt andHosesHosesHosesHosesHoses

Check the power steering pump and hoses forleakage and damage. Replace any damaged orleaking parts immediately. Inspect the powersteering belt for evidence of cuts, cracks, ex-cessive wear, oiliness and proper tension. Re-place or adjust it if necessary.

F070P01A-AAT

o Driveshafts and Bootso Driveshafts and Bootso Driveshafts and Bootso Driveshafts and Bootso Driveshafts and BootsCheck the drive shafts, boots and clamps forcracks, deterioration, or damage. Replace anydamaged parts and, if necessary, repack thegrease.

F070Q01A-AAT

ooooo Air Conditioning RefrigerantAir Conditioning RefrigerantAir Conditioning RefrigerantAir Conditioning RefrigerantAir Conditioning RefrigerantCheck the air conditioning lines and connec-tions for leakage and damage. Check air condi-tioning performance according to the relevantshop manual if necessary.

F070M01A-AAT

ooooo Steering gear box, linkage & boots/Steering gear box, linkage & boots/Steering gear box, linkage & boots/Steering gear box, linkage & boots/Steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball jointlower arm ball jointlower arm ball jointlower arm ball jointlower arm ball joint

With the vehicle stopped and engine off, checkfor excessive free-play in the steering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or damage. Checkthe dust boots and ball joints for deterioration,cracks, or damage. Replace any damaged parts.

F060N01E-AAT

ooooo Valve ClearanceValve ClearanceValve ClearanceValve ClearanceValve ClearanceInspect excessive valve noise and/or enginevibration and adjust if necessary. A qualifiedtechnician should perform the operation.

Page 132: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-1

66666

G010A01GK-AAT

ENGINE COMPARTMENT (2.0 DOHC)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (2.0 DOHC)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (2.0 DOHC)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (2.0 DOHC)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (2.0 DOHC)

1. Engine oil filler cap 2. Brake Booster 3. Brake fluid reservoir 4. Clutch fluid reservoir (If installed) 5. Relay box

6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir cap 7. Power steering fluid reservoir 8. Engine coolant reservoir 9. Engine oil level dipstick10.Radiator cap

11.Automatic transaxle fluid level dipstick(If installed)

12.Air cleaner13.Battery

1 2

6

3 4 5

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

6.6.6.6.6. DO-ITDO-ITDO-ITDO-ITDO-IT-Y-Y-Y-Y-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEOURSELF MAINTENANCEOURSELF MAINTENANCEOURSELF MAINTENANCEOURSELF MAINTENANCE

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:When inspecting or servicing theWhen inspecting or servicing theWhen inspecting or servicing theWhen inspecting or servicing theWhen inspecting or servicing theengine, you should handle toolsengine, you should handle toolsengine, you should handle toolsengine, you should handle toolsengine, you should handle toolsand other heavy objects carefullyand other heavy objects carefullyand other heavy objects carefullyand other heavy objects carefullyand other heavy objects carefullyso that the plastic rocker cover ofso that the plastic rocker cover ofso that the plastic rocker cover ofso that the plastic rocker cover ofso that the plastic rocker cover ofthe engine is not damaged.the engine is not damaged.the engine is not damaged.the engine is not damaged.the engine is not damaged.

HGK059

Page 133: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-2

G010B01GK-GAT

ENGINE COMPARTMENT (2.7 V6)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (2.7 V6)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (2.7 V6)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (2.7 V6)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (2.7 V6)

1. Power steering fluid reservoir 2. Brake Booster 3. Brake fluid reservoir 4. Air Cleaner

5. Relay box 6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir cap 7. Engine coolant reservoir 8. Engine oil level dipstick

9. Radiator cap10.Engine oil filler cap11.Automatic transaxle fluid level dipstick

(If installed)12.Battery

1

HGK209

2

6

3 4 5

7 8 9 10 11 12

Page 134: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-3

G020A01A-AAT

GENERAL CHECKSGENERAL CHECKSGENERAL CHECKSGENERAL CHECKSGENERAL CHECKSEngine CompartmentEngine CompartmentEngine CompartmentEngine CompartmentEngine CompartmentThe following should be checked regularly:

o Engine oil level and conditiono Transaxle fluid level and conditiono Brake fluid levelo Clutch fluid levelo Engine coolant levelo Windshield washer fluid levelo Accessory drive belt conditiono Engine coolant hose conditiono Fluid leaks (on or below components)o Power steering fluid levelo Battery condition

G020B01A-AAT

Vehicle ExteriorVehicle ExteriorVehicle ExteriorVehicle ExteriorVehicle ExteriorThe following should be checked monthly:

o Overall appearance and conditiono Wheel condition and wheel nut torqueo Air filter conditiono Exhaust system conditiono Light condition and operationo Windshield glass conditiono Wiper blade conditiono Paint condition and body corrosiono Fluid leakso Door and hood lock conditiono Tire pressure and condition (including spare

tire)

G020C01A-AAT

Vehicle InteriorVehicle InteriorVehicle InteriorVehicle InteriorVehicle InteriorThe following should be checked each timewhen the vehicle is driven:

o Lights operationo Windshield wiper operationo Horn operationo Defroster, heating system operation (and air

conditioning, if installed)o Steering operation and conditiono Mirror condition and operationo Turn signal operationo Accelerator pedal operationo Brake operation, including parking brakeo Manual transaxle operation, including clutch

operationo Automatic transaxle operation, including

"Park" mechanism operationo Seat control condition and operationo Seat belt condition and operationo Sunvisor operation

If you notice anything that does not operatecorrectly or appears to be functioning incorrect-ly, inspect it carefully and seek assistance fromyour Hyundai dealer if service is needed.

G030A01A-AAT

CHECKING THE ENGINE OILCHECKING THE ENGINE OILCHECKING THE ENGINE OILCHECKING THE ENGINE OILCHECKING THE ENGINE OILEngine oil is essential to the performance andservice of the engine. It is suggested that youcheck the oil level at least once a week innormal use and more often if you are on a tripor driving in severe conditions.

G030B01A-AAT

Recommended OilRecommended OilRecommended OilRecommended OilRecommended Oil

SH, SG or SG/CD (API) multi-grade and fuelefficient oil is recommended.

G030B01A

°F

°C

20W-40 20W-50

10W-30 10W-40 10W-50

5W-30 5W-40

-20

-29

-9

-23

0

-18

20

-7

32

0

60

16

85

27

95

35

100

38

Page 135: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-4

G030C01A-AAT

To Check the Oil LevelTo Check the Oil LevelTo Check the Oil LevelTo Check the Oil LevelTo Check the Oil LevelG030D01A-AAT

Adding OilAdding OilAdding OilAdding OilAdding Oil

Before checking the oil, warm up the engine tothe normal operating temperature and be sureyour car is parked on level ground. Turn theengine off.Wait a minute, then remove the dipstick, wipe itoff, fully reinsert the dipstick and withdraw itagain. Then note the highest level the oil hasreached on the dipstick. It should be betweenthe upper ("FULL") and lower ("LOW") range.

If the oil level is close to or below the "LOW"mark, add oil until it reaches the "FULL" mark.To add oil:

1. Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counter-clockwise.

2. Add oil, then check the level again. Do notoverfill.

3. Replace the cap by turning it clockwise.

The distance between the "FULL" and "LOW"marks is equal to about 1 quart of oil.

G040A02GK-AAT

CHANGING THE OIL AND FILTERCHANGING THE OIL AND FILTERCHANGING THE OIL AND FILTERCHANGING THE OIL AND FILTERCHANGING THE OIL AND FILTER

The engine oil and filter should be changed atthose intervals specified in the maintenanceschedule in Section 5. If the car is being drivenin severe conditions, more frequent oil and filterchanges are required.

The procedure for changing the oil and filter isas follows:

1. Park the car on level ground and set theparking brake. Start the engine and let itwarm up until the needle on the coolanttemperature gauge moves above the lowestmark. Turn the engine off and place the gearselector lever in "P" (automatic) or reversegear (manual transaxle). Set the parkingbrake.

2. Open the hood and remove the engine oilfiller cap.

HGK210 HGK211

DOHC V6 DOHC V6

G040A01GK

DOHC V6

Page 136: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-5

3. Slide underneath the car and loosen thedrain plug by turning it counterclockwisewith a wrench of the proper size. Be surethat a drain pan is in position to catch the oilas it drains out, then remove the drain plug.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Be very careful when draining the engine oilBe very careful when draining the engine oilBe very careful when draining the engine oilBe very careful when draining the engine oilBe very careful when draining the engine oilas it may be hot enough to burn you!as it may be hot enough to burn you!as it may be hot enough to burn you!as it may be hot enough to burn you!as it may be hot enough to burn you!

4. When the oil has stopped draining, replacethe drain plug using a new washer andretighten by turning it clockwise.

Tightening torque is:Tightening torque is:Tightening torque is:Tightening torque is:Tightening torque is:4.5 ~ 4.0 kgf.m (2.0L)4.5 ~ 4.0 kgf.m (2.0L)4.5 ~ 4.0 kgf.m (2.0L)4.5 ~ 4.0 kgf.m (2.0L)4.5 ~ 4.0 kgf.m (2.0L)4.5 ~ 3.5 kgf.m (2.7L)4.5 ~ 3.5 kgf.m (2.7L)4.5 ~ 3.5 kgf.m (2.7L)4.5 ~ 3.5 kgf.m (2.7L)4.5 ~ 3.5 kgf.m (2.7L)

5. Remove the oil filter by turning it counter-clockwise with a oil filter wrench of theproper size. A certain amount of oil willcome out when you remove the filter. So besure to have your drain pan in place under-neath it.

6. Install a new oil filter in accordance with theinstructions on the carton or on the filteritself. Do not over-tighten. (Tightening(Tightening(Tightening(Tightening(Tighteningtorque : 1.2 ~ 1.6 kgf.m)torque : 1.2 ~ 1.6 kgf.m)torque : 1.2 ~ 1.6 kgf.m)torque : 1.2 ~ 1.6 kgf.m)torque : 1.2 ~ 1.6 kgf.m)Be sure that the mounting surface on theengine is clean and that the old gasket isremoved completely. Lubricate the new gas-ket on the filter with clean engine oil beforeinstallation.

7. Refill the crankcase with the recommendedengine oil. Refer to the specification in chap-ter 9 for engine oil capacity.

8. Start the engine and check to be sure no oilis leaking from the drain plug or oil filter.

9. Shut off the engine and recheck the oil level.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Always dispose of used engine oil in anAlways dispose of used engine oil in anAlways dispose of used engine oil in anAlways dispose of used engine oil in anAlways dispose of used engine oil in anenvironmentally acceptable manner. It is sug-environmentally acceptable manner. It is sug-environmentally acceptable manner. It is sug-environmentally acceptable manner. It is sug-environmentally acceptable manner. It is sug-gested that it be placed in a sealed containergested that it be placed in a sealed containergested that it be placed in a sealed containergested that it be placed in a sealed containergested that it be placed in a sealed containerand taken to a service station for reclama-and taken to a service station for reclama-and taken to a service station for reclama-and taken to a service station for reclama-and taken to a service station for reclama-tion. Do not pour the oil on the ground ortion. Do not pour the oil on the ground ortion. Do not pour the oil on the ground ortion. Do not pour the oil on the ground ortion. Do not pour the oil on the ground orput it into the household trash.put it into the household trash.put it into the household trash.put it into the household trash.put it into the household trash.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Used motor oil may cause irritation or can-Used motor oil may cause irritation or can-Used motor oil may cause irritation or can-Used motor oil may cause irritation or can-Used motor oil may cause irritation or can-cer of the skin if left in contact with the skincer of the skin if left in contact with the skincer of the skin if left in contact with the skincer of the skin if left in contact with the skincer of the skin if left in contact with the skinfor prolonged periods of time. Wash yourfor prolonged periods of time. Wash yourfor prolonged periods of time. Wash yourfor prolonged periods of time. Wash yourfor prolonged periods of time. Wash yourhands thoroughly with soap and warm wa-hands thoroughly with soap and warm wa-hands thoroughly with soap and warm wa-hands thoroughly with soap and warm wa-hands thoroughly with soap and warm wa-ter as soon as possible after handling usedter as soon as possible after handling usedter as soon as possible after handling usedter as soon as possible after handling usedter as soon as possible after handling usedoil.oil.oil.oil.oil.

G050A01A-AAT

CHECKING AND CHANGING THE EN-CHECKING AND CHANGING THE EN-CHECKING AND CHANGING THE EN-CHECKING AND CHANGING THE EN-CHECKING AND CHANGING THE EN-GINE COOLANTGINE COOLANTGINE COOLANTGINE COOLANTGINE COOLANT

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Do not remove the radiator cap when theDo not remove the radiator cap when theDo not remove the radiator cap when theDo not remove the radiator cap when theDo not remove the radiator cap when theengine is hot. When the engine is hot, theengine is hot. When the engine is hot, theengine is hot. When the engine is hot, theengine is hot. When the engine is hot, theengine is hot. When the engine is hot, theengine coolant is under pressure and mayengine coolant is under pressure and mayengine coolant is under pressure and mayengine coolant is under pressure and mayengine coolant is under pressure and mayerupt through the opening if the cap iserupt through the opening if the cap iserupt through the opening if the cap iserupt through the opening if the cap iserupt through the opening if the cap isremoved. You could be seriously burned ifremoved. You could be seriously burned ifremoved. You could be seriously burned ifremoved. You could be seriously burned ifremoved. You could be seriously burned ifyou do not observe this precaution. Do notyou do not observe this precaution. Do notyou do not observe this precaution. Do notyou do not observe this precaution. Do notyou do not observe this precaution. Do notremove the radiator cap until the radiator isremove the radiator cap until the radiator isremove the radiator cap until the radiator isremove the radiator cap until the radiator isremove the radiator cap until the radiator iscool to the touch.cool to the touch.cool to the touch.cool to the touch.cool to the touch.

G050B01A-AAT

Recommended Engine CoolantRecommended Engine CoolantRecommended Engine CoolantRecommended Engine CoolantRecommended Engine Coolant

Use a high quality ethylene-glycol coolant in a50/50 mix with water. The engine coolant shouldbe compatible with aluminum engine parts.Additional corrosion inhibitors or additives shouldnot be used. The cooling system must be main-tained with the correct concentration and typeof engine coolant to prevent freezing and corro-sion. Never allow the concentration of anti-freeze to exceed the 60% level or go below the35% level, or damage to the cooling systemmay result. For proper concentration when add-ing or replacing the engine coolant, refer to thefollowing table.

HGK187

Page 137: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-6

35% 65%

40% 60%

50% 50%

60% 40%

Ambient

temperature

°C ( °F)

-15 (5)

-25 (-13)

-35 (-31)

-45 (-49)

Antifreezesolution

Water

Engine Coolant concentration

G050C01A-AAT

To Check the Coolant LevelTo Check the Coolant LevelTo Check the Coolant LevelTo Check the Coolant LevelTo Check the Coolant LevelThe coolant level can be seen on the side of theplastic coolant reservoir. The level of the cool-ant should be between the "LOW" and "FULL"lines on the reservoir when the engine is cold.If the level is below the "LOW" mark, addengine coolant to bring it up between "LOW"and "FULL". If the level is low, inspect forcoolant leaks and recheck the fluid level fre-quently. If the level drops again, visit yourHyundai dealer for an inspection and diagnosisof the reason.

G050D02A-AAT

To Change the Engine CoolantTo Change the Engine CoolantTo Change the Engine CoolantTo Change the Engine CoolantTo Change the Engine CoolantThe engine coolant should be changed at thoseintervals specified in the vehicle maintenanceschedule in Section 5.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Engine coolant can damage the finish ofEngine coolant can damage the finish ofEngine coolant can damage the finish ofEngine coolant can damage the finish ofEngine coolant can damage the finish ofyour car. If you spill engine coolant on theyour car. If you spill engine coolant on theyour car. If you spill engine coolant on theyour car. If you spill engine coolant on theyour car. If you spill engine coolant on thecar, wash it off thoroughly with clean water.car, wash it off thoroughly with clean water.car, wash it off thoroughly with clean water.car, wash it off thoroughly with clean water.car, wash it off thoroughly with clean water.

1. Park the car on level ground, set the park-ing brake and remove the radiator cap whencool.

2. Be sure your drain receptacle is in place.Open the drain cock on the radiator. Allowall the engine coolant to drain from thecooling system, then securely close the draincock.

3. Check Section 9 for the capacity of thecooling system in your car. Then, followingthe manufacturer’s directions on the enginecoolant container, add the appropriate quan-tity of coolant to the radiator.

4. Turn the radiator cap counterclockwise with-out pressing down on it, until it stops. Thisrelieves any pressure remaining in the cool-ing system. And remove the radiator cap bypushing down and turning counterclockwise.Now fill the radiator with clean demineral-ized or distilled water. Continue to add cleandemineralized or distilled water in small quan-tities until the fluid level stays up in theradiator neck.

5. Replace the radiator and reservoir caps andcheck to be sure the drain cocks are fullyclosed and not leaking.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.Use extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near theblades of the coolant fan so that you are notblades of the coolant fan so that you are notblades of the coolant fan so that you are notblades of the coolant fan so that you are notblades of the coolant fan so that you are notinjured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-gine coolant temperature decreases, the fangine coolant temperature decreases, the fangine coolant temperature decreases, the fangine coolant temperature decreases, the fangine coolant temperature decreases, the fanwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalcondition.condition.condition.condition.condition.

G060A01GK-AAT

SPARK PLUGSSPARK PLUGSSPARK PLUGSSPARK PLUGSSPARK PLUGS

YN60100A

V6DOHC

Your engine was originally equipped with plati-num-tipped spark plugs. Platinum-tipped sparkplugs will last longer than conventional type

Page 138: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-7

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:It is recommended that the engine be coolIt is recommended that the engine be coolIt is recommended that the engine be coolIt is recommended that the engine be coolIt is recommended that the engine be coolor cold when changing the spark plugs. Ifor cold when changing the spark plugs. Ifor cold when changing the spark plugs. Ifor cold when changing the spark plugs. Ifor cold when changing the spark plugs. Ifthe engine is hot, you could burn yourselfthe engine is hot, you could burn yourselfthe engine is hot, you could burn yourselfthe engine is hot, you could burn yourselfthe engine is hot, you could burn yourselfon the insulated connector, the spark plugon the insulated connector, the spark plugon the insulated connector, the spark plugon the insulated connector, the spark plugon the insulated connector, the spark plugor the engine itself.or the engine itself.or the engine itself.or the engine itself.or the engine itself.

4. When preparing to remove the old sparkplug, guide the socket down over the sparkplug, being careful not to damage the ce-ramic insulator.

5. To remove the old spark plug, turn thewrench handle in a counterclockwise direc-tion.

6. To install the new spark plug, guide thesocket down over the spark plug, beingcareful not to damage the ceramic insulator.

HGK257

G060B01GK-AAT

Replacing the Spark PlugsReplacing the Spark PlugsReplacing the Spark PlugsReplacing the Spark PlugsReplacing the Spark PlugsThe spark plugs should be changed at theintervals specified in the vehicle maintenanceschedule in Section 5 or whenever engine per-formance indicates they should be changed.Symptoms that suggest poor spark plug perfor-mance include engine misfiring under load, lossof fuel economy, poor acceleration, etc. Whenspark plugs are replaced, always use sparkplugs recommended by Hyundai. The use ofother spark plugs can result in loss of perfor-mance, radio interference or engine damage.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:When replacing the spark plug, always useWhen replacing the spark plug, always useWhen replacing the spark plug, always useWhen replacing the spark plug, always useWhen replacing the spark plug, always usethe genuine parts recommended.the genuine parts recommended.the genuine parts recommended.the genuine parts recommended.the genuine parts recommended.

Recommended Spark Plugs:Recommended Spark Plugs:Recommended Spark Plugs:Recommended Spark Plugs:Recommended Spark Plugs:

Type

RC10YC4(CHAMPION)BKR5ES-11(NGK)

RC10PYPB4(CHAMPION)PFR5N-11(NGK)

Remark

G060C02GK-GET

Changing the Spark PlugsChanging the Spark PlugsChanging the Spark PlugsChanging the Spark PlugsChanging the Spark Plugs

HGK256

You will find it easier to change spark plugs ifthe engine is cold. Always change one sparkplug at a time. This helps avoid getting the wiresmixed up.

1. Remove the engine rocker cover.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:It is recommended that the spark plugs (ForIt is recommended that the spark plugs (ForIt is recommended that the spark plugs (ForIt is recommended that the spark plugs (ForIt is recommended that the spark plugs (For2.7L Engines) should be changed by an2.7L Engines) should be changed by an2.7L Engines) should be changed by an2.7L Engines) should be changed by an2.7L Engines) should be changed by anauthorized Hyundai dealer.authorized Hyundai dealer.authorized Hyundai dealer.authorized Hyundai dealer.authorized Hyundai dealer.

2. Using a clean cloth, remove any dirt that hasaccumulated around the base of the sparkplug so it cannot fall into the cylinder whenthe spark plug is removed.

3. To remove the spark plug cable, pull straightup on the insulated connector, not the cable.Pulling on the cable may damage the carboncore conductor.

2.0L

2.7L

spark plugs and can be identified by blue lineson the ceramic shell.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Do not clean or regap platinum-tipped sparkDo not clean or regap platinum-tipped sparkDo not clean or regap platinum-tipped sparkDo not clean or regap platinum-tipped sparkDo not clean or regap platinum-tipped sparkplugs.plugs.plugs.plugs.plugs.

Page 139: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-8

G070A01GK-AAT

CHANGING THE AIR CLEANER FIL-CHANGING THE AIR CLEANER FIL-CHANGING THE AIR CLEANER FIL-CHANGING THE AIR CLEANER FIL-CHANGING THE AIR CLEANER FIL-TERTERTERTERTER

To change the filter, unsnap the clips aroundthe cover. When this is done, the cover can belifted off, the old filter removed and the new filterput in its place. Genuine Hyundai ReplacementParts are recommended.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:ooooo Operating your vehicle without a properOperating your vehicle without a properOperating your vehicle without a properOperating your vehicle without a properOperating your vehicle without a proper

air filter in place can result in excessiveair filter in place can result in excessiveair filter in place can result in excessiveair filter in place can result in excessiveair filter in place can result in excessiveengine wear.engine wear.engine wear.engine wear.engine wear.

ooooo Be careful that dust or dirt does not enterBe careful that dust or dirt does not enterBe careful that dust or dirt does not enterBe careful that dust or dirt does not enterBe careful that dust or dirt does not enterthe air intake, or damage may result.the air intake, or damage may result.the air intake, or damage may result.the air intake, or damage may result.the air intake, or damage may result.

HGK213

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Spark plugs should be tightened firmly. Over-Spark plugs should be tightened firmly. Over-Spark plugs should be tightened firmly. Over-Spark plugs should be tightened firmly. Over-Spark plugs should be tightened firmly. Over-tightening can damage the threads in thetightening can damage the threads in thetightening can damage the threads in thetightening can damage the threads in thetightening can damage the threads in thealuminum cylinder head. Also, leaving themaluminum cylinder head. Also, leaving themaluminum cylinder head. Also, leaving themaluminum cylinder head. Also, leaving themaluminum cylinder head. Also, leaving themtoo loose can cause the spark plug to gettoo loose can cause the spark plug to gettoo loose can cause the spark plug to gettoo loose can cause the spark plug to gettoo loose can cause the spark plug to getvery hot and possibly result in damage tovery hot and possibly result in damage tovery hot and possibly result in damage tovery hot and possibly result in damage tovery hot and possibly result in damage tothe engine.the engine.the engine.the engine.the engine.

7. Replace the cable by pushing the insulatedconnector directly down onto the electrode.Check to be sure it has snapped into placeand can't fall off.

HGK258

G080A02A-AAT

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADESWINDSHIELD WIPER BLADESWINDSHIELD WIPER BLADESWINDSHIELD WIPER BLADESWINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

HEF-119

The wiper blades should be carefully inspectedfrom time to time and cleaned to remove accu-mulations of road film or other debris. To cleanthe wiper blades and arms, use a clean spongeor cloth with a mild soap or detergent and water.If the wipers continue to streak or smear theglass, replace them with Genuine HyundaiReplacement Parts or their equivalent.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:ooooo Do not operate the wipers on dry glass.Do not operate the wipers on dry glass.Do not operate the wipers on dry glass.Do not operate the wipers on dry glass.Do not operate the wipers on dry glass.

This can result in more rapid wear of theThis can result in more rapid wear of theThis can result in more rapid wear of theThis can result in more rapid wear of theThis can result in more rapid wear of thewiper blades and may scratch the glass.wiper blades and may scratch the glass.wiper blades and may scratch the glass.wiper blades and may scratch the glass.wiper blades and may scratch the glass.

ooooo Keep the blade rubber out of contactKeep the blade rubber out of contactKeep the blade rubber out of contactKeep the blade rubber out of contactKeep the blade rubber out of contactwith petroleum products such as enginewith petroleum products such as enginewith petroleum products such as enginewith petroleum products such as enginewith petroleum products such as engineoil, gasoline etc.oil, gasoline etc.oil, gasoline etc.oil, gasoline etc.oil, gasoline etc.

Page 140: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-9

G100B01A-AAT

To Check the Manual TransaxleTo Check the Manual TransaxleTo Check the Manual TransaxleTo Check the Manual TransaxleTo Check the Manual TransaxleFluid LevelFluid LevelFluid LevelFluid LevelFluid Level

SSA6100B

Park the car on level ground with the engine off.

1. Using a wrench of the correct size, loosenthe oil filler plug by turning it counterclock-wise and remove it with your fingers.

2. Use your finger or suitable tool to feel insidethe hole. The oil level should be at its bottomedge. If it is not, check for leaks beforeadding oil. To refill the transaxle or bring theoil level up,add oil slowly until it reaches theproper level. Do not overfill.

3. Replace the plug, screw it in with your fin-gers and then tighten securely with thewrench.

G090A01A-AAT

FILLING THE WASHER RESERVOIRFILLING THE WASHER RESERVOIRFILLING THE WASHER RESERVOIRFILLING THE WASHER RESERVOIRFILLING THE WASHER RESERVOIR

The washer fluid reservoir supplies fluid to thewindshield washer system.A good quality washer fluid should be used to fillthe washer reservoir. The fluid level should bechecked more frequently during bad weather orwhenever the washer system is in more fre-quent use.The capacity of the washer reservoir is 3.2 U.S.quarts (3.0 Liters).

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:ooooo Radiator anti-freeze (engine coolant)Radiator anti-freeze (engine coolant)Radiator anti-freeze (engine coolant)Radiator anti-freeze (engine coolant)Radiator anti-freeze (engine coolant)

should not be used in the washer systemshould not be used in the washer systemshould not be used in the washer systemshould not be used in the washer systemshould not be used in the washer systembecause it will damage the car’s finish.because it will damage the car’s finish.because it will damage the car’s finish.because it will damage the car’s finish.because it will damage the car’s finish.

ooooo The washer lever should not be pulledThe washer lever should not be pulledThe washer lever should not be pulledThe washer lever should not be pulledThe washer lever should not be pulledand the washer should not be operatedand the washer should not be operatedand the washer should not be operatedand the washer should not be operatedand the washer should not be operatedif the washer reservoir is empty. This canif the washer reservoir is empty. This canif the washer reservoir is empty. This canif the washer reservoir is empty. This canif the washer reservoir is empty. This candamage the washer fluid pump.damage the washer fluid pump.damage the washer fluid pump.damage the washer fluid pump.damage the washer fluid pump.

Transaxle lubricant in the manual transaxle shouldbe checked at those intervals specified in thevehicle maintenance schedule in Section 5.

Recommended OilRecommended OilRecommended OilRecommended OilRecommended OilUse only HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS MTF75W/90 (API GL-4) or equivalents in the manualtransaxle.

Manual Transaxle Oil CapacityManual Transaxle Oil CapacityManual Transaxle Oil CapacityManual Transaxle Oil CapacityManual Transaxle Oil CapacityThe oil capacity of the manual transaxle:2.3 us quarts (2.15L)

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:It is always better to check the transaxle oilIt is always better to check the transaxle oilIt is always better to check the transaxle oilIt is always better to check the transaxle oilIt is always better to check the transaxle oillevel when the engine is cool or cold. If thelevel when the engine is cool or cold. If thelevel when the engine is cool or cold. If thelevel when the engine is cool or cold. If thelevel when the engine is cool or cold. If theengine is hot, you should exercise greatengine is hot, you should exercise greatengine is hot, you should exercise greatengine is hot, you should exercise greatengine is hot, you should exercise greatcaution to avoid burning yourself on hotcaution to avoid burning yourself on hotcaution to avoid burning yourself on hotcaution to avoid burning yourself on hotcaution to avoid burning yourself on hotengine or exhaust parts.engine or exhaust parts.engine or exhaust parts.engine or exhaust parts.engine or exhaust parts.

G100A02GK-AAT

CHECKING THE TRANSAXLE OILCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE OILCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE OILCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE OILCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE OIL(MANUAL)(MANUAL)(MANUAL)(MANUAL)(MANUAL)

G110A01E

Filler plug Drain plugHGK217

Page 141: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-10

While the engine is idling, apply the brakes andmove the gear selector lever from "P" to eachof its other positions — "R", "N", "D" — andthen return to "N" or "P". With the engine stillidling:

1. Open the hood, being careful to keep hands,long hair and clothing clear of any movingparts.

2. Remove the transaxle dipstick, wipe it clean,reinsert the dipstick as far as it will go, thenremove it again. Now check the fluid level onthe dipstick. It should be in the "HOT" rangeon the dipstick.

3. If the transaxle fluid level is low, use a funnelto add transaxle fluid through the dipsticktube until the level reaches the "HOT" range.Do not overfill.

G110A01A-AAT

CHECKING THE TRANSAXLE FLUIDCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE FLUIDCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE FLUIDCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE FLUIDCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE FLUID(AUTOMATIC)(AUTOMATIC)(AUTOMATIC)(AUTOMATIC)(AUTOMATIC)Transaxle fluid in the automatic transaxle shouldbe checked at those intervals specified in thevehicle maintenance schedule in Section 5.

G110B03A-AAT

Recommended FluidRecommended FluidRecommended FluidRecommended FluidRecommended FluidYour Hyundai automatic transaxle is speciallydesigned to operate with HYUNDAI GENUINEATF, DIAMOND ATF SP-III or SK ATF SP-III.Damage caused by a nonspecified fluid is notcovered by your new vehicle limited warranty.

G110C02Y-AAT

Transaxle Fluid CapacityTransaxle Fluid CapacityTransaxle Fluid CapacityTransaxle Fluid CapacityTransaxle Fluid CapacityThe fluid capacity of the automatic transaxle is8.2 U.S. quarts (7.8 liters).

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The transaxle fluid level should be checkedThe transaxle fluid level should be checkedThe transaxle fluid level should be checkedThe transaxle fluid level should be checkedThe transaxle fluid level should be checkedwhen the engine is at normal operating tem-when the engine is at normal operating tem-when the engine is at normal operating tem-when the engine is at normal operating tem-when the engine is at normal operating tem-perature. This means that the engine, radia-perature. This means that the engine, radia-perature. This means that the engine, radia-perature. This means that the engine, radia-perature. This means that the engine, radia-tor, exhaust system etc., are very hot. Exer-tor, exhaust system etc., are very hot. Exer-tor, exhaust system etc., are very hot. Exer-tor, exhaust system etc., are very hot. Exer-tor, exhaust system etc., are very hot. Exer-cise great care not to burn yourself duringcise great care not to burn yourself duringcise great care not to burn yourself duringcise great care not to burn yourself duringcise great care not to burn yourself duringthis procedure.this procedure.this procedure.this procedure.this procedure.

DOHC V6

HGK212

G110D02Y-AAT

To Check the Transaxle Fluid LevelTo Check the Transaxle Fluid LevelTo Check the Transaxle Fluid LevelTo Check the Transaxle Fluid LevelTo Check the Transaxle Fluid Level

HGK174

Park the car on level ground with the parkingbrake engaged. When the transaxle fluid levelis checked, the transaxle fluid should be atnormal operating temperature and the engineidling.

Fluid level should be within this range

HGK249

èè

Page 142: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-11

G120C02A-AAT

Recommended Brake FluidRecommended Brake FluidRecommended Brake FluidRecommended Brake FluidRecommended Brake FluidUse only hydraulic brake fluid conforming toDOT 3 or DOT 4 specifications in your brakingsystem. Follow the instructions printed on thecontainer.

G120D01A-AAT

To Check the Fluid LevelTo Check the Fluid LevelTo Check the Fluid LevelTo Check the Fluid LevelTo Check the Fluid LevelThe fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir shouldbe checked periodically. The level should bebetween the "MIN" and "MAX" marks on theside of the reservoir. If the level is at or belowthe "MIN" mark, carefully add fluid to bring it upto "MAX". Do not overfill.

G120E02A-AAT

Adding Brake FluidAdding Brake FluidAdding Brake FluidAdding Brake FluidAdding Brake Fluid

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Handle brake fluid carefully. It can damageHandle brake fluid carefully. It can damageHandle brake fluid carefully. It can damageHandle brake fluid carefully. It can damageHandle brake fluid carefully. It can damageyour vision if it gets into your eyes. Use onlyyour vision if it gets into your eyes. Use onlyyour vision if it gets into your eyes. Use onlyyour vision if it gets into your eyes. Use onlyyour vision if it gets into your eyes. Use onlyDOT 3 or DOT 4 specification fluid from aDOT 3 or DOT 4 specification fluid from aDOT 3 or DOT 4 specification fluid from aDOT 3 or DOT 4 specification fluid from aDOT 3 or DOT 4 specification fluid from asealed container. Do not allow the fluid cansealed container. Do not allow the fluid cansealed container. Do not allow the fluid cansealed container. Do not allow the fluid cansealed container. Do not allow the fluid canor reservoir to remain open any longer thanor reservoir to remain open any longer thanor reservoir to remain open any longer thanor reservoir to remain open any longer thanor reservoir to remain open any longer thanrequired. This will prevent entry of dirt andrequired. This will prevent entry of dirt andrequired. This will prevent entry of dirt andrequired. This will prevent entry of dirt andrequired. This will prevent entry of dirt andmoisture which can damage the brake sys-moisture which can damage the brake sys-moisture which can damage the brake sys-moisture which can damage the brake sys-moisture which can damage the brake sys-tem and cause improper operation.tem and cause improper operation.tem and cause improper operation.tem and cause improper operation.tem and cause improper operation.

To add brake fluid, first wipe away any dirt thenunscrew the fluid reservoir cap. Slowly pour therecommended fluid into the reservoir. Do notoverfill. Carefully replace the cap on the reser-voir and tighten.

G130A01S-AAT

CHECKING THE CLUTCH FLUIDCHECKING THE CLUTCH FLUIDCHECKING THE CLUTCH FLUIDCHECKING THE CLUTCH FLUIDCHECKING THE CLUTCH FLUIDTo Check the Clutch FluidTo Check the Clutch FluidTo Check the Clutch FluidTo Check the Clutch FluidTo Check the Clutch Fluid

HGK215

HGK216

G120A01A-AAT

CHECKING THE BRAKESCHECKING THE BRAKESCHECKING THE BRAKESCHECKING THE BRAKESCHECKING THE BRAKESCAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Because brakes are essential to the safeBecause brakes are essential to the safeBecause brakes are essential to the safeBecause brakes are essential to the safeBecause brakes are essential to the safeoperation of the car, it is suggested thatoperation of the car, it is suggested thatoperation of the car, it is suggested thatoperation of the car, it is suggested thatoperation of the car, it is suggested thatthey be checked and inspected by yourthey be checked and inspected by yourthey be checked and inspected by yourthey be checked and inspected by yourthey be checked and inspected by yourHyundai dealer. The brakes should beHyundai dealer. The brakes should beHyundai dealer. The brakes should beHyundai dealer. The brakes should beHyundai dealer. The brakes should bechecked and inspected for wear at thosechecked and inspected for wear at thosechecked and inspected for wear at thosechecked and inspected for wear at thosechecked and inspected for wear at thoseintervals specified in the vehicle mainte-intervals specified in the vehicle mainte-intervals specified in the vehicle mainte-intervals specified in the vehicle mainte-intervals specified in the vehicle mainte-nance schedule in Section 5.nance schedule in Section 5.nance schedule in Section 5.nance schedule in Section 5.nance schedule in Section 5.

G120B01A-AAT

Checking the Brake Fluid LevelChecking the Brake Fluid LevelChecking the Brake Fluid LevelChecking the Brake Fluid LevelChecking the Brake Fluid Level

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Use caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. Itcan damage your vision if it gets into yourcan damage your vision if it gets into yourcan damage your vision if it gets into yourcan damage your vision if it gets into yourcan damage your vision if it gets into youreyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s painteyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s painteyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s painteyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s painteyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s paintif spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.Use extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near theblades of the cooling fan, so that you are notblades of the cooling fan, so that you are notblades of the cooling fan, so that you are notblades of the cooling fan, so that you are notblades of the cooling fan, so that you are notinjured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-gine coolant temperature decreases, the fangine coolant temperature decreases, the fangine coolant temperature decreases, the fangine coolant temperature decreases, the fangine coolant temperature decreases, the fanwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalcondition.condition.condition.condition.condition.

Page 143: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-12

G140B01A-AAT

Checking the Air Conditioning Opera-Checking the Air Conditioning Opera-Checking the Air Conditioning Opera-Checking the Air Conditioning Opera-Checking the Air Conditioning Opera-tiontiontiontiontion1. Start the engine and let it run at a fast idle for

several minutes with the air conditioning setat the maximum cold setting.

2. If the air coming out of the in-dash vents isnot cold, have the air conditioning systeminspected by your Hyundai dealer.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Running the air conditioning system forRunning the air conditioning system forRunning the air conditioning system forRunning the air conditioning system forRunning the air conditioning system forextended periods of time with a low refriger-extended periods of time with a low refriger-extended periods of time with a low refriger-extended periods of time with a low refriger-extended periods of time with a low refriger-ant level may damage the compressor.ant level may damage the compressor.ant level may damage the compressor.ant level may damage the compressor.ant level may damage the compressor.

G140C01A-AAT

LubricationLubricationLubricationLubricationLubricationTo lubricate the compressor and the seals inthe system, the air conditioning should be runfor at least 10 minutes each week. This isparticularly important during cool weather whenthe air conditioning system is not otherwise inuse.

G140D01A-AAT

Checking the Compressor Drive BeltChecking the Compressor Drive BeltChecking the Compressor Drive BeltChecking the Compressor Drive BeltChecking the Compressor Drive Belt

When the air conditioning is being used regular-ly, the compressor drive belt tension should bechecked at least once a month with the engineturned off.To check the drive belt tension, press down onthe belt halfway between the engine crankshaftand compressor pulleys. Pressing with yourfinger, you should not be able to deflect this beltanymore than 1/3 of an inch. If you have theinstruments to check it, with a force of 22 lb.(98N), the deflection should be 0.315 inches(approx 8.0 mm). If the belt is too loose, have itadjusted by your Hyundai dealer.

accumulation of dirt, dead insects, leaves, etc.These can interfere with maximum cooling effi-ciency. When removing such accumulations,brush or hose them away carefully to avoidbending the cooling fins.

G140D01GK

A/C

CRANK PULLEYTENSION PULLEY

G130B02A-AAT

To Replace the FluidTo Replace the FluidTo Replace the FluidTo Replace the FluidTo Replace the FluidRecommended brake fluid conforming to DOT3 or DOT 4 specification should be used. Thereservoir cap must be fully tightened to avoidcontamination from foreign matter or moisture.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Do not allow any other liquids to contami-Do not allow any other liquids to contami-Do not allow any other liquids to contami-Do not allow any other liquids to contami-Do not allow any other liquids to contami-nate the brake fluid. Seal damage will result.nate the brake fluid. Seal damage will result.nate the brake fluid. Seal damage will result.nate the brake fluid. Seal damage will result.nate the brake fluid. Seal damage will result.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Use caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. Itcan damage your vision if you get it in yourcan damage your vision if you get it in yourcan damage your vision if you get it in yourcan damage your vision if you get it in yourcan damage your vision if you get it in youreyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s painteyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s painteyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s painteyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s painteyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s paintif spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.

G140A01A-AAT

AIR CONDITIONING CAREAIR CONDITIONING CAREAIR CONDITIONING CAREAIR CONDITIONING CAREAIR CONDITIONING CAREKeeping the Condenser CleanKeeping the Condenser CleanKeeping the Condenser CleanKeeping the Condenser CleanKeeping the Condenser CleanThe air conditioning condenser (and engineradiator) should be checked periodically for

The clutch fluid level in the master cylindershould be checked when performing other un-der hood services. The system should bechecked for leakage at the same time.Check to make certain that the clutch fluid levelis always between the "MAX" and "MIN" levelmarkings on the fluid reservoir. Fill as required.Fluid loss indicates a leak in the clutch systemwhich should be inspected and repaired imme-diately. Consult your Hyundai dealer.

DOHC V6

Autotensioner

Eng.pulley COMP

0.315 in.(8 mm)

Page 144: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-13

G160A01A-AAT

CHECKING CLUTCH PEDALCHECKING CLUTCH PEDALCHECKING CLUTCH PEDALCHECKING CLUTCH PEDALCHECKING CLUTCH PEDALFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAY

SSA6160A

0.24~0.51 in.(6~13 mm)

With the engine off, press lightly on the clutchpedal until you feel a change in resistance. Thisis the clutch pedal free-play. The free-play shouldbe within the limits specified in the illustration. Ifit is not, have it inspected by your Hyundaidealer and adjusted or repaired if necessary.

G170A01A-AAT

CHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDALFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAY

SSA6170A

0.12~0.31 in.(3~8 mm)

With the engine off, press down on the brakepedal several times to reduce the vacuum in thebrake booster.Then, using your hand, press down slowly onthe brake pedal until you feel a change inresistance. This is the brake pedal free-play.The free-play should be within the limits speci-fied in the illustration. If it is not, have it inspect-ed by your Hyundai dealer and adjusted orrepaired if necessary.

G150A01A-AAT

CHECKING STEERING WHEELCHECKING STEERING WHEELCHECKING STEERING WHEELCHECKING STEERING WHEELCHECKING STEERING WHEELFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAY

To check the steering wheel free-play, stop thecar with the wheels pointed straight ahead andgently move the steering wheel back and forth.Use very light finger pressure and be sensitiveto changes in resistance that mark the limits ofthe free-play. If the free-play is greater thanspecified, have it inspected by your Hyundaidealer and adjusted or repaired if necessary.

1.18in(30 mm)

HGK218

Page 145: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-14

G190A01A-AAT

CHECKING DRIVE BELTSCHECKING DRIVE BELTSCHECKING DRIVE BELTSCHECKING DRIVE BELTSCHECKING DRIVE BELTSG200A01A-AAT

CHECKING AND REPLACINGCHECKING AND REPLACINGCHECKING AND REPLACINGCHECKING AND REPLACINGCHECKING AND REPLACINGFUSESFUSESFUSESFUSESFUSESReplacing a Fusible LinkReplacing a Fusible LinkReplacing a Fusible LinkReplacing a Fusible LinkReplacing a Fusible Link

Drive belts should be checked periodically forproper tension and adjusted if necessary. At thesame time, belts should be examined for cracks,wear, fraying or other evidence of deteriorationand replaced if necessary.Belt routing should also be checked to be surethere is no interference between the belts andother parts of the engine. After a belt is re-placed, the new belt should be adjusted againafter two or three weeks to eliminate slackresulting from initial stretching after use.

A fusible link will melt if the electrical circuitsfrom the battery are ever overloaded, thus pre-venting damage to the entire wiring harness.(This could be caused by a short in the systemdrawing too much current.) If this ever happens,have a Hyundai dealer determine the cause,repair the system and replace the fusible link.The fusible links are located in a relay box foreasy inspection.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:When replacing a fusible link, never useWhen replacing a fusible link, never useWhen replacing a fusible link, never useWhen replacing a fusible link, never useWhen replacing a fusible link, never useanything but a new fusible link with theanything but a new fusible link with theanything but a new fusible link with theanything but a new fusible link with theanything but a new fusible link with thesame or lower amperage rating. Never use asame or lower amperage rating. Never use asame or lower amperage rating. Never use asame or lower amperage rating. Never use asame or lower amperage rating. Never use apiece of wire or a higher-rated fusible link.piece of wire or a higher-rated fusible link.piece of wire or a higher-rated fusible link.piece of wire or a higher-rated fusible link.piece of wire or a higher-rated fusible link.This could result in serious damage andThis could result in serious damage andThis could result in serious damage andThis could result in serious damage andThis could result in serious damage andcreate a fire hazard.create a fire hazard.create a fire hazard.create a fire hazard.create a fire hazard.

G190A01GK

Water Pump Pulley

Generator PulleyCrankshaft Pulley

0.2 ~ 0.24 in.(5.1 ~ 6 mm)

GoodBad

AS60310A

G180A01A-AAT

CHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDALCLEARANCECLEARANCECLEARANCECLEARANCECLEARANCE

SSA6180A

1.78 in. (45.1 mm)

You need a helper to check the brake pedalclearance. With the engine running, have yourhelper press down on the brake pedal severaltimes and then hold it down with a force of about110 lbs (50 kg, 490 N). The brake pedal clear-ance is the distance from the top surface of thebrake pedal to the asphalt sheeting under thefloor mat.If the brake pedal clearance is not within thelimits specified in the illustration, have it in-spected by your Hyundai dealer and adjustedor repaired if necessary.

DOHC V6

Power steeringAutotensioner

Generator

Eng.pulleyCOMP

Page 146: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-15

GoodG200B03Y

Burned out

4. Replace the blown fuse by pressing a newfuse of the same rating into place. The fuseshould be a snug fit. If it is not, have the fuseclip repaired or replaced by a Hyundai dealer.If you do not have a spare fuse, you may beable to borrow a fuse of the same or lowerrating from an accessory you can tempo-rarily get along without (the radio or cigarettelighter, for example). Always remember toreplace the borrowed fuse.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:A burned-out fuse indicates that there is aA burned-out fuse indicates that there is aA burned-out fuse indicates that there is aA burned-out fuse indicates that there is aA burned-out fuse indicates that there is aproblem in the electrical circuit. If you re-problem in the electrical circuit. If you re-problem in the electrical circuit. If you re-problem in the electrical circuit. If you re-problem in the electrical circuit. If you re-place a fuse and it blows as soon as theplace a fuse and it blows as soon as theplace a fuse and it blows as soon as theplace a fuse and it blows as soon as theplace a fuse and it blows as soon as theaccessory is turned on, the problem is seri-accessory is turned on, the problem is seri-accessory is turned on, the problem is seri-accessory is turned on, the problem is seri-accessory is turned on, the problem is seri-ous and should be referred to a Hyundaious and should be referred to a Hyundaious and should be referred to a Hyundaious and should be referred to a Hyundaious and should be referred to a Hyundaidealer for diagnosis and repair. Never re-dealer for diagnosis and repair. Never re-dealer for diagnosis and repair. Never re-dealer for diagnosis and repair. Never re-dealer for diagnosis and repair. Never re-place a fuse with anything except a fuseplace a fuse with anything except a fuseplace a fuse with anything except a fuseplace a fuse with anything except a fuseplace a fuse with anything except a fusewith the same or a lower amperage rating. Awith the same or a lower amperage rating. Awith the same or a lower amperage rating. Awith the same or a lower amperage rating. Awith the same or a lower amperage rating. Ahigher capacity fuse could cause damagehigher capacity fuse could cause damagehigher capacity fuse could cause damagehigher capacity fuse could cause damagehigher capacity fuse could cause damageand create a fire hazard.and create a fire hazard.and create a fire hazard.and create a fire hazard.and create a fire hazard.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:See page 6-20 for the fuse panel descrip-See page 6-20 for the fuse panel descrip-See page 6-20 for the fuse panel descrip-See page 6-20 for the fuse panel descrip-See page 6-20 for the fuse panel descrip-tions.tions.tions.tions.tions.

AXA6201B

G200B02A-AAT

Replacing Accessory FuseReplacing Accessory FuseReplacing Accessory FuseReplacing Accessory FuseReplacing Accessory Fuse

The fuse box for the lights and other electricalaccessories will be found low on the dashboardon the driver’s side. Inside the box you will find alist showing the circuits protected by each fuse.If any of your car’s lights or other electricalaccessories stop working, a blown fuse couldbe the reason. If the fuse has burned out, youwill see that the metal strip inside the fuse hasburned through. If you suspect a blown fuse,follow this procedure:

1. Turn off the ignition and all other switches.2. Open the fuse box and examine each fuse.

Remove each fuse by pulling it toward you(a small "fuse puller" tool is contained in thefuse box to simplify this operation).

3. Be sure to check all other fuses even if youfind one that appears to have burned out.

HGK185

Page 147: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-16

o Charge batteries only in a well ventilatedarea.

o Do not permit flames, sparks or smoking inthe area.

o Keep children away from the area.

G220B01A-AAT

Checking Engine Cooling FanChecking Engine Cooling FanChecking Engine Cooling FanChecking Engine Cooling FanChecking Engine Cooling FanThe engine cooling fan should come on auto-matically if the engine coolant temperature ishigh.

G220C01A-AAT

Checking Condenser Cooling FanChecking Condenser Cooling FanChecking Condenser Cooling FanChecking Condenser Cooling FanChecking Condenser Cooling FanThe condenser coolant fan should come onautomatically whenever the air conditioning isin operation.

G210B02A-AAT

Checking the BatteryChecking the BatteryChecking the BatteryChecking the BatteryChecking the BatteryKeep the battery clean. Any evidence of corro-sion around the battery posts or terminals shouldbe removed using a solution of household bak-ing soda and warm water. After the batteryterminals are dry, cover them with a light coat-ing of grease.

PROPOSITION 65 WARNING:PROPOSITION 65 WARNING:PROPOSITION 65 WARNING:PROPOSITION 65 WARNING:PROPOSITION 65 WARNING:Battery posts, terminals, and related acces-Battery posts, terminals, and related acces-Battery posts, terminals, and related acces-Battery posts, terminals, and related acces-Battery posts, terminals, and related acces-sories contain lead and lead compounds,sories contain lead and lead compounds,sories contain lead and lead compounds,sories contain lead and lead compounds,sories contain lead and lead compounds,chemicals known to the state of Californiachemicals known to the state of Californiachemicals known to the state of Californiachemicals known to the state of Californiachemicals known to the state of Californiato cause cancer and reproductive harm.to cause cancer and reproductive harm.to cause cancer and reproductive harm.to cause cancer and reproductive harm.to cause cancer and reproductive harm.Wash hands after handling.Wash hands after handling.Wash hands after handling.Wash hands after handling.Wash hands after handling.

G230A03A-AAT

POWER STEERING FLUID LEVELPOWER STEERING FLUID LEVELPOWER STEERING FLUID LEVELPOWER STEERING FLUID LEVELPOWER STEERING FLUID LEVEL

The power steering fluid level should be checkedregularly. To check the power steering fluidlevel, be sure the engine is "OFF", then checkto make certain that the power steering fluidlevel is between the "MAX" and "MIN" levelmarkings on the fluid reservoir.

HGK214

G220A01A-AAT

CHECKING ELECTRIC COOLINGCHECKING ELECTRIC COOLINGCHECKING ELECTRIC COOLINGCHECKING ELECTRIC COOLINGCHECKING ELECTRIC COOLINGFANSFANSFANSFANSFANS

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.Use extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near theblades of the coolant fan, so that you are notblades of the coolant fan, so that you are notblades of the coolant fan, so that you are notblades of the coolant fan, so that you are notblades of the coolant fan, so that you are notinjured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-gine coolant temperature decreases the fangine coolant temperature decreases the fangine coolant temperature decreases the fangine coolant temperature decreases the fangine coolant temperature decreases the fanwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalcondition.condition.condition.condition.condition.

G210A01A-AAT

CHECKING THE BATTERYCHECKING THE BATTERYCHECKING THE BATTERYCHECKING THE BATTERYCHECKING THE BATTERY

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Batteries can be dangerous! When workingBatteries can be dangerous! When workingBatteries can be dangerous! When workingBatteries can be dangerous! When workingBatteries can be dangerous! When workingwith batteries, carefully observe the follow-with batteries, carefully observe the follow-with batteries, carefully observe the follow-with batteries, carefully observe the follow-with batteries, carefully observe the follow-ing precautions to avoid serious injuries.ing precautions to avoid serious injuries.ing precautions to avoid serious injuries.ing precautions to avoid serious injuries.ing precautions to avoid serious injuries.

The fluid in the battery contains a strong solu-tion of sulfuric acid, which is poisonous andhighly corrosive. Be careful not to spill it onyourself or the car. If you do spill battery fluid onyourself, immediately do the following:

o If battery fluid is on your skin, flush theaffected areas with water for at least 15minutes and then seek medical assistance.

o If battery fluid is in your eyes, rinse out youreyes with water and get medical assistanceas soon as possible. While you are beingdriven to get medical assistance, continueto rinse your eyes by using a sponge or softcloth saturated with water.

o If you swallow battery fluid, drink a largequantity of water or milk followed by milk ofmagnesia, eat a raw egg or drink vegetableoil. Get medical assistance as soon aspossible.

While batteries are being charged (either by abattery charger or by the vehicle’s generator),they produce explosive gases. Always observethese warnings to prevent injuries from occur-ring:

Page 148: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-17

manual used by dealership technicians andwhile it is highly technical it can be useful inobtaining a better understanding of your carand how it works.

G260A02A-AAT

REPLACING HEADLIGHT BULBSREPLACING HEADLIGHT BULBSREPLACING HEADLIGHT BULBSREPLACING HEADLIGHT BULBSREPLACING HEADLIGHT BULBSBefore attempting to replace a headlight bulb,be sure the switch is turned to the "OFF"position.The next paragraph shows how to reach head-light bulbs so they may be changed. Be sure toreplace the burned-out bulb with one of thesame number and wattage rating.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Keep the lamps out of contact with petro-Keep the lamps out of contact with petro-Keep the lamps out of contact with petro-Keep the lamps out of contact with petro-Keep the lamps out of contact with petro-leum products such as oil, gasoline etc.leum products such as oil, gasoline etc.leum products such as oil, gasoline etc.leum products such as oil, gasoline etc.leum products such as oil, gasoline etc.

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Grinding noise from the power steeringGrinding noise from the power steeringGrinding noise from the power steeringGrinding noise from the power steeringGrinding noise from the power steeringpump may be heard immediately after thepump may be heard immediately after thepump may be heard immediately after thepump may be heard immediately after thepump may be heard immediately after theengine is started in extremely cold condi-engine is started in extremely cold condi-engine is started in extremely cold condi-engine is started in extremely cold condi-engine is started in extremely cold condi-tions (below - 4°F). If the noise stops duringtions (below - 4°F). If the noise stops duringtions (below - 4°F). If the noise stops duringtions (below - 4°F). If the noise stops duringtions (below - 4°F). If the noise stops duringwarm up, there is no abnormal function inwarm up, there is no abnormal function inwarm up, there is no abnormal function inwarm up, there is no abnormal function inwarm up, there is no abnormal function inthe system. It is due to a power steeringthe system. It is due to a power steeringthe system. It is due to a power steeringthe system. It is due to a power steeringthe system. It is due to a power steeringfluid characteristic in extremely cold condi-fluid characteristic in extremely cold condi-fluid characteristic in extremely cold condi-fluid characteristic in extremely cold condi-fluid characteristic in extremely cold condi-tions.tions.tions.tions.tions.

Recommended FluidRecommended FluidRecommended FluidRecommended FluidRecommended FluidUse PSF-3 type fluid

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Do not start the engine when the powerDo not start the engine when the powerDo not start the engine when the powerDo not start the engine when the powerDo not start the engine when the powersteering oil reservoir is empty.steering oil reservoir is empty.steering oil reservoir is empty.steering oil reservoir is empty.steering oil reservoir is empty.

G240A01A-AAT

POWER STEERING HOSESPOWER STEERING HOSESPOWER STEERING HOSESPOWER STEERING HOSESPOWER STEERING HOSESIt is suggested that you check the power steer-ing hose connections for fluid leakage at regularintervals. The power steering hoses should bereplaced if there is severe surface cracking,scuffing or worn spots. Deterioration of thehose could cause premature failure.

G250A01A-AAT

FOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUTFOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUTFOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUTFOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUTFOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUTYOUR HYUNDAIYOUR HYUNDAIYOUR HYUNDAIYOUR HYUNDAIYOUR HYUNDAIIf you desire additional information about main-taining and servicing your Hyundai, you maypurchase a factory Shop Manual at your Hyundaidealer's parts department. This is the same

G270A02A-GAT

HEADLIGHT BULBHEADLIGHT BULBHEADLIGHT BULBHEADLIGHT BULBHEADLIGHT BULBReplacement instructions:Replacement instructions:Replacement instructions:Replacement instructions:Replacement instructions:

HGK225

1. Allow the bulb to cool. Wear eye protection.2. Always grasp the bulb by its plastic base,

avoid touching the glass.3. Disconnect the power cord from the bulb

base in the back of the headlight.4. Remove the dust cover.5. Push the bulb spring for removing the head-

light bulb.6. Remove the protective cap from the re-

placement bulb and install the new bulb bymatching the plastic base with the headlighthole. Install the dust cover after retighteningthe bulb spring and reconnect the powercord.

7. Use the protective cap and carton to dis-pose of the old bulb.

8. Check for proper headlight aim.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The halogen bulb contains gas under pres-The halogen bulb contains gas under pres-The halogen bulb contains gas under pres-The halogen bulb contains gas under pres-The halogen bulb contains gas under pres-sure and if impacted could shatter, resultingsure and if impacted could shatter, resultingsure and if impacted could shatter, resultingsure and if impacted could shatter, resultingsure and if impacted could shatter, resultingin flying fragments. Always wear eye pro-in flying fragments. Always wear eye pro-in flying fragments. Always wear eye pro-in flying fragments. Always wear eye pro-in flying fragments. Always wear eye pro-tection when servicing the bulb. Protect thetection when servicing the bulb. Protect thetection when servicing the bulb. Protect thetection when servicing the bulb. Protect thetection when servicing the bulb. Protect thebulb against abrasions or scratches andbulb against abrasions or scratches andbulb against abrasions or scratches andbulb against abrasions or scratches andbulb against abrasions or scratches andagainst liquids when lighted. Turn the bulbagainst liquids when lighted. Turn the bulbagainst liquids when lighted. Turn the bulbagainst liquids when lighted. Turn the bulbagainst liquids when lighted. Turn the bulbon only when installed in a headlight. Re-on only when installed in a headlight. Re-on only when installed in a headlight. Re-on only when installed in a headlight. Re-on only when installed in a headlight. Re-place the headlight if damaged or cracked.place the headlight if damaged or cracked.place the headlight if damaged or cracked.place the headlight if damaged or cracked.place the headlight if damaged or cracked.Keep the bulb out of the reach of childrenKeep the bulb out of the reach of childrenKeep the bulb out of the reach of childrenKeep the bulb out of the reach of childrenKeep the bulb out of the reach of childrenand dispose of the used bulb with care.and dispose of the used bulb with care.and dispose of the used bulb with care.and dispose of the used bulb with care.and dispose of the used bulb with care.

High BeamLow Beam

Turn signal Light

Page 149: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-18

G290A02GK-AAT

HEADLIGHT AIMING ADJUSTMENTHEADLIGHT AIMING ADJUSTMENTHEADLIGHT AIMING ADJUSTMENTHEADLIGHT AIMING ADJUSTMENTHEADLIGHT AIMING ADJUSTMENT

Before performing aiming adjustment, make sureof the following.

1. Keep all tires inflated to the correct pres-sure.

2. Place the vehicle on level ground and pressthe front bumper & rear bumper down sev-eral times. Place vehicle at a distance of 118in. (3m) from the test wall.

3. See that the vehicle is unloaded (except forfull levels of coolant, engine oil and fuel, andspare tire, jack, and tools).

4. Clean the head light lenses and turn on theheadlights (low beam).

5. Open the hood.6. Draw the vertical line (through the center of

each headlight beam pattern) and the hori-zontal line (through the center of each head-light beam pattern) on the aiming screen.

And then, draw the parallel line at 0.827 in.(21 mm) under the horizontal line.

7. Adjust each cut-off line of the low beam tothe parallel line with a phillips screwdriver -VERTICAL AIMING.

8. Adjust each cut-off line of the low beam tothe each vertical line with a phillips screw-driver - HORIZONTAL AIMING.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Horizontal aiming should be adjusted by anHorizontal aiming should be adjusted by anHorizontal aiming should be adjusted by anHorizontal aiming should be adjusted by anHorizontal aiming should be adjusted by anauthorized Hyundai Dealer.authorized Hyundai Dealer.authorized Hyundai Dealer.authorized Hyundai Dealer.authorized Hyundai Dealer.

G290B01GK-AAT

Adjustment After Headlight AssemblyAdjustment After Headlight AssemblyAdjustment After Headlight AssemblyAdjustment After Headlight AssemblyAdjustment After Headlight AssemblyReplacementReplacementReplacementReplacementReplacement

G290B01GK

Verticalline

Cut-off line

Ground line

Horizontal line

L

W

H

H

"P"

0.827in.(21mm)

If the vehicle has had front body repair and theheadlight assembly has been replaced, theheadlight aiming should be checked using theaiming screen as shown in the illustration. Turnon the headlight switch.

Horizontalaiming

G290A03GK

Verticalaiming

Low Beam

1. Adjust headlights so that main axis of light isparallel to center line of the body and isaligned with point "P" shown in the illustra-tion.

2. Dotted lines in the illustration show the cen-ter of headlights.

SPECIFICATION:SPECIFICATION:SPECIFICATION:SPECIFICATION:SPECIFICATION:"H"Horizontal center line of headlights from ground:Low Beam: 26.7 in. (679mm)High Beam: 26.5 in. (672mm)

"W"Distance between each headlight center :Low Beam: 47.3 in. (1,202mm)High Beam: 38.0 in. (966mm)

"L"Distance between the headlights and the wallthat the lights are tested against : 118 in. (3,000mm)

Page 150: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-19

Wattage

55/55

10

5

51

28/8

5

5

G280A02GK-AAT

Part Name

Head Light (High/Low)

Map Light

Front Position Light

Front Fog Light (If installed)

Front Turn Signal Light/ Side Marker

Front Door Edge Warning Light

Luggage Compartment Light

No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

No.

8

9

10

11

12

13

Part Name

High Mounted Without spoiler

Stop Light With spoiler

Rear Side-Marker

Combination Turn Signal Light

Stop/Tail Light

Back-up Light

License Plate Light

Wattage

2.4W (LED)

3.5W (LED)

5

27

27/8

27

5

5 12 133 4 6HGK035A

1 1 7 82(High) (Low)

10

9 11

Page 151: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-20

G200C01GK-GAT

FUSE PANEL DESCRIPTIONFUSE PANEL DESCRIPTIONFUSE PANEL DESCRIPTIONFUSE PANEL DESCRIPTIONFUSE PANEL DESCRIPTIONEngine CompartmentEngine CompartmentEngine CompartmentEngine CompartmentEngine Compartment

HGK205-E

PROTECTED COMPONENTSPROTECTED COMPONENTSPROTECTED COMPONENTSPROTECTED COMPONENTSPROTECTED COMPONENTS

Generator

Generator

Condenser Fan

Radiator Fan

Engine Control, ECM. ATM Control

Ignition, Start Relay

ABS

ABS

Blower

Injector

O2 Sensor, ECM

DRL

Front Fog Light

TCM, ECM

Horn. A/Conditioner

Head Light (High)

Head Light (LOW)

FUSE RATINGFUSE RATINGFUSE RATINGFUSE RATINGFUSE RATING

100A

50A

30A

30A

30A

30A

30A

30A

30A

15A

10A

15A

15A

10A

15A

15A

15A

DESCRIPTIONDESCRIPTIONDESCRIPTIONDESCRIPTIONDESCRIPTION

BATT

BATT

COND

RAD

ECU

IGN

ABS 1

ABS 2

BLOWER

INJ

SNSR

DRL

F/FOG

ECU

HORN,A/CON

H/LP (H1)

H/LP (LO)

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Not all fuseNot all fuseNot all fuseNot all fuseNot all fuse panelpanelpanelpanelpanel description description description description description sssss in this manual in this manual in this manual in this manual in this manual may may may may may be applicable be applicable be applicable be applicable be applicableto your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. WWWWWhen youhen youhen youhen youhen youinspect the inspect the inspect the inspect the inspect the fusefusefusefusefuse box box box box box on your vehicle, refer to on your vehicle, refer to on your vehicle, refer to on your vehicle, refer to on your vehicle, refer to the the the the the fusefusefusefusefuse box label. box label. box label. box label. box label.

If installed

Page 152: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE

6-21

DESCRIPTIONDESCRIPTIONDESCRIPTIONDESCRIPTIONDESCRIPTIONIG COIL

AMPB/UP LAMPA/BAG IND

A/BAGHTD MIRHAZARDR/WIPERTAIL-RHF/WIPERA/C SW

RR DEFOGSTOP

TAIL-LHA/CONECU

CLUSTERROOM LP

P/WINDOWT/GATE

IGNRR FOGC/LIGHTS/ROOFS/HTRABS

AUDIO

G200D01GK-GAT

Inner PanelInner PanelInner PanelInner PanelInner Panel

HGK204-E

PROTECTED COMPONENTSPROTECTED COMPONENTSPROTECTED COMPONENTSPROTECTED COMPONENTSPROTECTED COMPONENTSIgnition Coil, ECMAMP. Multi Gauge UnitB/Up LampAir Bag IndicatorAir BagOutside Mirror DefrosterHazard Warning LightRear Window WiperTaillightFront Window WiperA/ConditionerRear Window DefrosterStop LightTail LightA/ConditionerECM, Multi Gauge Unit, TCMClusterMap Light, Clock, AudioPower WindowTail Gate OpenA/Con, A.Q.S SensorRear FogC/Lighter, Outside MirrorSunroofSeat WarmerABS. TCSAudio, Clock

FUSERATINGFUSERATINGFUSERATINGFUSERATINGFUSERATING20A20A10A10A15A10A10A15A10A20A10A30A15A10A10A10A10A10A30A15A10A10A15A15A20A10A10A

Page 153: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS

7-1

7.7.7.7.7. EMISSION CON-EMISSION CON-EMISSION CON-EMISSION CON-EMISSION CON-TRTRTRTRTROL SYSTEMSOL SYSTEMSOL SYSTEMSOL SYSTEMSOL SYSTEMS

H010B01A-AAT

1.1.1.1.1. Crankcase Emission ControlCrankcase Emission ControlCrankcase Emission ControlCrankcase Emission ControlCrankcase Emission ControlSystemSystemSystemSystemSystem

The Positive Crankcase Ventilation System isemployed to prevent air pollution caused byblow-by gases being emitted from the crank-case. This system supplies fresh filtered air tothe crankcase through the air intake hose.Inside the crankcase, the fresh air mixes withblow-by gases, which then pass through thePCV valve and into the induction system.

H010C01S-AAT

2. Evaporative Emission Control (In-2. Evaporative Emission Control (In-2. Evaporative Emission Control (In-2. Evaporative Emission Control (In-2. Evaporative Emission Control (In-cluding ORVR: Onboard Refuelingcluding ORVR: Onboard Refuelingcluding ORVR: Onboard Refuelingcluding ORVR: Onboard Refuelingcluding ORVR: Onboard RefuelingVapor Recovery) SystemVapor Recovery) SystemVapor Recovery) SystemVapor Recovery) SystemVapor Recovery) System

The Evaporative Emission Control System isdesigned to prevent fuel vapors from escapinginto the atmosphere.(The ORVR system is designed to allow the(The ORVR system is designed to allow the(The ORVR system is designed to allow the(The ORVR system is designed to allow the(The ORVR system is designed to allow thevapors from the fuel tank to be loaded intovapors from the fuel tank to be loaded intovapors from the fuel tank to be loaded intovapors from the fuel tank to be loaded intovapors from the fuel tank to be loaded intoa canister while refueling at the gas station,a canister while refueling at the gas station,a canister while refueling at the gas station,a canister while refueling at the gas station,a canister while refueling at the gas station,preventing the escape of fuel vapors intopreventing the escape of fuel vapors intopreventing the escape of fuel vapors intopreventing the escape of fuel vapors intopreventing the escape of fuel vapors intothe atmosphere.)the atmosphere.)the atmosphere.)the atmosphere.)the atmosphere.)

CanisterCanisterCanisterCanisterCanisterFuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank areabsorbed and stored in the onboard canister.When the engine is running, the fuel vaporsabsorbed in the canister are drawn into theinduction system through the purge control so-lenoid valve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve is controlledby the Engine Control Module (ECM); when theengine coolant temperature is low during idling,the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is nottaken into the engine. After the engine warms-up during ordinary driving, the PCSV opens tointroduce evaporated fuel to the engine.

H010D01A-AAT

3.3.3.3.3. Exhaust Emission Control SystemExhaust Emission Control SystemExhaust Emission Control SystemExhaust Emission Control SystemExhaust Emission Control SystemThe Exhaust Emission Control System is ahighly effective system which controls exhaustemissions while maintaining good vehicle per-formance.

H010A01GK-AAT

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMYour Hyundai is equipped with an emissioncontrol system to meet all requirements of theU.S. Environmental Protection Agency or Cali-fornia Air Resources Board.There are three emission control systems whichare as follows.

1) Crankcase Emission Control System2) Evaporative Emission Control System3) Exhaust Emission Control System

In order to ensure the proper function of theemission control systems, it is recommendedthat you have your car inspected and main-tained by an authorized Hyundai dealer in ac-cordance with the maintenance schedule in thismanual.

Caution for Inspection and Maintenance TestCaution for Inspection and Maintenance TestCaution for Inspection and Maintenance TestCaution for Inspection and Maintenance TestCaution for Inspection and Maintenance Test(Vehicle with Traction Control System)(Vehicle with Traction Control System)(Vehicle with Traction Control System)(Vehicle with Traction Control System)(Vehicle with Traction Control System)

ooooo To prevent the vehicle from misfiringTo prevent the vehicle from misfiringTo prevent the vehicle from misfiringTo prevent the vehicle from misfiringTo prevent the vehicle from misfiringduring dynamometer testing, disconnectduring dynamometer testing, disconnectduring dynamometer testing, disconnectduring dynamometer testing, disconnectduring dynamometer testing, disconnectthe ABS connector located inside of thethe ABS connector located inside of thethe ABS connector located inside of thethe ABS connector located inside of thethe ABS connector located inside of thewheel guard (driver side).wheel guard (driver side).wheel guard (driver side).wheel guard (driver side).wheel guard (driver side).

ooooo For more information, see shop manualFor more information, see shop manualFor more information, see shop manualFor more information, see shop manualFor more information, see shop manual(BR Group, Wheel Speed Sensor).(BR Group, Wheel Speed Sensor).(BR Group, Wheel Speed Sensor).(BR Group, Wheel Speed Sensor).(BR Group, Wheel Speed Sensor).

H020A01S-AAT

CATALYTIC CONVERTERCATALYTIC CONVERTERCATALYTIC CONVERTERCATALYTIC CONVERTERCATALYTIC CONVERTER

Catalytic Converter(California)

SSA7020A

Catalytic Converter(Federal, California)

77777

Page 154: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

7-2

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS

All Hyundai vehicles are equipped with one ortwo monolith type three-way catalytic convert-ers to reduce the carbon monoxide, hydrocar-bons and nitrogen oxides contained in the ex-haust gas. Exhaust gases passing through thecatalytic converter cause it to operate at a veryhigh temperature. The introduction of largeamounts of unburned gasoline into the exhaustmay cause the catalytic converter to overheatand create a fire hazard. This risk may bereduced by observing the following:

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:ooooo Use unleaded fuel only.Use unleaded fuel only.Use unleaded fuel only.Use unleaded fuel only.Use unleaded fuel only.ooooo Maintain the engine in good operatingMaintain the engine in good operatingMaintain the engine in good operatingMaintain the engine in good operatingMaintain the engine in good operating

condition. Extremely high catalytic con-condition. Extremely high catalytic con-condition. Extremely high catalytic con-condition. Extremely high catalytic con-condition. Extremely high catalytic con-verter temperatures can result from im-verter temperatures can result from im-verter temperatures can result from im-verter temperatures can result from im-verter temperatures can result from im-proper operation of the electrical, igni-proper operation of the electrical, igni-proper operation of the electrical, igni-proper operation of the electrical, igni-proper operation of the electrical, igni-tion or multiport electronic fuel injection.tion or multiport electronic fuel injection.tion or multiport electronic fuel injection.tion or multiport electronic fuel injection.tion or multiport electronic fuel injection.

ooooo If your engine stalls, pings, knocks, or isIf your engine stalls, pings, knocks, or isIf your engine stalls, pings, knocks, or isIf your engine stalls, pings, knocks, or isIf your engine stalls, pings, knocks, or ishard to start, have your Hyundai dealerhard to start, have your Hyundai dealerhard to start, have your Hyundai dealerhard to start, have your Hyundai dealerhard to start, have your Hyundai dealerinspect and repair the problem as sooninspect and repair the problem as sooninspect and repair the problem as sooninspect and repair the problem as sooninspect and repair the problem as soonas possible.as possible.as possible.as possible.as possible.

ooooo Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.Running out of gasoline may cause theRunning out of gasoline may cause theRunning out of gasoline may cause theRunning out of gasoline may cause theRunning out of gasoline may cause theengine to misfire and result in damage toengine to misfire and result in damage toengine to misfire and result in damage toengine to misfire and result in damage toengine to misfire and result in damage tothe catalytic converter.the catalytic converter.the catalytic converter.the catalytic converter.the catalytic converter.

ooooo Avoid idling the engine for periods longerAvoid idling the engine for periods longerAvoid idling the engine for periods longerAvoid idling the engine for periods longerAvoid idling the engine for periods longerthan 10 minutes.than 10 minutes.than 10 minutes.than 10 minutes.than 10 minutes.

ooooo The vehicle should not be pushed orThe vehicle should not be pushed orThe vehicle should not be pushed orThe vehicle should not be pushed orThe vehicle should not be pushed orpulled to get started. This may cause thepulled to get started. This may cause thepulled to get started. This may cause thepulled to get started. This may cause thepulled to get started. This may cause thecatalytic converter to overheat and cre-catalytic converter to overheat and cre-catalytic converter to overheat and cre-catalytic converter to overheat and cre-catalytic converter to overheat and cre-ate a fire hazard.ate a fire hazard.ate a fire hazard.ate a fire hazard.ate a fire hazard.

ooooo Do not touch the catalytic converter orDo not touch the catalytic converter orDo not touch the catalytic converter orDo not touch the catalytic converter orDo not touch the catalytic converter orany other part of the exhaust systemany other part of the exhaust systemany other part of the exhaust systemany other part of the exhaust systemany other part of the exhaust systemwhile the catalytic converter is hot. Shutwhile the catalytic converter is hot. Shutwhile the catalytic converter is hot. Shutwhile the catalytic converter is hot. Shutwhile the catalytic converter is hot. Shutoff the engine, wait for at least one houroff the engine, wait for at least one houroff the engine, wait for at least one houroff the engine, wait for at least one houroff the engine, wait for at least one hourbefore touching the catalytic converterbefore touching the catalytic converterbefore touching the catalytic converterbefore touching the catalytic converterbefore touching the catalytic converteror any other part of the exhaust system.or any other part of the exhaust system.or any other part of the exhaust system.or any other part of the exhaust system.or any other part of the exhaust system.

ooooo Remember that your Hyundai dealer isRemember that your Hyundai dealer isRemember that your Hyundai dealer isRemember that your Hyundai dealer isRemember that your Hyundai dealer isyour best source of assistance.your best source of assistance.your best source of assistance.your best source of assistance.your best source of assistance.

ooooo Do not stop your Hyundai over any com-Do not stop your Hyundai over any com-Do not stop your Hyundai over any com-Do not stop your Hyundai over any com-Do not stop your Hyundai over any com-bustible material such as grass, paper,bustible material such as grass, paper,bustible material such as grass, paper,bustible material such as grass, paper,bustible material such as grass, paper,leaves or rags. These materials mightleaves or rags. These materials mightleaves or rags. These materials mightleaves or rags. These materials mightleaves or rags. These materials mightcontact the hot catalytic converter and acontact the hot catalytic converter and acontact the hot catalytic converter and acontact the hot catalytic converter and acontact the hot catalytic converter and afire might result.fire might result.fire might result.fire might result.fire might result.

Page 155: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

8-1

8.8.8.8.8. CONSUMERCONSUMERCONSUMERCONSUMERCONSUMERINFORMAINFORMAINFORMAINFORMAINFORMATION &TION &TION &TION &TION &REPORREPORREPORREPORREPORTING SAFE-TING SAFE-TING SAFE-TING SAFE-TING SAFE-TY DEFECTSTY DEFECTSTY DEFECTSTY DEFECTSTY DEFECTS

I010A01A-AAT

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONVEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONVEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONVEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONVEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (VIN)NUMBER (VIN)NUMBER (VIN)NUMBER (VIN)NUMBER (VIN)

The vehicle identification number (VIN) is thenumber used in registering your car and in alllegal matters pertaining to its ownership, etc. Itcan be found in three different places on yourcar:

1. On the bulkhead between the engine andpassenger compartments.

2. On the left top side of the instrument panelwhere it can be seen by looking down throughthe windshield.

3. On the lower side of the center pillar outerpanel.

I010B01A-AAT

Engine NumberEngine NumberEngine NumberEngine NumberEngine Number

The engine number is stamped on the engineblock as shown in the drawing.

I020A01A-AAT

TIRE INFORMATIONTIRE INFORMATIONTIRE INFORMATIONTIRE INFORMATIONTIRE INFORMATIONThe tires supplied on your new Hyundai arechosen to provide the best performance fornormal driving.

I030A01GK-AAT

RECOMMENDED INFLATION PRES-RECOMMENDED INFLATION PRES-RECOMMENDED INFLATION PRES-RECOMMENDED INFLATION PRES-RECOMMENDED INFLATION PRES-SURESSURESSURESSURESSURES

The tire label located on the driver side centerpillar outer panel gives the tire pressures rec-ommended for your vehicle.

HGK220A

1 2 3

88888

I010B01GK

DOHC V6

HGK092

6.0Jx15

6.5Jx16

7.0Jx17

4Tx16

TIRE

SIZE

RIM

SIZE

PRESSURE, kPa (PSI)

195/65R15

205/55R16

215/45R17

T125/70R16

REAR

210(30)

210(30)

210(30)

420(60)

FRONT

210(30)

230(33)

240(35)

420(60)

UP TO 2

PERSONS

UP TO

MAX. LOAD

REAR

210(30)

230(33)

230(33)

420(60)

FRONT

210(30)

210(30)

220(32)

420(60)

These pressures were chosen to provide themost satisfactory combination of ride comfort,tire wear and stability under normal conditions.Tire pressures should be checked at leastmonthly. Proper tire inflation pressures shouldbe maintained for these reasons:

Page 156: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

8-2

o Lower-than-recommended tire pressurescause uneven tread wear and poor han-dling.

o Higher-than-recommended tire pressuresincrease the chance of damage from im-pacts and cause uneven tread wear.

CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Always observe the following:Always observe the following:Always observe the following:Always observe the following:Always observe the following:

ooooo Check pressures when the tires are cold.Check pressures when the tires are cold.Check pressures when the tires are cold.Check pressures when the tires are cold.Check pressures when the tires are cold.That is, after the car has been parked forThat is, after the car has been parked forThat is, after the car has been parked forThat is, after the car has been parked forThat is, after the car has been parked forat least three hours and hasn't been driv-at least three hours and hasn't been driv-at least three hours and hasn't been driv-at least three hours and hasn't been driv-at least three hours and hasn't been driv-en more than one mile or 1.6 km sinceen more than one mile or 1.6 km sinceen more than one mile or 1.6 km sinceen more than one mile or 1.6 km sinceen more than one mile or 1.6 km sincestarting up.starting up.starting up.starting up.starting up.

ooooo Check the pressure of your spare tireCheck the pressure of your spare tireCheck the pressure of your spare tireCheck the pressure of your spare tireCheck the pressure of your spare tireeach time you check the pressure ofeach time you check the pressure ofeach time you check the pressure ofeach time you check the pressure ofeach time you check the pressure ofother tires.other tires.other tires.other tires.other tires.

ooooo Never overload your car. Be especiallyNever overload your car. Be especiallyNever overload your car. Be especiallyNever overload your car. Be especiallyNever overload your car. Be especiallycareful about overloading if you equipcareful about overloading if you equipcareful about overloading if you equipcareful about overloading if you equipcareful about overloading if you equipyour car with a luggage rack or car topyour car with a luggage rack or car topyour car with a luggage rack or car topyour car with a luggage rack or car topyour car with a luggage rack or car topcarrier.carrier.carrier.carrier.carrier.

mum pressure shown on the tire sidewall which-ever is less.Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120 km/h)when your car is equipped with snow tires.

I050A02GK-AAT

TIRE CHAINSTIRE CHAINSTIRE CHAINSTIRE CHAINSTIRE CHAINSTire chains, if necessary, should be installed onthe front wheels. Be sure that the chains are theproper size and that they are installed in accor-dance with the manufacturer's instructions. Referto the following information.

To minimize tire and chain wear, do not contin-ue to use tire chains when they are no longerneeded.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:ooooo When driving on roads covered with snowWhen driving on roads covered with snowWhen driving on roads covered with snowWhen driving on roads covered with snowWhen driving on roads covered with snow

or ice, drive at less than 20 mph (30 km/or ice, drive at less than 20 mph (30 km/or ice, drive at less than 20 mph (30 km/or ice, drive at less than 20 mph (30 km/or ice, drive at less than 20 mph (30 km/h).h).h).h).h).

ooooo Use tire chains less than 0.39 in. (10mm)Use tire chains less than 0.39 in. (10mm)Use tire chains less than 0.39 in. (10mm)Use tire chains less than 0.39 in. (10mm)Use tire chains less than 0.39 in. (10mm)for "16, and "17 tire.for "16, and "17 tire.for "16, and "17 tire.for "16, and "17 tire.for "16, and "17 tire.

ooooo Avoid sudden stop and turn.Avoid sudden stop and turn.Avoid sudden stop and turn.Avoid sudden stop and turn.Avoid sudden stop and turn.ooooo Tighten firmly to avoid contact with theTighten firmly to avoid contact with theTighten firmly to avoid contact with theTighten firmly to avoid contact with theTighten firmly to avoid contact with the

vertical body, if you have noise causedvertical body, if you have noise causedvertical body, if you have noise causedvertical body, if you have noise causedvertical body, if you have noise causedby chaws contacting the body, removeby chaws contacting the body, removeby chaws contacting the body, removeby chaws contacting the body, removeby chaws contacting the body, removethe chains for damage protection.the chains for damage protection.the chains for damage protection.the chains for damage protection.the chains for damage protection.

Tire size

205/55 R 16

215/45 R 17

Snow Chain Thickness

Max. 0.39 in. (10 mm)

Max. 0.39 in. (10 mm)

I060A02GK-AAT

TIRE ROTATIONTIRE ROTATIONTIRE ROTATIONTIRE ROTATIONTIRE ROTATION

Tires should be rotated every 6,000 miles(10,000 km). If you notice that tires are wearingunevenly between rotations, have the carchecked by a Hyundai dealer so the cause maybe corrected.After rotating, adjust the tire pressures and besure to check wheel nut tightness.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Do not mix bias-ply and radial-ply tires un-Do not mix bias-ply and radial-ply tires un-Do not mix bias-ply and radial-ply tires un-Do not mix bias-ply and radial-ply tires un-Do not mix bias-ply and radial-ply tires un-der any circumstances. This may cause dan-der any circumstances. This may cause dan-der any circumstances. This may cause dan-der any circumstances. This may cause dan-der any circumstances. This may cause dan-gerous handling characteristics.gerous handling characteristics.gerous handling characteristics.gerous handling characteristics.gerous handling characteristics.

I060A01GK

16" Tire 17" Tire

I040A01S-AAT

SNOW TIRESSNOW TIRESSNOW TIRESSNOW TIRESSNOW TIRESIf you equip your car with snow tires, theyshould be the same size and have the sameload capacity as the original tires. Snow tiresshould be installed on all four wheels; other-wise, poor handling may result.Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa) more airpressure than the pressure recommended forthe standard tires on the tire label on the driverside center piller outer panel or up to the maxi-

Page 157: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

8-3

I090A01A-AAT

WHEN TO REPLACE TIRESWHEN TO REPLACE TIRESWHEN TO REPLACE TIRESWHEN TO REPLACE TIRESWHEN TO REPLACE TIRES

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Driving on worn-out tires is dangerous!Driving on worn-out tires is dangerous!Driving on worn-out tires is dangerous!Driving on worn-out tires is dangerous!Driving on worn-out tires is dangerous!Worn-out tires can cause loss of brakingWorn-out tires can cause loss of brakingWorn-out tires can cause loss of brakingWorn-out tires can cause loss of brakingWorn-out tires can cause loss of brakingeffectiveness, steering control and traction.effectiveness, steering control and traction.effectiveness, steering control and traction.effectiveness, steering control and traction.effectiveness, steering control and traction.When replacing tires, never mix radial andWhen replacing tires, never mix radial andWhen replacing tires, never mix radial andWhen replacing tires, never mix radial andWhen replacing tires, never mix radial andbias ply tires on the same car. If you replacebias ply tires on the same car. If you replacebias ply tires on the same car. If you replacebias ply tires on the same car. If you replacebias ply tires on the same car. If you replaceradial tires with bias-ply tires, they must beradial tires with bias-ply tires, they must beradial tires with bias-ply tires, they must beradial tires with bias-ply tires, they must beradial tires with bias-ply tires, they must beinstalled in sets of four.installed in sets of four.installed in sets of four.installed in sets of four.installed in sets of four.

I060A02GK

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:When rotating the 215/45 R17 tires, the tiresWhen rotating the 215/45 R17 tires, the tiresWhen rotating the 215/45 R17 tires, the tiresWhen rotating the 215/45 R17 tires, the tiresWhen rotating the 215/45 R17 tires, the tiresmust be mount following the "ROTATION"must be mount following the "ROTATION"must be mount following the "ROTATION"must be mount following the "ROTATION"must be mount following the "ROTATION"direction marked on the sidewall of the tires.direction marked on the sidewall of the tires.direction marked on the sidewall of the tires.direction marked on the sidewall of the tires.direction marked on the sidewall of the tires.If rotating the tires from the left side to theIf rotating the tires from the left side to theIf rotating the tires from the left side to theIf rotating the tires from the left side to theIf rotating the tires from the left side to theright side and from the right side to the leftright side and from the right side to the leftright side and from the right side to the leftright side and from the right side to the leftright side and from the right side to the leftside, separate the wheel from the tire andside, separate the wheel from the tire andside, separate the wheel from the tire andside, separate the wheel from the tire andside, separate the wheel from the tire andthen remount them.then remount them.then remount them.then remount them.then remount them.

Sidewall

Tire rotationdirection

I070A01A-AAT

TIRE BALANCINGTIRE BALANCINGTIRE BALANCINGTIRE BALANCINGTIRE BALANCINGA tire that is out of balance may affect handlingand tire wear. The tires on your Hyundai werebalanced before the car was delivered but mayneed balancing again during the years you ownthe car.Whenever a tire is dismounted for repair, itshould be rebalanced before being reinstalledon the car.

I080A01A-AAT

TIRE TRACTIONTIRE TRACTIONTIRE TRACTIONTIRE TRACTIONTIRE TRACTIONTire traction can be reduced if you drive onworn tires, tires that are improperly inflated oron slippery road surfaces. Tires should be re-placed when tread wear indicators appear. Toreduce the possibility of losing control, slowdown whenever there is rain, snow or ice on theroad.

The original tires on your car have tread wearindicators. The tread wear indicators appearwhen the tread depth is 0.06 in. (1.6 mm). Thetire should be replaced when these appear as asolid bar across two or more grooves of thetread. Always replace your tires with those ofthe recommended size. If you change wheels,the new wheel's rim width and offset must meetHyundai specification.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:ooooo Using tires and wheels of other than theUsing tires and wheels of other than theUsing tires and wheels of other than theUsing tires and wheels of other than theUsing tires and wheels of other than the

recommended sizes could cause unusu-recommended sizes could cause unusu-recommended sizes could cause unusu-recommended sizes could cause unusu-recommended sizes could cause unusu-al handling characteristics that couldal handling characteristics that couldal handling characteristics that couldal handling characteristics that couldal handling characteristics that couldcause death, serious injury, or propertycause death, serious injury, or propertycause death, serious injury, or propertycause death, serious injury, or propertycause death, serious injury, or propertydamage.damage.damage.damage.damage.

ooooo Wheels that do not meet Hyundai's di-Wheels that do not meet Hyundai's di-Wheels that do not meet Hyundai's di-Wheels that do not meet Hyundai's di-Wheels that do not meet Hyundai's di-mensional specifications may fit poorlymensional specifications may fit poorlymensional specifications may fit poorlymensional specifications may fit poorlymensional specifications may fit poorlyand result in damage to the vehicle, in-and result in damage to the vehicle, in-and result in damage to the vehicle, in-and result in damage to the vehicle, in-and result in damage to the vehicle, in-cluding broken wheel studs.cluding broken wheel studs.cluding broken wheel studs.cluding broken wheel studs.cluding broken wheel studs.

Wear indicator

0.06 in. (1.6 mm)

HGK248

Page 158: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

8-4

I130A01A-AAT

CONSUMER INFORMATIONCONSUMER INFORMATIONCONSUMER INFORMATIONCONSUMER INFORMATIONCONSUMER INFORMATIONThis consumer information has been preparedin accordance with regulations issued by theNational Highway Traffic Safety Administrationof the U.S. Department of Transportation. Itprovides the purchasers and/or prospectivepurchasers of Hyundai automobiles with infor-mation on uniform tire quality grading. YourHyundai dealer will help answer any questionsyou may have as you read this information.

I130B02A-AAT

Uniform tire quality gradingUniform tire quality gradingUniform tire quality gradingUniform tire quality gradingUniform tire quality gradingDepartment of Transportation quality grades -All passenger vehicle tires must conform toFederal Safety Standards in addition to thesegrades. These quality grades are molded on thesidewall.

Treadwear -Treadwear -Treadwear -Treadwear -Treadwear - The tread wear grade is a com-parative rating based on the wear rate of the tirewhen tested under controlled conditions on aspecified government test course. For exam-ple, a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half(1 - 1/2) times as well on the governmentcourse as a tire graded 100. The relative perfor-mance of tires depends upon the actual condi-tions of their use, however, and may departsignificantly from the norm due to variations indriving habits, service practices and differenc-es in road characteristics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B, C -Traction AA, A, B, C -Traction AA, A, B, C -Traction AA, A, B, C -Traction AA, A, B, C - The traction grades,from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.Those grades represent the tire's ability to stopon wet pavement as measured under controlledconditions on specified government test surfac-es of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked Cmay have poor traction performance.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The traction grade assigned to this tire isThe traction grade assigned to this tire isThe traction grade assigned to this tire isThe traction grade assigned to this tire isThe traction grade assigned to this tire isbased on straight-ahead braking based on straight-ahead braking based on straight-ahead braking based on straight-ahead braking based on straight-ahead braking tractiontractiontractiontractiontractiontests, and does not include acceleration,tests, and does not include acceleration,tests, and does not include acceleration,tests, and does not include acceleration,tests, and does not include acceleration,cornering, hydroplaning, or peak tractioncornering, hydroplaning, or peak tractioncornering, hydroplaning, or peak tractioncornering, hydroplaning, or peak tractioncornering, hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.characteristics.characteristics.characteristics.characteristics.

I110A01A-AAT

SHOP MANUALSHOP MANUALSHOP MANUALSHOP MANUALSHOP MANUALA Hyundai Shop Manual is available from yourauthorized Hyundai dealer. It's written for pro-fessional technicians, but is simple enough formost mechanically-inclined owners to under-stand.

I120A02A-AAT

WARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAIWARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAIWARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAIWARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAIWARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAIVEHICLEVEHICLEVEHICLEVEHICLEVEHICLEo New vehicle 60 Months/60,000 Miles Limit-

ed Warranty.o New vehicle 120 Months/100,000 Miles Lim-

ited Powertrain Warranty (first owner only).o Anti-Perforation Limited Warrantyo Emission Defect Warranty - Federal Vehicleo California Emission Control System War-

ranty (if applicable)o Emission Performance Warranty Federal

vehicleo Replacement Parts and Accessories Limit-

ed Warranty

NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Detailed warranty information is provided inDetailed warranty information is provided inDetailed warranty information is provided inDetailed warranty information is provided inDetailed warranty information is provided inyour Hyundai Owner's Handbook.your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.

I100A02Y-AAT

SPARE TIRE AND TOOLSSPARE TIRE AND TOOLSSPARE TIRE AND TOOLSSPARE TIRE AND TOOLSSPARE TIRE AND TOOLS

Your Hyundai is delivered with the following:

Spare tire and wheelWheel nut wrench, Wrench barJack

HGK189

Page 159: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

8-5

Temperature A, B, C -Temperature A, B, C -Temperature A, B, C -Temperature A, B, C -Temperature A, B, C - The temperature gradesare A (the highest), B, and C, representing thetire's resistance to the generation of heat andits ability to dissipate heat when tested undercontrolled conditions on a specified indoor lab-oratory test wheel. Sustained high temperaturecan cause the material of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, and excessive temperaturecan lead to sudden tire failure. The grade Ccorresponds to a level of performance which allpassenger car tires must meet under the Fed-eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.Grades B and A represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratory test wheel thanthe minimum required by law.

WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The temperature grade for this tire is estab-The temperature grade for this tire is estab-The temperature grade for this tire is estab-The temperature grade for this tire is estab-The temperature grade for this tire is estab-lished for a tire that is properly lished for a tire that is properly lished for a tire that is properly lished for a tire that is properly lished for a tire that is properly inflated andinflated andinflated andinflated andinflated andnot overloaded. Excessive speed,not overloaded. Excessive speed,not overloaded. Excessive speed,not overloaded. Excessive speed,not overloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessive underinflation, or excessive underinflation, or excessive underinflation, or excessive underinflation, or excessive loading, eitherloading, eitherloading, eitherloading, eitherloading, eitherseparately or in combination, can cause heatseparately or in combination, can cause heatseparately or in combination, can cause heatseparately or in combination, can cause heatseparately or in combination, can cause heatbuildup and possible buildup and possible buildup and possible buildup and possible buildup and possible tire failure.tire failure.tire failure.tire failure.tire failure.

I130D02A-AAT

Hyundai motor vehicles are designed and man-ufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safe-ty standards.

For your safety, however, we strongly urge youto read and follow all directions in this Owner'sManual, particularly the information under theheadings "NOTE", "CAUTION" and "WARN-"NOTE", "CAUTION" and "WARN-"NOTE", "CAUTION" and "WARN-"NOTE", "CAUTION" and "WARN-"NOTE", "CAUTION" and "WARN-ING".ING".ING".ING".ING".

If, after reading this manual, you have anyquestions regarding the operation of your vehi-cle, please contact your nearest Hyundai MotorAmerica Regional Office as listed below:

Eastern Region :Eastern Region :Eastern Region :Eastern Region :Eastern Region : Connecticut, Delaware,Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Hamp-shire, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvanina,Rhode Island, Vermont, Virginia, West Virginia.

Eastern Region1100 Cranbury South River RoadJamesburg, NJ 08831(800) 633-5151

Southern Region:Southern Region:Southern Region:Southern Region:Southern Region: Alabama, Arkansas, Flori-da, Georgia, Louisiana, Mississippi, North Caro-lina, South Carolina, Oklahoma, Tennessee,Texas.

270 Riverside Parkway, Suite AAustell, GA 30168(800) 633-5151

Central Region:Central Region:Central Region:Central Region:Central Region: Illinois, Indiana, Missouri, lowa,Kansas, Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesota, Ne-braska, North Dakota, South Dakota, Ohio,Wisconsin.

Central Region700 No. Enterprise StreetAurora, Illinois 60504(800) 633-5151

Western Region:Western Region:Western Region:Western Region:Western Region: Alaska, Hawaii, Arizona,California, Colorado, ldaho, Montana, Nevada,New Mexico, Oregon, Texas, Utah, Washing-ton, Wyoming.

Western Region10550 Talbert AvenueP.O.Box 20850Fountain Valley, California 92728-0850(800) 633-5151

Page 160: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

8-6

I130C02A-AAT

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSREPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSREPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSREPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSREPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSIf you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, you shouldimmediately inform the National High-way Traffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingHYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA. IfNHTSA receives similar complaints, itmay open an investigation, and if itfinds that a safety defect exists in agroup of vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign. However,NHTSA cannot become involved inindividual problems between you, yourdealer, or HYUNDAI MOTORAMERICA.

To contact NHTSA, you may either callthe Auto Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236.) or write to: NHTSA.U.S. Department of Transportation.Washington. D.C. 20590. You can alsoobtain other information about motorvehicle safety from the Hotline.

Page 161: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

9-1

Liter

55

99999

J030A01GK-AAT

TIRETIRETIRETIRETIRE

Dual hydraulic with brake booster

Ventilated disc

Solid Disc

Cable

9.9.9.9.9. VEHICLE SPECIFICAVEHICLE SPECIFICAVEHICLE SPECIFICAVEHICLE SPECIFICAVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSTIONSTIONSTIONSTIONS

J010A01GK-AAT

MEASUREMENTMEASUREMENTMEASUREMENTMEASUREMENTMEASUREMENT

J060A01F-AAT

FUEL SYSTEMFUEL SYSTEMFUEL SYSTEMFUEL SYSTEMFUEL SYSTEM

Type

Wheel free play

Rack stroke

Oil pump type

Rack and pinion

0 ~ 1.18 in.(0 ~ 30 mm)

5.20 in.(132 mm)

Vane type

205/55 R16, 215/45 R17Type

Overall length

Overall width

Overall height (unladen)

Wheel base

Front

Rear

173(4395)

69.3(1760)

52.4(1330)

99.6(2530)

58.7(1490)

58.7(1490)Wheel tread

in.(mm)

J020A01GK-AAT

POWER STEERINGPOWER STEERINGPOWER STEERINGPOWER STEERINGPOWER STEERING

Fuel tank

capacity

US.gal

14.5

Imp.gal

12

J050A01GK-GAT

BRAKEBRAKEBRAKEBRAKEBRAKE

Type

Front brake type

Rear brake type

Parking brake

J035A01GK-GAT

SPARE TIRESPARE TIRESPARE TIRESPARE TIRESPARE TIRE

T125/70R 16 (Temporary)Standard

J040A02GK-GET

ELECTRICALELECTRICALELECTRICALELECTRICALELECTRICAL

Item

Battery

Alternator

2.0L

MF 68AH

90A

2.7L

MF 68AH

95A

Page 162: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

9-2

2.0 L

4-Cyl., In-line DOHC

82 x 93.5

1,975

1 - 3 - 4 - 2

PFR5N-11

RC10YPYP4

700 ± 100

BTDC 8° ± 5°

SPECIFICATION

0.039 ~ 0.043 in. (1.0 ~ 1.1 mm)

2.7 L

2.7 6 Cylinder V6 DOHC

86.7 x 75

2,656

1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6

AUTO LASH

PFR5N-11

RC10YPB4

750 ± 100

BTDC 12° ± 10°

J070A03GK-AAT

ENGINEENGINEENGINEENGINEENGINE

ITEMS

Engine Type

Bore x Stroke

Displacement (cc)

Firing order

Valve clearance

(Cold Engine : 20 ± 5°C)

Spark plug

Spark plug gap

Idle speed (RPM)

Ignition timing (Base)

NGK

CHAMPION

For adjusting

For checking

In.

Ex.

In.

Ex.

0.0067 ~ 0.0091 in.(0.17 ~ 0.23 mm)

0.0098 ~ 0.0122 in.(0.25 ~ 0.31 mm )

0.0047 ~ 0.011 in.(0.12 ~ 0.28 mm)

0.0079 ~ 0.015 in.(0.2 ~ 0.38 mm)

Page 163: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONSVEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS

9-3

J080A03GK-AAT

LUBRICATION CHARTLUBRICATION CHARTLUBRICATION CHARTLUBRICATION CHARTLUBRICATION CHART

Oil & Grease Standard

HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS MTF 75W/90 (API GL-4)

HYUNDAI GENUINE ATF, DIAMOND ATF SP-III or SK ATF SP-III

PSF-3

DOT 3 or DOT 4 equivalent

Ethylene glycol base for aluminum radiator

-23°C above : SAE 10W-30, SAE 10W-40

38°C below : SAE 5W-30, SAE 5W-40

Hot Climate: SAE 20W-40, 20W-50 (ABOVE 32°F OR 0°C)

Normal Climate:SAE 10W-30 10W-40, 10W-50 (ABOVE -10°F OR -23°C)

Cold Climate:SAE 5W-30 5W-40 (BELOW 95°F OR 38°C)

Item

Engine Oil (2.0 L)

Engine Oil (2.7 L)

Transaxle

Power Steering

Brake Fluid

Coolant

API above SH,

ILSAC above

GF-1

API SH, SG

or SG/CD

Manual

Auto

Q'ty (us.qts.) (liter)

Engine oil : 4.07 (3.85)

Oil Pan : 3.75 (3.55) (MAX)

2.75 (2.6) (MIN)

Oil Filter : 0.32 (0.3)

Engine oil : 4.76 (4.5)

Oil Pan : 4.44 (4.2) (MAX)

3.59 (3.4) (MIN)

Oil Filter : 0.32 (0.3)

2.3 (2.15)

8.2 (7.8)

As required

As required

2.0L : 7.4 (7.0) 2.7L : 8.5 (8.0)

Page 164: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

INDEXINDEXINDEXINDEXINDEX

10-1

Cassette Tape Player Operation (H250, H280) ....................... 1-64, 1-78Catalytic Converter ..................................................................... 7-1 ~ 7-2CD Auto Changer (H250, H260, H280) ............................ 1-66, 1-73, 1-82Child Restraint System .............................................................. 1-14 ~ 1-17Cigarette Lighter ................................................................................... 1-34Clock .................................................................................................... 1-33Clutch

Checking fluid .................................................................................. 6-11Pedal free play ................................................................................. 6-13

Combination LightAuto Light ......................................................................................... 1-31Headlight flasher .............................................................................. 1-31Headlight switch ............................................................................... 1-30High-beam switch ............................................................................ 1-31Lane change signal .......................................................................... 1-30Turn signal operation ....................................................................... 1-30

Compact Disc Player Operation (H260, H280) ......................... 1-71, 1-80Consumer Information ............................................................................ 8-4Cooling Fans ........................................................................................ 6-16Corrosion Protection

Cleaning the interior ........................................................................... 4-3Protecting your Hyundai from corrosion ............................................ 4-1Washing and waxing .......................................................................... 4-2

Cruise Control .......................................................................... 1-44 ~ 1-45

DDDDDDefrosting/Defogging ............................................................................ 1-51Door

Central door lock ................................................................................ 1-4Door locks .......................................................................................... 1-2Front door edge warning light ........................................................... 1-40Locking, unlocking front door with a key .......................................... 1-3

Drink Holder ......................................................................................... 1-34

ZK000A1-G

10. INDEX10. INDEX10. INDEX10. INDEX10. INDEX

AAAAAAir Bag ....................................................................................... 1-18 ~ 1-23Air Cleaner Filter .................................................................................... 6-8Air Conditioning

Care .....................................................................................................6-12Operation .............................................................................................6-12Switch ............................................................................................... 1-50

Air Filter ................................................................................................ 1-58Antenna ...................................................................................................1-87Anti-Lock Brake System ........................................................................ 2-9Ashtray .................................................................................................. 1-34Automatic Transaxle .............................................................................. 2-5

BBBBBBattery ......................................................................................... 2-12, 6-16Brake

Anti-lock system ............................................................................... 2-9Checking the brakes ........................................................................ 6-11Fluid .................................................................................................. 6-11Pedal clearance ............................................................................... 6-14Pedal free play .................................................................................. 6-13Practices ............................................................................................ 2-8

Breaking-In your new Hyundai ............................................................... 1-2Bulbs Wattage ...................................................................................... 6-20

CCCCCCare of Cassette tapes ....................................................................... 1-85Care of Disc ......................................................................................... 1-85

1010101010

Page 165: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

INDEXINDEXINDEXINDEXINDEX

10-2

Drive Belts .................................................................................. 6-12, 6-14Driving

Economical driving .......................................................................... 2-10Smooth cornering ............................................................................. 2-11Winter driving ................................................................................... 2-11

EEEEEEmissions Control Systems ................................................................... 7-1Engine

Before starting the engine ................................................................. 2-2Compartment ..................................................................................... 6-1Coolant .............................................................................................. 6-5Coolant temperature gauge ............................................................. 1-28If the engine overheats ...................................................................... 3-2Number .............................................................................................. 8-1Oil ...................................................................................................... 6-3Starting .............................................................................................. 2-3

Engine Exhaust Can Be Dangerous .................................................... 2-1

FFFFFFloor mat Anchor .................................................................................. 1-43Front Fog Light Switch ......................................................................... 1-39Front Seats

Adjustable front seats .........................................................................1-6Adjustable headrests ......................................................................... 1-7Adjusting seatback angle ................................................................... 1-7Adjusting seat forward and rearward ................................................. 1-7Lumbar support control ...................................................................... 1-8Seat cushion height adjustment ......................................................... 1-8

FuelCapacity ..............................................................................................9-1Gauge ............................................................................................... 1-28

Recommendations ............................................................................. 1-1Fuel Filler Lid

Remote release ................................................................................ 1-40Fuses .................................................................................................... 6-14

Fuse Panel Description .................................................................... 6-20

GGGGGGeneral Everyday Checks .................................................................... 6-3Glove box ............................................................................................ 1-37

HHHHHHazard Warning System ...................................................................... 1-33Headlight Aiming Adjustment .............................................................. 6-18Headlight Bulb ...................................................................................... 6-17Heating and Cooling Control

Rotary Type ........................................................................... 1-47 ~ 1-52Automatic Type ..................................................................... 1-53 ~ 1-58

High-mounted Rear Stop light .............................................................. 1-39Hood Release ...................................................................................... 1-40Horn ...................................................................................................... 1-43

IIIIIIgnition Switch ....................................................................................... 2-2Instrument Cluster and Indicator Lights ................................................ 1-25Instrument Panel Light Control ............................................................. 1-34Instruments and Controls .................................................................... 1-24Intermittent Wiper ................................................................................. 1-32

JJJJJJump Starting ........................................................................................ 3-1

Page 166: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

INDEXINDEXINDEXINDEXINDEX

10-3

SSSSSSeat Belts

3-Point system ................................................................................. 1-12Adjustable height .............................................................................. 1-11Adjusting your seat belt ................................................................... 1-13Care of seat belts ............................................................................. 1-11Precautions ...................................................................................... 1-10

Spark Plugs ........................................................................................... 6-6Spectacle Case .................................................................................... 1-37Speedometer ...........................................................................................1-29Starting Procedures ............................................................................... 2-3Steering Wheel

Free play ............................................................................................6-13Tilt lever ..............................................................................................1-43

Stereo Radio Operation (H250, H260, H280) .................. 1-61, 1-68, 1-75Stereo Sound System .......................................................................... 1-59Sun Visor ............................................................................................. 1-42Sunroof .................................................................................................. 1-35

TTTTTTachometer ......................................................................................... 1-29Tail Gate ............................................................................................... 1-41Tailgate Wiper and Washer Switch ...................................................... 1-32Theft-alarm System ................................................................................ 1-4Tires

Balancing ........................................................................................... 8-3Chains ................................................................................................ 8-2Changing a flat tire ............................................................................. 3-4If you have a flat tire .......................................................................... 3-4Information ......................................................................................... 8-1Pressure ............................................................................................. 8-1Replacement ..................................................................................... 8-3Rotation ............................................................................................. 8-2

KKKKKKeys ....................................................................................................... 1-2

If you lose your keys ......................................................................... 3-9Positions ............................................................................................ 2-2

LLLLLLuggage net ......................................................................................... 1-43

MMMMMMaintenance Intervals

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ......................... 5-6 ~ 5-7Maintenance under severe usage conditions ................................... 5-5Scheduled maintenance ........................................................... 5-3 ~ 5-4Service requirements ......................................................................... 5-1

Map Light .............................................................................................. 1-36Mirror

Day-night inside rearview ................................................................. 1-39Outside rear view ............................................................................. 1-37

OOOOOOdometer ............................................................................................. 1-29

PPPPPParking Brake ...................................................................................... 1-39Power Steering Fluid Level ................................................................... 6-16Pre-tensioner Seat Belt ............................................................. 1-17 ~ 1-18

RRRRRRadio (H250, H260, H280) ................................................ 1-61, 1-68, 1-75Rear Seats

Before folding the rear seats .............................................................. 1-9Fold down ........................................................................................... 1-9Rear seat entry ................................................................................. 1-9Rear seat positions ............................................................................ 1-8

Rear Window Defroster Switch ............................................................ 1-33

Page 167: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

INDEXINDEXINDEXINDEXINDEX

10-4

Snow tires .......................................................................................... 8-2Spare tire ........................................................................................... 3-3Traction .............................................................................................. 8-3

TowingA trailer (or vehicle) .......................................................................... 2-13Emergency ......................................................................................... 3-9If your car must be towed .................................................................. 3-8

TransaxleAutomatic ........................................................................................... 2-5Automatic transaxle fluid checking ................................................... 6-10Manual ................................................................................................ 2-4Manual transaxle oil checking ........................................................... 6-9

Traction Control System ...................................................................... 2-9Trip Odometer ...................................................................................... 1-29

VVVVVVehicle Identification Number (VIN) ....................................................... 8-1Vehicle Specification .............................................................................. 9-1Ventilation

Center ventilator ............................................................................... 1-46Side ventilator ................................................................................... 1-46

WWWWWWarning Lights .......................................................................... 1-26 ~ 1-28Windows Glass ...................................................................................... 1-6Windshield Wiper and Washer ............................................................. 1-31Windshield Wiper Blades ....................................................................... 6-8

Page 168: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

ONWER'S I.D.

ORIGINAL OWNER

ADDRESS

CITY STATE ZIP CODE

DELIVERY DATE

(Date Sold to Original Retail purchaser)

DEALER NAME DEALER NO.

ADDRESS

CITY STATE ZIP CODE

A000A01A-AAT

This Owner's Manual should be considered a part of the car and remain with it when it is sold for theuse of the next owner.

Page 169: 2004 Hyundai Tiburon Owners Manual

Seoul Korea

Printing: MAR. 03, 2003Publication No.: A2CO-EU33HPrinted in Korea

SERVICE STATION INFORMATIONFUEL:UNLEADED gasoline onlyPump Octane Rating of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher.

FUEL TANK CAPACITYOriginal, US.gal (Imp.gal., liter) 14.5 (12, 55)

TIRE PRESSURE:See the label on the driver side center pillar outer panel.

OTHER TIRE INFORMATION:See pages 8-1 through 8-4

HOOD RELEASE:Pull handle under left side of dash.

ENGINE OIL:SH, SG or SG/CD multigrade and fuel efficient oil. Use SAE 10W-30,10W-40 or 10W-50 if normal temperatures are above -10°F (-23°C).For other viscosity recommendations, see page 6-3.

MANUAL TRANSAXLE:HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS MTF 75W/90 (API GL-4) Oil levelshould be up to filler-bolt hole in housing beside differential.

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE:Apply the parking brake, with the engine running, shift the selectorlever through all ranges and return to “N” (Neutral) position. Thencheck the level of fluid on the dipstick. Use only HYUNDAI GENU-INE ATF available at your dealer or DIAMOND ATF SP-III, SK ATFSP-III.

QUICK INDEXo Car will not start ........................................................................ 3-1o Flat tire ...................................................................................... 3-4o Warning light/chime comes on ...................................... 1-26 ~ 1-28o Engine overheats ....................................................................... 3-2o Towing of your vehicle ............................................................. 3-8o Starting the engine ..................................................................... 2-3o Driving tips for first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) ............................ 1-2o Scheduled maintenance ............................................................. 5-3o Reporting safety defects ............................................................ 8-6